Travel with Blakes... travel with friends

Transcription

www.blakescoaches.co.uk
Holidays
2015
Travel with Bla kes... travel with friends
welcome
where to book
COACH SEATING PLAN
Main departure points
Holidays
It gives us great pleasure to present our new and
exciting 2015 holiday brochure featuring a wide
range of quality and value for money holidays
both within the UK and Europe.
and satisfaction are of great importance to us. We
value your business and want you to holiday with us
on more than one occasion.
We have enhanced our holiday programme to bring
you the best of established values, retained by
popular demand, and a selection of new ideas if you
are looking for something different, including new
European destinations.
We believe that quality, reliability and value for money
are the essential ingredients in any good holiday...and
here at Blakes Coaches we are totally committed to
providing a personal, friendly and professional service,
to ensure that your holiday is one to remember...for
all the right reasons.
Many thousands of customers have enjoyed a
Blakes holiday since we put together our first one
in 2002, and many have made further bookings or
recommended us to friends. Your comfort, safety
As a family run business we strive for perfection and
as a result we keep our loyal customers, whilst also
gaining new ones.
All of us at Blakes Coaches hope you enjoy browsing
through our brochure. If you have travelled with
us before, you will know that we pride ourselves
in providing a personal service, throughout your
booking. If you are new to Blakes Coaches, why
not give us a try?
Have a great holiday!
Janet and David Blake
Our guarantee
n You will travel on an air-conditioned executive coach
DEVON
SOMERSET
BIDEFORD
Kingsley Statue
BRAUNTON
Opposite George Hotel
TORRINGON (4 day tours and over)
Hatchmoor Lane (by School Car Park)
BARNSTAPLE
The Railway Station
SOUTH MOLTON
The Square
KNOWSTONE
Picnic Area
TIVERTON
The Bus Station
JUNCTION 27 M5
Shell Garage & Costa Coffee
EXETER
Moto Services, Junction 30 M5
NEWTON ABBOT
Layby opposite Railway Station
SIDFORD
Green Close Bus Stop
SIDMOUTH
The Triangle
NEWTON POPPLEFORD
St Luke’s Church
COLATON RALEIGH
The Otter Inn
EAST BUDLEIGH
The Rolle Arms
BUDLEIGH SALTERTON
Public Hall
EXMOUTH
Opposite Savoy Cinema
WELLINGTON
The High Street Bus Stop
TAUNTON
Castle Green or Murco
Garage, Junction 25 M5
MINEHEAD
Outside Bastins
ALCOMBE
The Bus Shelter, Silvermead
DUNSTER
Steep Layby
CARHAMPTON
The Bus Stop
WASHFORD
Opposite Gingerman
Hairdressers
WATCHET
The Cross
WILLITON
Outside Gliddons or Spar
BRIDGWATER
Bridgwater Services,
Junction 24 M5
BURNHAM-ON-SEA
Ben Travers Way, Tesco
(main entrance)
WESTON-SUPER-MARE NEW
Bus Stop behind
Parish Pump Pub
BRISTOL
Gordano Services
Junction 19 M5
n Convenient, local departure points
n Experienced tour driver
n All excursions are included in the
price of your holiday meaning no hidden charges
Blakes Coaches Ltd are a member of the Bonded Coach Holiday Group of the Confederation of Passenger Transport
UK Ltd. This is a government approved consumer protection scheme. This insures that in relation to the coach package
holidays described in this brochure (or website) that the clients’ monies are protected by a Bond in the unlikely event of
a member’s insolvency. Clients are recommended to inspect the current membership certificate at our registered office
or alternatively go to www.bch-uk.org or telephone 0207 240 3131 to confirm current membership.
2
TELEPHONE 01398 341160
BOOKING DIRECT
ADDRESS:
Blakes Coaches Ltd, East Anstey,
Tiverton, Devon EX16 9JJ
OFFICE HOURS:
Monday-Friday 8.30am – 5.30pm
Saturday 8.30am – 12.00pm
Tel: 01398 341160
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
TOILET
23
24
27
28
25
26
31
32
29
30
35
36
33
34
39
40
37
38
43
44
41
42
50
51
52
53
45
46
48
49
47
FEEDER SERVICE
Feeder services are operated
for clients electing to join
their holiday at some of
the departure points listed
above. Clients should note
that they may be picked up
by coach, minibus or taxi
and conveyed to join the
main tour coach. On return,
clients will only be set down
at the point at which the
tour was joined.
DEPARTURE TIMES
Departure times for some
tours will be advised when
holiday deposit is paid.
3
at your service
insurance
HOLIDAY TRAVEL INSURANCE
PASSPORT
Our coaches
Please remember to take your passport if travelling outside
the UK. If travelling to the Republic of Ireland or the
Channel Islands you will need your passport, driving
licence or citizen card.
n Seat belts
n Double glazing
CUSTOMER CARE
n All coaches non-smoking
n Reclining seats for extra leg room
n Double or triple braking systems
n Speed limiters
n Meticulous maintenance
n On-board toilet and wash-room facilities on all coaches
A Blakes Coach holiday experience begins with a telephone
call to our friendly and helpful reservation department.
Our experienced staff are there to help and advise you on
your choice of holiday. They will guide you through the
booking procedure, taking into account any special requests
you may have. It really couldn’t be easier. Just pick up the
phone and dial 01398 341160 to begin what we hope
will be a wonderful holiday.
n Hot drinks facilities on all coaches
SPECIAL REQUESTS
n Air-conditioning or climate control on
all coaches
We are a caring family operator and we aim to cater for
all our customer’s needs. When making your booking,
please inform us of any special requirements and we
will do our very best to meet those requests.
n Individual lighting controls
n Air suspension for a smooth ride
n TV, video or DVD, PA and music system
SEAT ALLOCATION
Request for particular seats can be made at the time of
booking but since allocation is on a first come first served
basis, early reservation is recommended. There is a copy
of the coach seating plans within this brochure but for
operational reasons a coach with a different configuration
may be used from time to time. We reserve the right to make
whatever amendments are necessary as a result including
the use of non-executive coach, but will make every effort
to limit any inconvenience. Specific seats are not reserved on
any feeder services used to reach the main departure point.
LUGGAGE
This is normally restricted to one average size case per
person, weighing no more than 18kg. Please see your
holiday confirmation letter for details of separate
overnight luggage which may be necessary.
We are in the process of renewing our website, which
will contain more information about all our holidays,
day excursions, coach hire and much more.
Part of the new site will be for special offers, late
availability tours and short breaks which we would like to
be able to keep you, as valued customers, informed of as
soon as possible.
For those of you who are already computer literate, we at
Blakes Coaches want to keep up with you! In order for you
to be able to receive those special offers etc, we would like
to keep your email address on file. You can either phone
us or write your email address in the correct space on your
booking form when you have booked a holiday with us.
Thank you.
Throughout your holiday you will be looked after by a
professional, friendly, experienced and sometimes witty, tour
driver. They are selected for their knowledge, enthusiasm
and most of all their customer care. The standards we set
are far greater than most operators and this is reflected in
the glowing reports we have received from hundreds of
satisfied customers. We are proud to have them act as our
ambassadors for our company and feel confident that
they are among the best in the industry.
The hotels in this brochure have been selected, not only
for their location, but their excellent value for money.
They range from those that are smaller family owned and
run, to the national groups like the Britannia Group.
Our gift
vouchers make
the perfect gift.
Give us a call to
find out more
COACHES
Gift Voucher
DEMANDS AND NEEDS
This insurance policy will suit the Demands and Needs of an individual or group (where
applicable) who have no excluded pre-existing medical conditions, are travelling in
countries included within the policy terms and who wish to insure themselves against
unforeseen events detailed in the cover section below. Subject to the terms, conditions
and maximum specified claim limits.
IMPORTANT
We will not provide you with advice about the suitability of this product for
your individual needs but will be happy to provide you with factual information.
We summarise below the details of the insurance cover provided which also includes
Mayday Assist 24 hour’s Medical Emergency service. The following is a brief summary
of the cover available. Full details of Cover, Policy Warranties and Exclusions will be forwarded with your confirmation of booking. In any event you may ask for a specimen
copy of the Policy Wording before booking should you wish to examine this in advance.
COVER
SUM INSURED UP TO
Cancellation£1,500
Missed Departure/Travel Delay
£600/£60
Personal Accident
£15,000
Medical and other Expenses including Curtailment
£2,000,000
Additional Travelling Expenses – United Kingdom
£1,500
Medical Inconvenience Benefit
£450 (£15 per 24 hours)
Personal Property/Loss of Passport
£1,500/£200
Personal Liability
£2,000,000
Delayed Baggage
£100
Legal Expenses
£25,000
14 day refund
Insurance Premium
IMPORTANT – HEALTH CONDITIONS APPLYING TO ALL TRAVEL DESTINATIONS
If you are travelling in England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and can answer
NO to questions 1-3 and YES to 4 immediately below, it will not be necessary for
you to complete a Self Declaring Medical Form. The Standard Policy Terms,
Conditions and Exclusions shall apply.
Applying to all areas
It is a condition that at the time of taking out this policy and between that time and
your departure you must comply with each of the following:
1) You are not aware of any reason why the trip should be cancelled/cut short.
EXCURSIONS
At Blakes, we pride ourselves in providing value for money
by offering the complete package to avoid those hidden
extras. All excursions described in the holiday you choose
are planned to give maximum enjoyment and are included
in the price you pay. We don’t add any extras later and
expect you to pay more. We aim to keep to the itinerary
planned in each brochure and 99% of the time there is
no alteration, but on rare occasions they may need to
be changed due to unforeseen circumstances.
Should you wish to take advantage of our Holiday Travel Insurance please include the
appropriate premium when booking your holiday.
POLICY EXCESS
Cancellation, Curtailment, Holiday Abandonment and Loss of Deposit for holidays
up to and including 3 days NIL. For holidays over 3 days Loss of Deposit excess £15.00
each and every loss. For holidays over 3 days excess £50.00 each and every loss for
Cancellation, Curtailment and Holidays Abandonment. Medical and Other Expenses,
Additional Travelling Expenses – United Kingdom, Personal Property and Money excess
£35.00 each and every incident per Insured Person.
DRIVERS
HOTELS
4
WEBSITE AND EMAIL
ADDRESSES
A Special Holiday Travel Insurance Scheme is available for all passengers travelling
on our holidays which is arranged with ERV (the UK branch of Europäische Reiseverscherung AG) who are Licensed by the Bundesanstalt fur Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht
(BAFIN – www.bafin.de) and approved by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA – www.
fca.gov.uk) to undertake insurance business in the UK.
COACH HIRE & PRIVATE
GROUP TRAVEL
We operate dozens of tours for private groups every year,
ranging from day excursions to that special holiday you
want to share with friends and family. If you are a party
leader or group organiser, we have a wealth of experience
in organising all aspects of group travel. We are happy to
advise on venues, routes and places of interest both within
the UK and Europe; also ferry reservations, theatre tickets,
hotel accommodation and insurance – the choice is yours!
At Blakes Coaches, every job is important to us and you are
guaranteed our full attention and understanding, no matter
how big or small the job. If our customers are happy, then
we are! We can tailor make packages to suit your individual
needs at a very competitive price. We would be pleased to
come and pay your group a visit to discuss any details you
may have for your proposed excursion or tour and offer
valuable information and advice. You would likewise be
very welcome to come and visit us and view our coaches
at our head office.
2) You are not travelling:
a) Against the advice of a medical practitioner.
b) For the purpose of obtaining medical treatment.
c) If you have been given a terminal prognosis.
3) If you are not receiving or awaiting treatment for an illness or injury as a hospital
day case or in-patient, as any claim arising from this injury or treatment will not be
covered.
4) If you are on medication at the time of travel your medical condition is stable and
well controlled.
In addition if you are travelling outside England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland,
the following additional conditions will apply:
You must notify the Changes in Health Helpline immediately of any of the conditions
listed below arising between the date the policy is issued and the time of departure of
the trip. Insurers must be informed of any fact, which is likely to influence their acceptance, assessment or continuance of this insurance. Failure to do so may invalidate this
insurance, leaving you with no right to make a claim.
1) If you have received medical treatment as a hospital day case, in-patient or outpatient during the six months prior to the booking of the trip, you must obtain medical
advice from a medical practitioner, at your cost, confirming that you will be fit enough
to take the trip.
2) If you are undergoing medical treatment as a hospital out-patient at the date the
final balance of the trip is due to be paid, a certificate of fitness confirming your ability
to travel must be obtained by you at your cost.
The Policy contains the following General Exclusions:
YOU ARE NOT COVERED for anything caused directly or indirectly by you suffering from
stress, anxiety or depression unless it has been investigated and diagnosed as such by a
Consultant specialising in the relevant field, who must confirm in writing, at your cost,
that you are fit enough to take this trip.
Please note our Holiday Travel Insurance Scheme is only available to
United Kingdom Residents.
Blakes Coaches Limited are an Appointed Representative of ITC Compliance Limited
who are authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. (Their firm
reference number is 313486).
5
Contents
TOURS STILL AVAILABLE
ENGLISH HOLIDAYS
5 days
2 days
2 days
5 days
2 days
2 days
2 days
2 days
2 days
5 days
4 days
2 days
5 days
2 days
5 days
2 days
4 days
5 days
4 days
3 days
5 days
4 days
5 days
Our Best-Ever Value Break… York £165.00
London Theatre Weekend £179.00
London Only
£99.00
Gunton Hall Coastal Village,
Suffolk… Warners
£195.00
LAMMA 2015
£89.00
A Weekend in Falmouth & Truro
£69.00
A Weekend in Portsmouth & Winchester£69.00
Valentines Weekend in Salisbury & Bath £69.00
A Weekend in Warwick & Stratford
£69.00
A Cumbrian Winter Warmer
£225.00
Singles Weekend on the South Coast £199.00
Mystery Weekend
£69.00
Yorkshire Winter Warmer
£219.00
A Weekend in Oxford & the Cotswolds £74.00
Jersey by Air
£389.00
A Weekend in Royal Berkshire
£74.00
Easter in Chester
£225.00
Isle of Wight
£255.00
Antiques Fair, Nottinghamshire
£175.00
Grand National Weekend
£199.00
Littlecote House, Berkshire… Warners £325.00
Cathedrals & Gardens in the Heart
of England
£269.00
Springtime in Cornwall
£275.00
IRISH HOLIDAYS
5 days A Real Taste of Ireland
£285.00
£295.00
WELSH HOLIDAYS
5 days
5 days
2 days
5 days
Llandudno – Landlubbers Mock Cruise £295.00
Showtime in North Wales
£259.00
A Weekend in South Wales
£69.00
Springtime in Tenby
£229.00
EUROPEAN HOLIDAYS
10 days Spain – Winter Sun on the Costa Brava£399.00
7 days Austria… Snowbound on the Arosa
Mountain Railway
£425.00
8 days On Top of the World in the Italian
Dolomites
£399.00
5 days Valkenburg House Party – Dine
Around Europe
£295.00
5 days The Best of Holland & the Dutch
Bulbfields
£395.00
8 days Austria… Beauty on the Edge of
the World
£475.00
6
The following holidays are still
available from our winter & spring
2014-15 & budget brochures. Call
01398 341160 to book now.
BUDGET BREAKS
SCOTTISH HOLIDAYS
6 days Scenic Scotland & Royal Deeside
Departure 5 days
5 days
4 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
4 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
5 days
Cornwall
The Kent Coast & Bruges
Entertainment Break in Dorset
Isle of Wight
Cambridge, Coast & Countryside
York, Whitby & Scarborough
The Peak District & Yorkshire Dales
Stratford, Coventry & the Cotswolds
A Taste of Four Counties
South Wales
Bournemouth & the New Forest
Nottingham & Lincolnshire
Entertainment Break on the
English Riviera
North Wales & Snowdonia
Scenic Shropshire & Charming Chester
The Scenic South Coast
The Kent Coast & Bruges
The Lake District & Yorkshire Dales
A Taste of Three Counties
Norfolk & the Broads
£159.00
£149.00
£129.00
£169.00
£169.00
£175.00
£175.00
£169.00
£165.00
£175.00
£169.00
£179.00
£129.00
£189.00
£175.00
£165.00
£159.00
£169.00
£169.00
£179.00
Destination
No of Days Page
APRIL
10 Apr 2015 Grand National Weekend
17 Apr 2015 City Break... Durham
17 Apr 2015 Brighton & the Bluebell Line
24 Apr 2015 Cathedrals & Gardens in the Heart of England
26 Apr 2015 Austria... Beauty on the Edge of the World
MAY
01 May 2015 Llandudno Victorian Extravaganza & Transport Festival
01 May 2015 Spalding’s Tulipmania & the Norfolk Broads
02 May 2015 Three Queens in Southampton
04 May 2015 Norfolk, The Broads & Sandringham
08 May 2015 Normandy, Monet’s Garden & the WWII Battlefields
10 May 2015 Yorkshire Delights
10 May 2015 Anthony’s Tour to Suffolk
10 May 2015 A Grand Tour of Scotland... Outer Hebrides & Highlands
16 May 2015 Royal Windsor Horse Show
17 May 2015 Spain... The Costa Brava
18 May 2015 Jersey
18 May 2015 Guernsey
18 May 2015 National Trust Treasures... Lincolnshire
22 May 2015 Chelsea Flower Show
23 May 2015 Ireland... Beautiful Bantry Bay
25 May 2015 A Cumbrian Journey & Carlisle to Settle Railway
25 May 2015 The Ardennes... Belgium’s Hidden Gem
31 May 2015 The Black Forest & Alsace Villages
JUNE
01 Jun 2015
04 Jun 2015
05 Jun 2015
06 Jun 2015
08 Jun 2015
08 Jun 2015
14 Jun 2015
12 Jun 2015
13 Jun 2015
15 Jun 2015
21 Jun 2015
18 Jun 2015
21 Jun 2015
22 Jun 2015
24 Jun 2015
27 Jun 2015
28 Jun 2015
29 Jun 2015
JULY
01 Jul 2015
03 Jul 2015
05 Jul 2015
06 Jul 2015
07 Jul 2015
10 Jul 2015
13 Jul 2015
16 Jul 2015
19 Jul 2015
20 Jul 2015
22 Jul 2015
25 Jul 2015
27 Jul 2015
27 Jul 2015
30 Jul 2015
31 Jul 2015
AUGUST
02 Aug 2015
03 Aug 2015
07 Aug 2015
09 Aug 2015
10 Aug 2015
10 Aug 2015
12 Aug 2015
14 Aug 2015
14 Aug 2015
16 Aug 2015
17 Aug 2015
23 Aug 2015
23 Aug 2015
23 Aug 2015
23 Aug 2015
24 Aug 2015
25 Aug 2015
31 Aug 2015
31 Aug 2015
3 DAYS
4 DAYS
5 DAYS 4 DAYS
8 DAYS
12
12
13
13
14
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
3 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
6 DAYS
11 DAYS
2 DAYS
9 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
2 DAYS
7 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
8 DAYS
15
15
16
16
17
18
18
19
19
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
24
25
5 DAYS
6 DAYS
4 DAYS
2 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
9 DAYS
5 DAYS
8 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
9 DAYS
8 DAYS
5 DAYS
3 DAYS
2 DAYS
2 DAYS
5 DAYS
26
26
27
27
28
28
29
30
31
32
32
33
34
35
35
36
36
37
6 DAYS
3 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
10 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
6 DAYS
5 DAYS
3 DAYS
8 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
6 DAYS
3 DAYS
38
37
39
39
40
41
42
42
43
43
44
45
44
46
47
47
Isle of Wight
6 DAYS
West Wales... Cardigan Bay
5 DAYS
Liverpool
4 DAYS
Castles, Lakes & Palaces of Bavaria 8 DAYS
Cambridge & Ely
5 DAYS
Ludlow... Blake & White Villages Tour
5 DAYS
Jersey including the Battle of Flowers Spectacular
5 DAYS
Bruges & Beyond
4 DAYS
Just London
4 DAYS
Windsor, Chelsea Pensioners & Hampton Court
5 DAYS
The Very Best of Yorkshire
5 DAYS
Disneyland Paris
4 DAYS
London Showboat Dinner Cruise
2 DAYS
Ireland... Killarney & the Ring of Kerry
7 DAYS
Christian based tour... Peak District & Derbyshire Dales 6 DAYS
Delightful Dorset & the New Forest
5 DAYS
The Norwegian Fjords
12 DAYS
Four Countries & Two Amazing Railways
9 DAYS
Norfolk... Steam Trains & the Broads
5 DAYS
48
48
49
50
49
51
51
52
52
53
53
54
54
55
56
56
57
58
59
Lancashire’s Bygone Era (Fred Dibnah’s Age of Steam)
The Isles of Scilly
Oxford & Althorp House & Gardens
London Theatre Weekend
Thoresby Hall, Nottinghamshire...Warner Break
Tenby & Pembrokeshire
Scotland... The Cairngorms, Royal Deeside and Balmoral
The Very Best of Holland
Switzerland including the Golden Pass Panoramic Train
The Lovely Lake District
Llandudno & the Little Trains of Wales
Scotland’s Agricultural Highlights… Proper Job!
Austria... Nostalgic Trains & Waterways
Lovely Lincolnshire
The Life of Christ... Open Air Play
Goodwood Festival of Speed
London Jazz Cruise
Cheshire’s Golden Age
The Rhine & Moselle including the Rhine in Flames
British Grand Prix Weekend
Step Back in Time... 1940’s Blackpool
Northumbria & Holy Island
Ypres... The 30,000th Last Post Ceremony
Italy... The Elegant Charms of Lake Como
Scenic Shropshire... Canal Boats & Steam Trains
St Andrews British Open Golf Championship
The Garden of Ireland... The Wicklow Mountains
The Delightful Yorkshire Dales
Royal Welsh Show
Scotland... The Highlands & Mallaig Steam Train
Kent... The Garden of England
Paris with Optional Day in Disneyland
The Isle of Man
Battle of the Proms Spectacular (at Highclere Castle)
Departure Destination
No of Days Page
SEPTEMBER
07 Sep 2015 National Trust Treasures... North Wales
07 Sep 2015 A Cumbrian Journey & Carlisle to Settle Railway
09 Sep 2015 Alpine Mountains & Lakes of Austria
11 Sep 2015 Thames Valley Explorer
12 Sep 2015 London Theatre Weekend
14 Sep 2015 The Lovely Lakes & Delightful Dales
14 Sep 2015 Guernsey
14 Sep 2015 Jersey
14 Sep 2015 Tenby & Pembrokeshire
18 Sep 2015 Harrogate Autumn Flower Show & York
20 Sep 2015 Galicia... Northern Spain’s Best-Kept Secret
21 Sep 2015 Corton Coastal Resort, Suffolk… Warner Break
22 Sep 2015 Llandudno, North Wales, & the Welsh Highland Railway
22 Sep 2015 Scotland... The Best of the West, Oban, Mull, & the
Isle of Skye
25 Sep 2015 Blackpool Illuminations
28 Sep 2015 Eastbourne
28 Sep 2015 Lavender & Landscapes of Provence
OCTOBER
04 Oct 2015 Italy... Rome, the Vatican City & Tivoli Gardens
04 Oct 2015 A Taste of Two Irelands... Coasts & Castles
05 Oct 2015 Isle of Wight
05 Oct 2015 Peaks & Puddings
11 Oct 2015 A Hole in One... Golfing Holiday in Portugal
11 Oct 2015 Our 2015 Grand Tour… Sicily
11 Oct 2015 The Autumn Colours of Wales... Gardens & Trains
11 Oct 2015 Christian based tour...The Lake District & Yorkshire Dales
15 Oct 2015 The Very Best of Cornwall
16 Oct 2015 Fawlty Towers Mayhem!
18 Oct 2015 The Wonderful Autumn Colours of Scotland
19 Oct 2015 The Autumn Colours of the Cotswolds
23 Oct 2015 Blackpool Illuminations
23 Oct 2015 A Mystery Weekend
25 Oct 2015 Black Forest Chrysanthemum Festival
NOVEMBER
01 Nov 2015 5* Luxury in London
02 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Worthing
06 Nov 2015 Leeds Castle Fireworks Extravaganza
06 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Weymouth
07 Nov 2015 London Theatre Weekend
07 Nov 2015 Remembrance Weekend in London
09 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Alvaston Hall... Warner Break
09 Nov 2015 Thursford Christmas Spectacular
13 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Tenby
13 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Isle of Wight
13 Nov 2015 Irish Country Music Weekend
17 Nov 2015 Holly & Mistletoe, North Wales
20 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Falmouth
20 Nov 2015 A Mystery Turkey & Tinsel
21 Nov 2015 Blenheim Palace Christmas Festival & Gloucester
Quays Victorian Christmas Market
23 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Eastbourne
24 Nov 2015 Thursford Christmas Spectacular
24 Nov 2015 Christmas Decorations at Waddesdon Manor
27 Nov 2015 Ludlow Medieval Christmas Fayre & Worcester
Victorian Christmas Market
27 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, North Wales
27 Nov 2015 Cologne & Valkenburg Christmas Markets
28 Nov 2015 Christmas Shopping Weekend
30 Nov 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Folkestone & Bruges
DECEMBER
01 Dec 2015 Thursford Christmas Spectacular
04 Dec 2015 Durham Christmas Festival & Beamish at Christmas
04 Dec 2015 Turkey & Tinsel, Bournemouth
05 Dec 2015 Blists Hill Victorian Christmas & Cadbury World
05 Dec 2015 Longleat Winter Wonderland & Winchester
Christmas Market
06 Dec 2015 Festive Big Band & Christmas Decorations at
Chatsworth House
11 Dec 2015 German Christmas Markets, Monschau & Aachen
11 Dec 2015 Keukenhof Castle Christmas Market
& Amsterdam’s Festival of Light
12 Dec 2015 Christmas Carol Concert, Royal Albert Hall
21 Dec 2015 Christmas in the Austrian Tyrol
23 Dec 2015 Christmas along the South Coast
23 Dec 2015 Christmas in Stratford-upon-Avon
30 Dec 2015 New Year in Paris
30 Dec 2015 New Year in Shropshire
30 Dec 2015 New Year in Wales
30 Dec 2015 New Year in North Cornwall
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
8 DAYS
4 DAYS
2 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
10 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
59
60
61
60
62
62
63
63
64
64
65
66
66
9 DAYS
4 DAYS
5 DAYS
10 DAYS
67
68
68
69
10 DAYS
9 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
10 DAYS
15 DAYS
5 DAYS
6 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
6 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
3 DAYS
7 DAYS
70
71
72
72
73
74
75
76
76
77
77
78
78
79
80
2 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
2 DAYS
2 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
79
81
81
82
82
83
83
84
84
85
85
86
86
87
2 DAYS
5 DAYS
3 DAYS
3 DAYS
87
88
88
89
3 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
2 DAYS
5 DAYS
89
90
91
90
92
3 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
2 DAYS
92
93
93
94
2 DAYS
94
3 DAYS
4 DAYS
95
96
4 DAYS
2 DAYS
8 DAYS
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
97
95
98
99
99
100
100
101
101
7
CHANNEL ISLANDS
Guernsey
2015 WARNER’S SELECTION
At Warner, they know a thing or two about
blending the important things in life – like good
food, comfort, great value, and making sure
every guest has a truly memorable experience.
But what makes Warner breaks so unique?
It could be the individual character of their
hotels and resorts, or the stunning coastal or
countryside locations. Or perhaps it’s
the friendly service, fantastic range of
activities and live entertainment that
makes all the difference…
TOUR
PRICE
£195
5 DAYS
GUNTON HALL COASTAL VILLAGE
Monday 12th – Friday 16th Jan
See page 18 of the Winter/Spring brochure
TOUR
PRICE
TOUR
PRICE
£325
£365
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
LITTLECOTE HOUSE
Monday 20th – Friday 24th April
THORESBY HALL
Monday 8th – Friday 12th June
See page 32 of the Winter/Spring brochure
See page 28 of this brochure
TOUR
PRICE
TOUR
PRICE
£295
£299
5 DAYS
5 DAYS
CORTON VILLAGE
Monday 21st – Friday 25th September
ALVASTON HALL, CHESHIRE
Monday 9th – Friday 13th November
8
Jersey
5 DAY
TOUR
5 DAY
TOUR
5 DAY
TOUR
5 DAY
TOUR
5 DAY
TOUR
5 DAY
TOUR
GUERNSEY – 5 DAY TOUR BY SEA
TOUR PRICE
Monday 18th – Friday 22nd May 2015
Page 21 of this brochure
£395
GUERNSEY – 5 DAY TOUR BY SEA
TOUR PRICE
Monday 14th – Friday 18th September 2015
£395
JERSEY – 5 DAY TOUR BY AIR
TOUR PRICE
Monday 23rd – Friday 27th March 2015
Page 28 of the Winter/Spring Brochure
£389
JERSEY – 5 DAY TOUR BY SEA
TOUR PRICE
Monday 18th – Friday 22nd May 2015
£315
JERSEY INCLUDING THE BATTLE OF THE
FLOWERS SPECTACULAR
Wednesday 12th – Sunday 16th August 2015
TOUR PRICE
£385
JERSEY – 5 DAY TOUR BY SEA
TOUR PRICE
Monday 14th – Friday 18th September 2015
£315
AIR HOLIDAYS ARE PROTECTED UNDER ATOL LICENCE NUMBER 0752 (MODERN HOTELS)
FOR WHOM BLAKES COACHES ARE ACTING AS AGENTS
FOR HOLIDAYS BY SEA, YOUR MONIES ARE PROTECTED BY
BLAKES COACHES LTD TRUST ACCOUNT, ADMINISTERED BY LLOYDS BANK
9
CHRISTIAN HOLIDAYS 2015
TOUR
PRICE
£185
SEE PAGE
35 OF THIS
BROCHURE
Wednesday 24th – Friday 26th June
LIFE OF CHRIST
3 DAYS
2015 SPORTING EVENTS
THE GRAND NATIONAL
Friday 10th – Sunday 12th April 2015
TOUR
PRICE
We are very pleased to be offering two holidays, working in conjunction with Christian
Guild Hotels, a multi denominational holiday organisation. Guests come from all
sections of the Christian family to share fun, faith and fellowship for a
coach holiday with a Christian flavour for like minded people.
£199
2 DAYS
Everyone is very welcome on these tours…
You do not have to be a Christian to join us.
£385
WILLERSLEY CASTLE HOTEL
BRITISH GRAND PRIX
TOUR
PRICE
SEE PAGE
76 OF THIS
BROCHURE
£325
3 DAYS
SEE PAGE 37 OF THIS BROCHURE
Sunday 11th – Friday 16th October
ABBOT HALL HOTEL
6 DAYS
TOUR
PRICE
£645
5 DAYS
Join us for a Christian based tour of the Lake District &
Yorkshire Dales staying at the beautiful Abbot Hall Hotel in
Grange-over-Sands, overlooking Morecambe Bay.
10
Saturday 27th – Sunday 28th June 2015
Held in the immaculate grounds of Goodwood House
the Goodwood Festival of Speed is the world’s largest
celebration of motoring culture in the world – a
unique summer weekend that brings together a
tremendous mix of cars, motorcycles, motor sport
celebrities and professional drivers to create the
largest motor sport festival anywhere.
Join us for a long weekend at one of the highlights
of the world’s sporting calendar: the British Grand
Prix at Silverstone. As well as Lewis Hamilton’s home
race, eight of the top constructors are also based in
the UK, which almost makes it F1’s home race, too:
a must for all F1fans!
Join us for a Christian based tour of the Peak District &
Derbyshire Dales, staying at the magnificent Willersley Castle
Hotel, near Matlock, overlooking the River Derwent.
£385
GOODWOOD FESTIVAL OF SPEED
Friday 3rd – Sunday 5th July 2015
6 DAYS
TOUR
PRICE
3 DAYS
Sunday 23rd – Friday 28th August
SEE PAGE
56 OF THIS
BROCHURE
£199
Join us for a weekend at the most famous and
prestigious horse race in the world: the Grand
National. The magical, four-and-a-half mile marathon
captures the imagination of millions around the world,
thanks to its ability to produce both heart-warming
stories and thrilling finishes, as horse and rider
attempt to conquer the mighty Aintree fences.
What began as a millennium celebration is now a regular
event due to its popularity. This production is designed for
all ages and brings to life the many remarkable events
during the life of Christ. It is a multi-sensory experience with
something for everyone, irrespective of their own beliefs.
TOUR
PRICE
TOUR
PRICE
BRITISH GOLF OPEN CHAMPIONSHIPS
Thursday 16th – Monday 20th July
The British Open Golf Championship returns to
St Andrews in 2015. This will be the 144th Open
Championship, where the world’s greatest golfers
gather to do battle for the famous Claret Jug. Join
us as we spend three glorious days at St Andrews to
watch the best players in the world strive to lift the
most prized trophy in the golfing calendar.
11
Friday 10th – Sunday 12th April
GRAND NATIONAL
WEEKEND
Join us for a weekend at the most famous and
prestigious horse race in the world: the Grand National.
The magical, four-and-a-half mile marathon captures
the imagination of millions around the world, thanks
to its ability to produce both heart-warming stories
and thrilling finishes, as horse and rider attempt to
conquer the mighty Aintree fences.
TOUR
PRICE
£199
3 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Mercure Bowden Hall Hotel, Altrincham
This modern 3* hotel offers comfortable, stylish en-suite rooms,
complete with TV, telephone, hair-dryer and tea & coffee-making
facilities. The restaurant serves a variety of delicious dishes, and leisure
facilities include an indoor swimming pool and fitness centre.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave our home area and, with a stop at Sanders
Garden World for coffee, continue to Trentham Shopping Village,
where you will find a collection of carefully-selected shops
offering a range of products from fine furniture to contemporary
art, accessories to ice cream, and clothing to cookware. You’ll
find some familiar names, like the Edinburgh Woollen Mill and
Thorntons, as well as some of the most popular brands in the
pottery industry in Royal Worcester and Portmeirion. With time to
browse and enjoy lunch, we complete our journey to our hotel,
with time to freshen up and perhaps make use of the leisure
facilities before evening dinner.
SATURDAY Today we make our way to Aintree Race Course for
one of the highlights of the sporting year and the most famous
steeplechase in the world… the Grand National. Today there
are seven races, and we have included an entrance ticket to the
Tattersall Enclosure – the largest and most atmospheric enclosure
at Aintree, with access to view the Parade Ring and the Winner’s
Enclosure, as well as enjoy the colour and café-style bars of the
Red Rum lawn. You will also have access to the Irish bar, live
music in the Aintree Pavilion, tote betting, and big-screen viewing.
The Aintree Mound provides great views of the horses racing up
the home straight in the gruelling Grand National itself. After the
last race, we return to our hotel for dinner.
SUNDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel and make our
way south, stopping in at Gloucester Quays. Here you will find
a modern outlet centre offering all the designer and high street
brands you love, many at greatly reduced prices. There is also an
antiques centre spanning three floors, and several restaurants and
bars – all set along the picturesque waterfront, where you can
stroll around. We complete our journey back to the West Country,
arriving early-evening.
Friday 17th – Monday 20th April
CITY BREAK...DURHAM
One of the finest cultural and historic destinations in
the UK, Durham is a pleasure to explore and an easy
choice for a short city break.
YOUR HOTEL Radisson Blu Hotel, Durham
TOUR
PRICE
£215
4 DAYS
A superb, modern 4* hotel ideally located alongside the
banks of the quaint River Wear, in the centre of the city.
All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, mini fridge, safe,
hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors
and the restaurant offers a delicious range of traditional cuisine with
views over the river and old city. Leisure facilities include an indoor
pool and health club.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and we make our way
north stopping for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel
with time to settle in before our evening meal. After dinner you
may like to take a stroll and familiarise yourself with your new
surroundings and admire the wonderful views.
SATURDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please exploring the historic city of Durham, a captivating city with winding
cobbled streets crowned with the dramatic Cathedral and Castle
World Heritage Site – one of the most stunning city panoramas
in Europe. There’s plenty to see and do; Shop for gourmet treats,
locally produced food or original crafts in the Victorian Market in
the cobbled Market Place, stroll down one of the many paths that
lead down to the riverbank where you can take the ‘Prince Bishop’
river cruiser for a gentle trip along the river with stunning views;
enjoy a moment of reflection in the awe-inspiring Cathedral, find
city-centre calm at Crook Hall and Gardens, explore the treasures
of Durham University Oriental Museum, or simply watch the world
go by and enjoy lunch in one of the city centre cafés. As our hotel
is located in the centre, you can do as much or as little sightseeing
as you wish.
SUNDAY Today you have a choice: You may like to continue
to explore and enjoy the sights in Durham, OR travel with us to
Beamish, an extensive open-air museum which effectively
recreates an authentic picture of family, community and working
life in the northeast prior to World War I. It has a typical High
Street, with many shops as well as a colliery and farm, and there
are guides in period costume and a restored tramline serving all
areas of the attraction. We return to Durham late afternoon, in
time for dinner and time to relax.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we begin our homeward
journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country
early – mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 2 Nights Dinner, Bed & Breakfast
n Entrance to Aintree’s Tattersall Enclosure
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
Single supplement £32.00
Travel insurance £12.00
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
Entrance to Beamish Open-air Museum
12
Friday 17th – Tuesday 21st April
BRIGHTON & THE
BLUEBELL LINE
TOUR
PRICE
One of the most elegant of Britain’s resorts, Brighton is
a treasure trove of things to do and places to see …
from iconic tourist attractions to the elegant seafront
promenade, there is plenty to offer all ages.
£295
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Brighton
A modern 4* hotel ideally located along the seafront, close to the pier,
beach, town centre and all attractions. All rooms are ensuite with TV,
hairdryer, iron and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant, with
wonderful views of the Pier, serves a delicious and varied menu. There
is a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and travel to Wilton Village
for coffee. We then continue along the south coast to the cathedral
city of Chichester, for lunch and time to browse the shops before
we complete our journey to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in
before dinner and maybe a stroll along the prom.
SATURDAY The whole day is free to spend as you wish in Brighton.
The spectacular Royal Pavilion is well worth a visit; beneath its
distinctive onion domes is housed some impressive works of art and
wonderful history about King George IV. As well as the many High
Street shops you may also like the stroll the historic Lanes – a maze
of narrow alleyways lined with antique shops and elegant arcades of
boutiques. Other attractions worth visiting include the Volk’s Electric
Railway, the ‘world’s oldest operating electric railway’ which travels
along the seafront, and The Sea Life Centre. There are numerous
places to enjoy coffee and a leisurely lunch.…Or just sit and watch
the world go by!
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, join us if you wish as we make
our way along the Sussex coast to Worthing where you may enjoy
a stroll along the pretty promenade and browse the shops. After
lunch, we continue our circular coastal tour through Littlehampton to
Bognor, with a stop for tea. OR you may prefer to spend another day
continuing to explore Brighton at your leisure.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel inland to Sheffield
Park to board the heritage Bluebell Railway, a for a nine mile nostalgic
steam train ride running through the glorious Sussex countryside to
Kingscote and with a brief stop, returning to Sheffield Park. Remaining
at the station for lunch, we then make the very short journey to
the magnificent Capability Brown landscaped gardens a very short
distance away at Sheffield Park for the afternoon. Here you will find
waterfalls, cascades, and four large lakes as well as a lovely restaurant
to enjoy afternoon tea.
TUESDAY This morning we leave Brighton and make our way
west, with a stop in Salisbury for lunch, reaching our home area
early evening.
4 Nights Dinner, Bed & Breakfast
Ticket for Bluebell Railway
Entrance to Sheffield Park
Gardens (National Trust)
All coach travel
CATHEDRALS & GARDENS IN
THE HEART OF ENGLAND
Our cathedrals and gardens tour offers the perfect
combination of national heritage and nature at any
time of year. The National Memorial Arboretum and
Barnsdale Gardens always have something new for
visitors to see and do, and the magnificent Lichfield
Cathedral is a hidden gem in the heart of England.
TOUR
PRICE
£269
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Sketchley Grange Hotel & Spa, Hinckley
An elegant 4* country house hotel nestled away on the
Leicestershire border, which offers the perfect blend of historical
character and contemporary comfort. All rooms are en-suite, with
TV, hair-dryer and tea and coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
offers a tempting choice menu, and leisure facilities include
an indoor pool.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way to
Sanders Garden World for coffee and Tewkesbury for lunch
and time to browse this lovely market town. We complete our
journey to our hotel with time to settle in and perhaps make
use of the on-site leisure facilities before dinner.
SATURDAY Join us today as we make our way to the National Memorial Arboretum, where we will be greeted by a member
of the team for a guided visit to the Millennium Chapel for
the Act of Remembrance, followed by an introduction to the
Arboretum and a fascinating guided Land Train tour. After lunch
we make the short journey to Lichfield Cathedral – the only
medieval English cathedral with three spires. For a guided tour
of the highlights of the Cathedral’s intriguing history. There will
also be time to explore the city and enjoy afternoon tea.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel to Barnsdale
Gardens. With thirty-nine individual gardens set in eight acres,
there is plenty to see and do, whether you’re a keen gardener
or just an armchair amateur! The inspiring variety of garden
styles and planting schemes has been previously described as
‘a theme park for gardeners’: each offers practical concepts to
use at home, as well as botanically labelled plants – ideal for
taking notes. There will be time to enjoy lunch in the tea rooms
and visit the nursery, before we return to our hotel with time to
relax before our last evening meal.
MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast, and journey
south to Stratford upon Avon with time to browse the shops
and, if you wish, visit William Shakespeare’s Birthplace. After
lunch we continue our journey back to the West Country,
arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
Friday 24th – Monday 27th April
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
n
Guided tour of the National Memorial Arboretum
Guided visit to Lichfield Cathedral
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Barnsdale Gardens
No single supplement (max 5)
All coach travel
13
Sunday 26th Apr – Sunday 3rd May
AUSTRIA...BEAUTY ON THE
EDGE OF THE WORLD
TOUR
PRICE
475
When Michael Portillo undertook his ‘Great Continental £
Railway Journeys’, he said that of all the railways, Austria
was the most memorable and you will find no better
8 DAYS
example of Austria’s natural beauty than in the
Salzkammergut region, fondly known as the Austrian
Lake District. Here you will find beautiful deep blue lakes, surrounded
by verdant pine-clad mountains and delightful villages with wooden
houses bedecked with brightly flowered window boxes – this really is
picture-postcard Austria at its best.
YOUR HOTEL Tirolerhof Hotel, St Georgen im Attergau
A warm welcome awaits at this family-run 3* hotel, just a few minutes’
walk from the village centre. Each of the comfortable rooms is en-suite,
with TV and hair-dryer. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant
enjoys a fine reputation for well-cooked food; there is also a bar and
lounge area.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with
comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue
to our overnight accommodation in Liege, arriving in time for the
evening meal.
MONDAY This morning we continue our journey through Germany and
into Austria, and on to our hotel, where we stay for the next five nights,
again arriving in time for dinner.
TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend at leisure in St Georgen.
There will be a guided walking tour around the village for those who wish.
You may like to take the short train ride to Attersee village, where you
can enjoy a boat cruise on the largest of the Salzkammergut lakes, or just
browse the shops, sample the local cuisine and enjoy the scenery.
WEDNESDAY A full day excursion as we travel to St Wolfgang to board
the train for our return journey on the Schafberg Mountain Railway.
Michael Portillo said this was the ‘most memorable’ of the railways
he travelled on, with lakes and mountains of ‘astonishing beauty’ in a
‘strange looking locomotive’. In 40 minutes it travels just over 3½ miles
but climbs 3,930ft, and upon reaching the top there is a surprise; from the
station there is a walk of approximately 200 yards to a hotel. Mr Portillo
didn’t realise until he got there that the hotel was built on a sheer cliff
some 5,870ft above St Wolfgang! ‘It is here,’ he said, ‘that you feel as
though you have come to the edge of the world.’
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we journey to the regional capital,
also home of the Sound of Music, Salzburg. The old town is a maze of
charming pedestrian alleyways, with many famous and historic landmarks:
Mozart’s birthplace, the Hohensalzburg Fortress and the beautiful Mirabell
Gardens (to name just a few). To enable us to get our bearings we’ll be
joined by a knowledgeable local guide for a 2-hour walking tour, after
which there will be time to explore at leisure before we return to our
hotel for the evening meal.
FRIDAY Today we discover the beautiful Austrian Lake District, or
Salzkammergut. On the shores of the crystal clear waters of Lake
Mondsee, we make our first stop at the village of Mondsee. Here we see
the little basilica of St Michael, famous for being the church where Maria
and the Captain were married in the Sound of Music, and one of the
most-photographed churches in the world. After lunch, we continue to the
shores of Lake Wolfgang, where we visit the picturesque, traffic-free village
of St Gilgen – renowned for its stunning natural scenery. We return to our
hotel with time to freshen up before for our five course candlelit dinner.
SATURDAY Sadly we today bid a fond farewell to Austria, journeying
back through Germany, with comfort stops en route to our overnight
accommodation in Liege, arriving in time for the evening meal.
SUNDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return
ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving
early/mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
14
7 Nights Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
Return journey on the Schafberg Mountain Railway
Guided walking tour of Salzburg
4-Course speciality Austrian dinner
Austrian entertainment on one evening
Ferry crossings
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
Friday 1st – Monday 4th May
SPALDING’S TULIPMANIA
& THE NORFOLK BROADS
The last ever Spalding Flower Parade took place in
2013. However, there will still be plenty to see and do
at the Festival Event at Springfields, including flower
displays in the gardens, a craft show, marching bands
and Tulipmania. On Sunday we take a leisurely cruise
on the Norfolk Broads.
TOUR
PRICE
£215
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Norwich
A stylish 3* hotel offering every comfort. All rooms are, with TV, radio,
telephone, mini-bar and tea & coffee-making facilities. The modern
restaurant offers quality cuisine and the bar provides the perfect setting
for after-dinner drinks. There is a lift to all floors, and the hotel’s leisure
facilities include a well-appointed fitness suite.
ITINERARY
Friday 1st – Monday 4th May
LLANDUDNO VICTORIAN
EXTRAVAGANZA &
TRANSPORT FESTIVAL
TOUR
PRICE
Every May Day Bank Holiday weekend, Llandudno plays
host to a Victorian Extravaganza featuring a Victorian
street fair, old time fair rides, fun stalls, steam engines,
people dressed in Victorian costume, street parades
and street entertainment the whole family will enjoy.
£169
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Beaufort Park Hotel, Mold
A lovely 3* hotel located near the historic market town in the
delightful North Wales borderlands. All rooms are en-suite with TV,
telephone, hair-dryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
serves an array of seasonal dishes using the finest local ingredients,
and the Mediterranean-style bar offers coffee and fine wines in
relaxed surroundings.
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to
Stratford-upon-Avon, stopping for coffee en route. With time
to browse the shops and enjoy lunch, we then continue to
our hotel in Norwich, with ample time to settle in and unwind
before dinner.
SATURDAY This morning we make our way to Springfields
Arena for the Tulipmania festival. The arena itself is a
beautifully landscaped area, featuring bulb displays, as well
as some static floats. There is also the Tulipmania procession,
with marching bands and tulip-themed costumes, a craft fair,
trade stands, wonderful musical entertainment and gardening
demonstrations. Adjoining the Arena is Springfields Outlet
Shopping Centre, where you will find many well-known High
Street shops and some very individual retail outlets, as well as
some very tempting cafés and restaurants in which to enjoy
lunch and afternoon tea.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to nearby
Wroxham, a beautiful town considered the capital of the
Norfolk Broads. Here we board a boat for a leisurely tour of
the Broads, Britain’s largest protected wetland, and natural
habitat of many rare plants and animals. After the cruise there
will be time to browse the shops and have lunch before we
make our way back to Norwich with time to have tea and
maybe visit the cathedral.
MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our
homeward journey, with a stop in Royal Windsor for lunch.
We then continue to the West Country, arriving early-evening.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We cross over the border into
Wales to our hotel, with time to settle in and perhaps take a stroll
before evening dinner.
SATURDAY Today we travel to Llandudno where you will have the
remainder of the day & into the evening to enjoy all the festivities
of the Victorian Extravaganza and Transport Festival. See the parade
of participating vehicles, including many steam tractors and wagons,
brass bands, and carnival troops, as it travels through the town streets
via the promenade. Other features are the evening ‘Road Run’ when
suitable vehicles ascend the Great Orme to the Summit. But it is
the great Victorian steam fair, (the length and breadth of the main
shopping street) with its multitude of rides and catch-penny booths,
both ancient and modern, which gives that extra feel of the Victorian
era, especially with period music from the magnificent showman’s
organ. There are numerous cafés and restaurants to choose from to
enjoy lunch and evening dinner and we leave Llandudno mid evening
and return to our hotel.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Liverpool,
with the day free to explore this vibrant city. You may like to visit
the two majestically different Cathedrals, follow the Beatles Story at
Albert Dock, or take a City Sightseeing open top bus tour where you
can use your Hop On Hop Off ticket to explore the city at your own
leisure. The Yellow Duckmarine is an hour long tour, half on land and
half in the water, taking in the city’s historical sights, attractions and
the dockland’s maritime history with live commentary. Liverpool is
also bulging with fabulous shops and restaurants. We return to our
hotel for a final evening dinner.
MONDAY Sadly we today leave our hotel and make our way south
back into England, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We
continue our homeward journey to the West Country, arriving
early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
Entrance to the Springfield Arena & Tulipmania
Cruise on the Norfolk Broads
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
n 1 night Bed & Breakfast
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
No single supplement
15
Saturday 2nd – Monday 4th May
Monday 4th – Friday 8th May
Friday 8th – Tuesday 12th May
NEW
THREE QUEENS IN
SOUTHAMPTON
TOUR
PRICE
As part of the Cunard 175th anniversary event, all three
cruise ships in the fleet will be in their homeport of
Southampton on 3rd May. Join us to witness this
unprecedented sight as the three iconic cruise liners;
Queen Mary 2, Queen Elizabeth and Queen Victoria will
sail into Southampton together and depart later that day
in formation.
£149
3 DAYS
NORFOLK...THE BROADS &
SANDRINGHAM
TOUR
PRICE
Norfolk is one of England’s most picturesque counties.
Perhaps best known for its windmills and the Broads it
offers a revitalizing getaway from the hustle and bustle
of busy Britain. The Norfolk Broads is Britain’s largest
protected wetland and it enjoys status equivalent to
a National Park.
£315
5 DAYS
A modern 3* hotel in the heart of Hampshire. All rooms are ensuite,
with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. The
restaurant serves traditional British cuisine, a range of European wines
and a generous buffet breakfast, and the hotel’s leisure facilities
include an indoor swimming pool and a well-equipped gym.
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Norwich North
We are delighted to return to this modern 4* hotel, located on the
outskirts of Norwich, which boasts a tranquil garden, with a beautifully
manicured garden. All rooms are en suite with TV, tea & coffee making
facilities, telephone & hairdryer. The restaurant serves a delicious
choice menu and there is a lift to all floors. Leisure facilities include an
indoor swimming pool, jacuzzi, steam room and sauna.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave our home area and journey east,
stopping in Dorchester for coffee and a chance to browse
the shops. We then continue across the New Forest,
where ponies and cattle freely graze the land and wild
deer can often be seen, to Lyndhurst, named the “Capital
of the New Forest” by William the Conqueror 1079. A
picturesque, bustling, small town, you will have plenty of
time to enjoy its quaint gift shops, tearooms and thatched
cottages. We complete our journey to our hotel, with time
to settle in and maybe make use of the leisure facilities
before dinner.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make the short
journey to Portsmouth’s celebrated dockyard, home to HMS
Victory and the Mary Rose. You may like to visit the Royal
Naval and D-day Museums, the Blue Reef Aquarium, the
Gunwharf Quay - a modern waterfront shopping, eating
and entertainment centre, or the Spinnaker Tower, which
rises 170m and offers wonderful views across to the Isle of
Wight (weather permitting!). This afternoon we make our
way to an advantage point (location to be confirmed) to
take our place and enjoy the spectacular sight as the three
Queen cruise ships make their way out of Southampton
and along the Solent on their voyages. We return to our
hotel in time for dinner.
MONDAY This morning we begin our homeward journey,
stopping in Marlborough for coffee and time to browse,
and on to Wells for lunch. We complete our homeward
journey arriving early evening.
MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Norfolk,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with time to
settle in relax before dinner.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Fareham
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
16
TUESDAY Join us this morning as we travel to Aylsham where we board
the Bure Valley Railway, Norfolk’s longest narrow gauge heritage railway for
a journey through 9 miles of unspoilt countryside, to Wroxham, a beautiful
town considered the capital of the Norfolk Broads. With time to browse the
abundance of shops and enjoy lunch we board a boat to enjoy a picturesque
circular cruise on the beautiful Norfolk Broads, one of the most popular
inland waterways in Europe, with full commentary as you relax and enjoy
the wonderful scenery.
WEDNESDAY This morning we make the short journey into the centre of
Norwich. You may like to visit the splendid Norman cathedral, or the castle,
one of the city’s most famous landmarks, built by the Normans as a Royal
Palace 900 years ago. Now a museum and art gallery, it is home to some of
the most outstanding collections of fine art, archaeology and natural history
and in the magnificent Norman keep, models, computers, sound and video
bring history vividly to life. There are many shops, cafés and restaurants
to enjoy lunch. This afternoon you have a choice… to stay and continue
exploring Norwich or travel with us to Great Yarmouth, a popular seaside
resort on the east coast of Norfolk: here you may like to wander along one
of the two promenades, browse the shops and enjoy afternoon tea. We
return to our hotel via the centre of Norwich.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Sandringham,
the private country retreat of Her Majesty the Queen. Built in 1870 for
King Edward VII, the main rooms used by the Royal family when in residence
are open to the public, and you’ll have plenty of time to view them in
addition to the 60 glorious acres of grounds and the museum containing
fascinating displays of Royal memorabilia. There is also a restaurant, shop
and garden centre.
FRIDAY It’s time to say goodbye to Norfolk as we begin our homeward
journey. Stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our home area
early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
Train ticket on Bure Valley Railway
Entrance to Sandringham House,
Grounds & Museum
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
NORMANDY
MONET’S GARDEN &
THE WWII BATTLEFIELDS
TOUR
PRICE
£375
Normandy is the historic site of the landing operations
5 DAYS
of the Allied Invasion during World War II. On the night
of June 6, 1944, in Operation Overlord, 175,000 Allied
troops and 20,000 amphibious vehicles were brought to
the shores of Normandy via five landing beaches. This military
campaign was pivotal in freeing Europe from Nazi occupation.
YOUR HOTEL Mercure Hotel, Lisieux
This modern 3* hotel enjoys an enviable location between the
Sainte Thérèse basilica and the beaches of the Manche region. Each
comfortable room is en-suite, with TV, telephone and hair-dryer. The
restaurant serves both local and international cuisine, and leisure
facilities include an outdoor pool and tennis courts.
ITINERARY
Portsmouth, with a comfort stop en route, for the mid-afternoon ferry
crossing to Caen. Whilst on board you will be able to enjoy a leisurely
dinner in one of the restaurants on board before we arrive in Caen
mid-evening. We then make the short journey to our hotel.
SATURDAY Today we are joined by an experienced guide as we
begin, just like D-day, with a visit to Pegasus Bridge. Here you may
like to visit the memorial museum, and perhaps enjoy a drink in
Café Gondre, before we continue to the Merville Gun Battery to
see first-hand what it was like to live in a bunker with the noise of
an air attack screaming overhead. We then visit the Ranville British
Cemetery – the final resting place of 2,562 brave servicemen – and
Ouistreham for lunch. This afternoon we drive along the landing
beaches of Sword, Juno and Gold, before stopping in Arromanches
with free time to wander on the beach or explore the town and, if
you wish visit the fascinating invasion museum which focuses on the
amazing construction of the Mulberry floating port.
SUNDAY This morning we make our way to Rouen, with time to
wander the cobbled streets, admire the gilded clock on Rue du Gros
Horloge, browse the shops and enjoy coffee in one of the typically
French cafés. You may also like to visit the cathedral – subject of so
many of Monet’s paintings – and the Place du Vieux Marche, where
Joan of Arc was burned at the stake. This afternoon we continue to
Giverny to visit Monet’s Garden, with its painstakingly restored house
and impressive grounds, including a beautiful water garden that
inspired so much of the artist’s work.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we enjoy a coastal drive
through some of the most picturesque scenery found anywhere, as
we pass through the romantic Cabourg (known locally the ‘Queen of
Beaches’). A short drive north, we find the elegant resort of Deauville,
where you will have time to explore, browse the shops, enjoy lunch
and stroll along the promenade overlooking the sandy beach. After
lunch, we continue a little further north to picturesque Honfleur –
much loved by the Impressionist painters, with its pretty port area and
slate-fronted houses, and St Catherine’s church – the oldest wooden
church in France. We later make our way back to Lisieux, with time to
relax and enjoy a final evening meal.
TUESDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast, and make our way
to Caen. Although heavily bombed during World War II, the town
has nonetheless retained some of its famous buildings With time to
explore and have lunch, we rejoin the coach and return to the port
for the late afternoon return ferry crossing to Portsmouth,
disembarking mid-evening. We then continue our homeward
journey, arriving late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
3 Nights Buffet Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
1 Nights Bed & Buffet Breakfast
SUPPLEMENTS:
Full day guided tour of the
Evening
dinner on board
D-Day landing beaches
boat one evening
Entrance to Monet’s Garden
Entrance to D-Day Museum
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
17
Sunday 10th – Thursday 14th May
Sunday 10th – Friday 15th May
Sunday 10th – Wednesday 20th May
Sat 16th – Sun 17th May
NEW
YORKSHIRE DELIGHTS
Yorkshire is one of Britain’s most loved counties, with
picturesque dales, unspoilt villages, stunning valleys,
and historic towns. The rich cultural and natural heritage
of the area is abundant and this tour brings the delights
of Yorkshire to life.
TOUR
PRICE
£295
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Cairn Hotel, Harrogate
A 3* modernised hotel which retains its Victorian charms,
situated only a short walk from the centre of town. All rooms are
en-suite with TV, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities.
Leisure facilities include a fitness room and a stylish comfortable
bar and lounge. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves
delicious freshly prepared meals.
ANTHONY’S TOUR
TO SUFFOLK
We are delighted to repeat what has become one of
our most popular tours, with its seaside heritage,
picturesque towns & villages, ancient landscapes and
many hidden gems. Suffolk is both a special and unique
place to visit. Suffolk makes an ideal choice for a short
break, day trip or a longer stay.
TOUR
PRICE
£365
6 DAYS
A GRAND TOUR OF SCOTLAND...OUTER
HEBRIDES & HIGHLANDS
TOUR
PRICE
The islands of Scotland are some of the most enchanting places on earth.
Even the tiniest has its own individual character and charm. Dramatic
sunsets, spectacular scenery and a traditional Scottish island welcome are just
a few of the things that await you. Seven islands make up the Outer Hebrides,
or Western Isles, with Lewis being the largest, with its beautiful sandy beaches,
rugged coastline and a landscape worth investigating.
£825
11 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Belstead Brook Hotel, Ipswich
An attractive 3* Country House hotel ideally located in nine acres of
parkland with an original 16th century lodge housing the restaurant
and bar. All rooms are en suite with TV, telephone, and hairdryer.
Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, jacuzzi and gymnasium. The
restaurant serves a delicious choice menu and there is a lift to all floors.
YOUR HOTEL Priory Hotel, Beuly; Cabarfeidh Hotel, Stornoway
Dark Island Hotel, Liniclate; Alexandra Hotel, Fort William
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, to our hotel in Harrogate, arriving at
our hotel with time to settle in before evening dinner and maybe
MONDAY This morning is free to explore this lovely town with its
splendid architecture and Art Nouveau flavour which is evident in the
coloured shop fronts with their cast iron canopies and curving glass
windows. There are also some lovely shops to browse and restaurants
have an early lunch … most recommended is the famous Betty’s tea
shop! This afternoon we make the short journey to the picturesque
village of Ripley. In the heart of the village lies a cobbled market square
where you may like to have tea, and just a short walk from the centre
is the 700 year old castle
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to York with plenty of
time to enjoy this magnificent city of architecture. You may like to visit
the Minster, the National Railway Museum, or stroll along the ancient
timbrel houses, perched along the narrow winding streets. The quaint
side streets are full of surprises, and Little Shambles is an absolute
delight. There are also many shops to browse, and numerous places to
enjoy coffee and lunch.
WEDNESDAY Join us today for a relaxing scenic tour of the Yorkshire
Dales. We make a stop in the tiny city of Ripon with its 7th century
cathedral, historic buildings & traditional corn market square. We
continue on to Pateley Bridge on the banks of the River Nidd, a former
lead mining village & small market town. Here you may like to visit the
oldest sweet shop in England (established 1827) and buy some sweet
treats! We travel on through the pretty village of Summerbridge, and
further on to the market town of Otley (used to film “Hotten” for our
Emmerdale fans). We meander through beautiful scenery to Esholt,
home of the old “Woolpack Pub” used in Emmerdale, where you may
like to enjoy a “pint” at the bar, before we making our way back to
Harrogate in time for dinner.
THURSDAY Sadly, this morning we begin the homeward journey.
With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country
early/mid evening.
ITINERARY
MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey north, stopping in Stirling for coffee and Pitlochry for
lunch. We later complete our journey, through stunning scenery, to our hotel in Beauly, with time to settle in
before dinner.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n Guided tour of Oliver Cromwell’s House
n Guided coach tour of National Stud Farm & coffee
n Entrance to Bressingham Steam Museum
SUPPLEMENTS:
& Gardens
Single Supplement £50.00
n All coach travel
ITINERARY
SUPPLEMENTS:
Single Supplement £48.00
18
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east, with stops for
coffee and lunch en route to Suffolk, and arriving at our hotel with ample time to
freshen up and relax before dinner.
MONDAY Today we take a scenic drive as we pass through some picturesque
old villages with thatched cottages and sugar beet fields, Mildenhall, home of an
American Air force base, and part of the Fens to Ely. We begin with a guided tour
of Oliver Cromwell’s House where you can experience what domestic & family life
would have been like in the 17th century in a variety of re-created period rooms
including exhibitions of the civil war. You will then have plenty of time to explore this
lovely small city with its magnificent cathedral, have lunch and browse the shops.
TUESDAY This morning we make our way to The National Stud Farm at
Newmarket for coffee and a 90 minute guided coach tour of the 500 acre stud
farm where your guide will tell you about the history of the only Stud Farm in the
country open to the general public and enjoy an insight into the fascinating world
of bloodstock breeding. You will see mares, stallions and new born foals, and say
hello to the miniature Shetland ponies! We later make our way to Bury St.Edmunds
a beautiful and busy market town with plenty of time if you wish to visit the
award-winning Abbey Gardens, the Cathedral, browse the shops and enjoy lunch.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Bressingham
Steam Museum and Gardens. Take a trip on one of the four steam locomotives
around the magnificent gardens and woodland which house 8000 species of
perennials, and if you wish take a ride on the steam roundabout and admire the
traction engines. The National Dad’s Army collection lets you wander through
Walmington-on-Sea looking at original props and vehicles from the series… you’d
be a stupid boy to miss it! This afternoon we visit Lavenham, often considered the
most perfect of English Towns, with its treasure trove of black and white timber
framed buildings, virtually unchanged since medieval times.
THURSDAY Join us as we travel a little further east to the very pretty fishing
town of Aldeburgh for coffee before making the short journey to Thorpeness where
you will find the house in the sky. We then return to Ipswich with the remainder of
the day free to explore some of the many attractions in this lovely waterfront town.
Here you will find Christ Church Mansion and Park with its beautiful gardens and
the best collection of paintings by Constable and Gainsborough and the Ipswich
Museum (both free), as well as many shops and restaurants. We return to our
hotel late afternoon.
FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel and begin our return journey, stopping for
coffee and Stratford upon Avon for lunch, arriving back in the West Country
earlymid evening.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, to
our overnight hotel in Carlisle, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.
TUESDAY This morning we make the short journey to Inverness, with its Victorian castle which dominates
the town centre. The museum and art gallery have exhibits including a lock of Bonnie Prince Charlie’s hair.
You may like to take a scenic boat trip on the River Ness, There are, of course, all the local shops and plenty
of places in which to have coffee and lunch.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we make our way through more wonderful scenery to Ullapool, to catch a
ferry for the 2¾ hour crossing to the Western Isles, where, on board, you can enjoy lunch and the fantastic
views. We arrive in Stornoway, the main town on the Isle of Lewis, early-afternoon, with time to explore
this harbour town with its diverse range of shops. There’s also an excellent museum of local history, and the
Lewis Loom Centre. We arrive at our hotel on the outskirts of Stornoway with time to settle in before dinner.
THURSDAY Today we enjoy a circular tour of the Isle of Lewis, travelling through some stunning scenery,
and with stops along the way for photographs. We stop in Carloway for lunch, before making calling in at
nearby Carloway Broch – a hideaway once used by residents to escape the Vikings, and thought to be over
2,000 years old. We complete our circular tour via beautiful sandy beaches and rugged coastlines.
FRIDAY This morning we leave Stornoway and the Isle of Lewis and travel to Leverburgh, via the Isle of
Harris’s west coast, taking in the magnificent beaches on the way. After lunch, we board the ferry for the
1-hour crossing to Berneray on the island of Benbecula. We continue via the coastal road of North Uist,
arriving at our hotel in Liniclate with time to settle in and maybe take a leisurely stroll to enjoy the scenery
before dinner.
SATURDAY After breakfast we take a tour of the southerly end of the Western Isles, and South Uist, with
stops in the villages of Howmore – where you may like to visit the Kildonan Museum – and Daliburgh. There
are also some lovely lochs on the island. We stop en route for coffee and lunch, with time to sightsee and
browse. We also cross a 1,650m causeway to the beautiful island of Eriskay, before returning to our hotel for
our evening meal on the Western Isles.
SUNDAY Today we goodbye to the Outer Hebrides, and travel to the port of Lochmaddy for a 1¾ hour
crossing to Uig on the beautiful Isle of Skye. With lunch on the ferry, we make our way south through some
stunning Skye scenery, with a stop for afternoon tea, to our hotel in Fort William, arriving in time for dinner
and an evening at leisure.
MONDAY The day is free for you to spend as you please in Fort William, the largest town in the West
Highlands. You may like to take a boat trip down Loch Linnhe to Seal Island, which runs regularly from
the town pier, or just browse the shops and enjoy lunch. Or you may like to catch a local bus to the Nevis
Range, 7 miles north of Fort William, where you can take a ride on a gondola up Ben Nevis, Britain’s highest
mountain, with spectacular views.
TUESDAY This morning we leave Fort William and begin our homeward journey, travelling through the
spectacular Glen Coe and Rannoch Moor to Callander for coffee and time to browse. We then continue
south, stopping at Moffat and the woollen mill for lunch, before completing our journey to our overnight
hotel in the Scottish borders, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.
WEDNESDAY We continue our homeward journey, with comfort stops en route, and reach the West
Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n 10 Nights Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
n Ferry crossings
n All coach travel
Attractions in
Inverness & Fort William
ROYAL WINDSOR
HORSE SHOW
The Royal Windsor Horse Show
is the UK’s annual equestrian
extravaganza held in the private
grounds of Windsor Castle.
TOUR
PRICE
£135
2 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Crowne Plaza
Hotel, London Heathrow
A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel. All rooms are
en-suite and air-conditioned, with TV, , hairdryer, and tea & coffee making facilities. There
is also an indoor swimming pool and a lift to all
floors. The restaurant serves a generous buffet
breakfast and buffet evening dinner.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY After an early departure, we
leave the West Country and make our way to
Windsor, with a comfort stop en route. You
will then have plenty of time to experience the
events taking place today at the UK’s largest
outdoor show, which include competitions
in four disciplines; Show Jumping, Dressage,
Carriage Driving and Endurance. In addition
there are over 130 showing classes together
with a Land Rover driving experience, a
craft tent, numerous food tents, country
life shopping stalls, a Shetland Pony Grand
National, and displays by the Household
Cavalry. The timetable of events have not yet
been released but there will be plenty to see.
Later afternoon we re-join the coach and
make the short journey to our hotel in time
for dinner.
SUNDAY After a leisurely English breakfast,
we make the short journey to Royal Windsor,
with the day to explore this picturesque town
full of so much history. You may like to visit
the Castle, take an open top bus trip around
Windsor & Eton with a guided commentary,
or enjoy a scenic boat trip along the Thames.
There are also some lovely shops and many
restaurants to enjoy lunch. We leave late
afternoon, and return to the West Country,
arriving mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Entrance to the Royal Windsor Horse Show
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
19
Sunday 17th – Monday 25th May
SPAIN...THE COSTA BRAVA
Join us as we head to the sun! Roses is located in the
Spanish region of Catalonia and is the biggest resort on
the northern stretch of the Costa Brava, just 30
kilometres south of the French border. Steeped in
history with origins going back to the 8th century BC
this old fishing town is also a thoroughly modern and
popular holiday destination, yet it still remains a fairly
quiet, relaxed resort, retaining much of its original charm.
JERSEY
TOUR
PRICE
Jersey has charmed generations of visitors – only 14
miles from the French coast, it has the continental
flavour of France whilst remaining part of Britain.
Although only a small island, Jersey has so much to
offer…sandy beaches, rugged coastline, beautiful
countryside and a wide variety of shops and attractions.
£475
9 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Coral Platja, Hotel Roses
This lovely 3* hotel is in a perfect location, only 300 metres from the
entre of Roses and set right on the beachfront. The hotel enjoys a traditional
Mediterranean style, with wrought-iron balconies and window shutters and
a lift to all floors The maritime themed restaurant serves all meals buffet
style, and a lovely outdoor terrace is perfect for sitting and watching the
world go by! The same Spanish style extends to the traditional bedrooms,
which are all ensuite, with a balcony, air conditioning, TV and hairdryer.
There is also an indoor and an outdoor swimming pool, a large bar area
and entertainment is provided each evening.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY – After an early departure, we leave the West Country and
journey east, with a comfort stop, to Dover for the ferry crossing to
Calais. We then continue our journey, with a stop for dinner en route, to
our overnight accommodation south of Paris.
MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey through France
and into Spain to our hotel in Roses where we’ll be spending the next
six nights with time to settle in before dinner and our first evening of
live entertainment.
TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please and
begin exploring your new surroundings. You may like to take a swim
in the hotel pool, and relax on the sun terrace, or take a stroll into the
town, browse the shops and sample some of the local cuisine. There is
also a land train where you can explore a little more of the local area.
WEDNESDAY A full day excursion as we travel a little further south to
Barcelona, the second largest city in Spain and the capital of Catalonia,
acclaimed as one of the country’s cultural centres. Whilst here you
may like to visit the bustling La Ramblas, where, as well as shops and
restaurants, you will see live performances, human statue art, and artists
that will draw your portrait or caricature. There is also the cathedral,
and the fabulous Sagrada Familial, Gaudi’s testament to modern
architecture. The view the high plateau of the Monique Mountain
overlooking the city is also stunning.
THURSDAY This morning we head inland to Besalu, a lovely little
town whose illustrious history dates back to the time of the Romans.
It’s most famous sight is the original 11th century fortified bridge,
which still proudly spans the Fluvia River. Hidden amongst the town’s
atmospheric old streets lie many churches, café-lined squares and
fascinating old ruins to explore. Later we travel on to the beautiful city
of Gerona with its beautiful old medieval district and fine Gothic-style
cathedral. Other sights well worth a visit include the Arab Baths and
well-preserved Jewish Quarter.
FRIDAY The morning is free for you to spend as you please. Join us if
you wish for an afternoon excursion to the pretty whitewashed village
of Cadaqués with its maze of narrow streets that tumble down to the
water, and stylish art galleries which stand alongside the souvenir
shops, cafés and seafood restaurants.
SATURDAY A final free day to spend as you please, relaxing and
enjoying the facilities and scenery.
SUNDAY Sadly, this morning we bid farewell to our hotel in Roses
and begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en
route, we return to our overnight hotel for evening dinner.
MONDAY After breakfast, we travel back to Calais for the return
ferry crossing to Dover. From here we then continue our journey home,
arriving mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
20
Monday 18th – Friday 22nd May
6 Nights Buffet Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast in Roses
1 Nights Bed & Buffet Breakfast in overnight hotel
1 Nights Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast in overnight hotel
Welcome drink in Roses
House wine & water with dinner in Roses
Free use of swimming pool
Live usic every evening in Roses
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
TOUR
PRICE
£315
GUERNSEY
Lying close to the northern coast of France and bathed
by the warm waters of the Gulf Stream, the island of
Guernsey offers a truly unforgettable escape.
YOUR HOTEL St Pierre Park Hotel, St. Peter Port
TOUR
PRICE
£395
YOUR HOTEL The Mayfair Hotel, St. Helier
A warm welcome awaits you at this lovely 3* hotel, just a few minutes’
walk from the centre of Jersey’s capital, St. Helier. All rooms are ensuite,
with TV, telephone and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
serves a wide variety of dishes and the hotel’s coffee shop is open
throughout the day, offering an assortment of meals and snacks.
Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, Jacuzzi, steam room and
gym. There is a lift and entertainment is provided each evening.
5 DAYS
We are delighted to return to this luxury 4* hotel
beautifully set in acres of tranquil parkland with a lake.
All rooms have a private balcony or terrace, with many overlooking
the hotel grounds. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV,
complimentary toiletries, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee-making
facilities. The restaurant serves the highest quality food served in a
friendly and relaxed atmosphere and breakfast is served in the grandly
decorated La Fontaine Suite, overlooking the lake and fountain. The
impressive leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, steam
room, sauna, whirlpool and gym. There is also a hair and beauty salon.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way east
to either Poole or Weymouth (to be confirmed) for the ferry
crossing to St. Helier. Upon arrival, you will be greeted by a hotel representative and taken to your hotel. The representative
will act as your point of contact for the duration of your stay
on the island, and he or she will be available each day to offer
you advice on such things as attractions and car hire. Dinner
this evening is followed by entertainment.
TUESDAY–THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend
exploring Jersey’s wonderful coastline and inland attractions…
Perhaps you’d like to visit the Jersey War Tunnels; much of it is
preserved as it was left after World War II. Other worthwhile
attractions include the Living Legend, the Zoo and Mont
Orgueil Castle. We also highly recommend a trip to Corbiere
Lighthouse, with its stunning views and which you can walk
to when the tide is out. A regular bus service operates on the
island and is useful for visiting the many picturesque bays and
harbours or you may like to hire a car for the duration of your
stay, or maybe just a day or two… the hotel can offer advice
and help if required. There are numerous places on the island
to enjoy coffee, lunch, tea and Jersey ice cream! Dinner at the
hotel is, as on Sunday, each night followed by entertainment.
FRIDAY Sadly, it’s time to leave Jersey. The hotel representative will inform you of all the details, including what time to
leave the hotel when you will be taken, again by local coach,
to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole or Weymouth.
On arrival you will be met by a Blakes Coach and driver, who
will return you to your home area.
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way east to either
Poole or Weymouth (to be confirmed) for the ferry crossing to Guernsey.
On arrival in you will be met by a local coach or taxi and transferred to
your hotel with the remainder of the day free to spend as you please and
relax over dinner.
Your monies are protected by Blakes Coaches Ltd Trust Account,
administered by Lloyds Bank for this tour.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
Return ferry ticket from Poole and/
or Weymouth
Hotel transfers in Jersey
5 DAYS
SUPPLEMENTS:
maximum 2 singles
TUESDAY–THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend as you please
exploring this small picturesque island, covering only 50 square miles,
which claims to be Britain’s warmest spot. The island’s capital, St. Peter
Port, is a bustling harbour town and a tapestry of architectural buildings.
It also offers the best shopping on the island, (which incidentally is tax
free.) There is also a theatre with shows throughout the season.
You may like to hire a car for some or all of your stay and the hotel will
be able to help you with this. Alternatively you may like to visit one of the
neighbouring islands of Herm, Sark, and Alderney, only a short ferry ride
away from St Peter Port.
With so many bays and coves, it’s easy to find your own beach, with
places of interest around almost every corner, such as the 800 year old de
Sausmarez Manor with its magnificent gardens and Art Park. The island
also offers many inspiring walks on the 28.5 miles of cliff paths. Castle
Cornet – Guernsey’s ancient royal fortress – is well worth a visit, as is the
former home of famous French poet Victor Hugo. There is the German
Occupation Museum, the Little Chapel, possibly the smallest chapel in the
world, Oatlands Craft Centre and the Candle Factory where you can make
your own candle… you’ll never be short of things to do and see.
There are a number of excellent restaurants and delicious tea rooms all
over the island, some specializing in seafood with delicacies such as crab,
lobster and scallops. Dinner is served each evening at the hotel.
FRIDAY Sadly, it’s time to leave Guernsey… Once again a local coach
or taxi will take you to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole or
Weymouth. On arrival you will be met by a Blakes Coach and driver, who
will return you safely to your home area.
n
n
n
Return ferry crossings
Return coach transfers between
hotel & port
SUPPLEMENTS:
Car hire on the island
21
Fri 22nd – Sat 23rd May
Saturday 23rd – Friday 29th May
NEW
TOUR
PRICE
NATIONAL TRUST TREASURES ...
LINCOLNSHIRE
5 DAYS
The National Trust is a conservation organisation which works to preserve and
protect the coastline, countryside and buildings of Great Britain. One way it
does this is through encouraging millions of people to enjoy their national
heritage. The trust owns many heritage properties, including historic houses
and gardens and we are delighted to be able to offer a tour to four of its
loveliest properties.
YOUR HOTEL Urban Hotel, Grantham
A modern 4* hotel surrounded by beautiful countryside. All rooms are en-suite
with TV, telephone, hairdryer, and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant
serves delicious food, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool.
£299
NT
MEMBERS
£335
NON NT
MEMBERS
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country with a comfort stop en route, to Derby for a visit to
Calke Abbey, an “unstately home and country estate”. Discover tales of the property’s past
eccentric family Harper Cruwes. Visit the family’s library which houses a 300 year collection
of books, one of the largest held by National Trust, and the beautiful 18th century state bed
with sparkling Chinese silks. With time also to stroll in the ground’s 243 hectare National Park
reserve and have lunch, we continue to our hotel in Grantham, arriving with time to settle in
TUESDAY This morning we visit the market town of Boston. Here you will find the grand
Boston Stump’s Botolph’s Tower, standing at a towering 272 ft, and the country’s tallest
working mill, Maud Foster Mill. We continue to Gunby Hall, the charming 18th century
Massingberd family country home. Wander through 14 rooms on 3 floors, furnished with
beautiful paintings, clocks, Delft pottery & William Morris wallpaper. Outside you can explore
rose gardens, walled garden and lawns expanding over 8 acres. There is also a tea room and
plant shop.
WEDNESDAY Today we travel to the Cathedral city of Lincoln, with its narrow streets and
quaint buildings. The cathedral stands on the crest of a ridge rising high above the plateau
occupied by the lower town and the river Witham. The castle has fine views of the city and is
also well worth a visit. Or why not take the time to do some shopping in the Cathedral Quarter
of Bailgate, where specialist shops and trendy boutiques can be found. You may also like to
take a river cruise, or just enjoy lunch watching the world go by.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the very short journey into the centre of
Grantham, famous as the birthplace of former prime minister Margaret Thatcher, and the
place where Isaac Newton went to school. With time to browse the shops and have coffee, we
continue on to Belton House, the 17th century residence of the Brownlow family. It houses one
of the most significant historic silver collections in the country and the second largest library
held by the National Trust. Set in 36 acres of formal gardens and 1300 acres of deer park, it
is regarded as “one of England’s most complete country homes”. You may like to take the
“below stairs” tour to experience servant life, or just admire the collections of furniture found
in the family rooms. The Stables restaurant serves delicious seasonal dishes and cakes.
FRIDAY We begin our homeward journey with a visit to Coughton Court, in Warwickshire,
an imposing Grade 1 Tudor mansion house, home to the Throckmorton family for over 600
years, who still reside here. Explore the house with its elaborate chandeliers and glorious wood
panelled family rooms, wander through the numerous gardens, or enjoy a slice of cake in the
tea room. Later, we complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Entrance to Calke Abbey
n Entrance to Gunby Hall
n Entrance to Belton House
n Entrance to Coughton Court
n All coach travel
22
CHELSEA
FLOWER SHOW
TOUR
PRICE
165
SUPPLEMENTS:
TOUR
PRICE
Each year, the RHS Chelsea
£
Flower Show is held in the
grounds of the Royal Hospital
2 DAYS
Chelsea. It is the world’s most
famous flower show and a
celebration of the highest quality horticulture
and a feast for your imagination, bursting with
inspiration for you to take home. A catwalk of
colour and creativity, the show features the latest trends and ultimate design from the cream
of garden designers, nurseries,
plantsmen and exhibitors.
Nestled in Ireland’s beautiful South West corner, Bantry
Bay is an area of outstanding natural beauty, amidst
three rugged westerly peninsulas reaching into the
Atlantic Ocean.
YOUR HOTEL Crowne Plaza Hotel,
Heathrow
A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel, where all
rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer,
and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a
lift to all floors and leisure facilities include an
indoor pool, and gym. The restaurant serves a
delicious buffet dinner & breakfast.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
FRIDAY After an early departure we leave the
West Country and make our way east, with a
comfort stop en route to London, where you will
have the remainder of the day to enjoy the
spectacle of the Chelsea Flower Show, the
premier horticultural event of the year. As
admiring the many wonderful gardens, and
exhibits, you can also indulge in a bit of celebrity
spotting! There are many places to enjoy a
leisurely lunch, and whether you are a gardener,
a would-be-gardener or a non-gardener there is
something for everyone. Late afternoon we make
the short journey to our hotel with time to relax
before dinner and an evening at leisure.
SATURDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast
and make the short journey to Royal Windsor,
with time to explore this picturesque town, full of
so much history. You may like to visit the Castle,
take an open top bus trip around Windsor & Eton
where a guided commentary will explain some
of the fascinating history, or enjoy a scenic boat
trip along the Thames. There are also some lovely
shops and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We leave
late afternoon, and return to the West Country,
PRICE INCLUDES:
IRELAND...BEAUTIFUL
BANTRY BAY
n Ticket to Chelsea Flower Show
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
£475
7 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Matritime Hotel, Bantry
A 4* modern hotel located in the centre of Bantry. All rooms are ensuite with TV, Wi-Fi access, hairdryer, toiletries, and tea/coffee making
facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant prides itself on high
quality, freshly prepared meals from locally sourced produce, and the
Maritime Bar provides an area to relax. The spa facilities includes an
indoor pool, jacuzzi, sauna and gymnasium.
SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our way into Wales and on to
Pembroke, with comfort stops en route, for the afternoon crossing to Rosslair. After
docking in Ireland, we continue to our overnight hotel in Waterford.
SUNDAY After breakfast, we leave Waterford and make our way west towards
County Cork, with stopping at Dungarvan for coffee, and on to Midleton for lunch,
a town known for Ireland’s largest Irish Whisky distillery. We continue on to our
hotel in Bantry, with time to freshen up before dinner.
MONDAY This morning we make the short, but scenic journey, to Mizen Head,
Ireland’s most southerly point. We visit the Signal Station, built to save lives of
sailors from the treacherous rocks. Learn about the signal station in the visitor
centre, or walk down the famous 99 steps to the arched bridge at the end of the
peninsula for a magnificent view of seals, gannets, choughs, dolphins and possibly
hump back whales. See the Keepers Quarters where the workmen maintained
the engine room and Marconi radio. This afternoon we return to Bantry with the
afteroon free to spend as you please, maybe to browse the shops or stroll down
to the harbour for the spectacular views across Bantry Bay.
TUESDAY Join us as we travel along the beautiful southern coastline of County
Cork. We make a visit to the town of Skibbereen (“little boat harbour” in Gaelic)
where the Irish potato famine plagued the town between 1845 – 1852, one
of Ireland’s worst affected areas. The Heritage Centre is well worth a visit to
understand this important part of Ireland’s history. We continue south to the
small market town of Baltimore, Ireland’s most south westerly point, with a
history of pilchard fishing and 17th century pirate trade.
WEDNESDAY Today we journey through the Beara Peninsula, steeped in
myths and legends, with its spectacular rugged coastline to the small village of
Glengarriff where we take a short boat ride across to Garnish Island. We pass
a magical seal island with a large colony of 250 seals, posing for photographs!
Garnish Island has exquisite gardens with magnolias, camellias, rhododendrons
and rare conifers which were planted from 1810 – 1913, and bequeathed to the
Irish people in 1953.
THURSDAY Sadly, we today leave Bantry and make our way back across
Ireland’s lovely countryside to the historic city of Waterford with time to explore
the centre and maybe visit the Waterford Crystal Visitors Centre, before returning
to our overnight hotel.
FRIDAY After a final Irish breakfast, we leave our hotel and travel back to
Rosslare for the return ferry crossing to Pembroke. We continue our homeward
journey, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
Admission to Mizen Head Signal Station
Boat trip to Seal Island and Garnish Island
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Garnish Island Gardens
Ferry crossings n All coach travel
A CUMBRIAN JOURNEY &
CARLISLE TO SETTLE RAILWAY
Known as the Gateway to the Scottish Borders, Carlisle
boasts a rich Roman history – as evident in its medieval
Castle and cathedral.
YOUR HOTEL The Crown & Mitre Hotel, Carlisle
TOUR
PRICE
£299
5 DAYS
Situated close to the historic cathedral in the heart of the
city, this grand 3* offers the perfect mix of Edwardian grandeur with
beautiful original features including an elegant sweeping staircase
but with all the modern comforts. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, radio,
telephone, hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
serves an excellent menu and there is a lift to all floors. The hotel’s
leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool and whirlpool, and
entertainment is provided on some evenings.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with
comfort stops en route, to our hotel, arriving with time to freshen up
before dinner.
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel south along the edge
of the Lake District to the picturesque town of Kirby Lonsdale with time
to browse the gift shops and enjoy an early lunch. We then make the
short journey to Settle, where we board a train on England’s most scenic
railway. The 72 mile route takes you on a journey through the magnificent Yorkshire Dales, over the 24 arches of the Ribblehead Viaduct
before plunging into the longest tunnel on the line at Blea Moor. Emerging onto the side of Dentdale, the line leaves the Dales at Garsdale and
makes it way through the gentle, lush rolling hills of the Eden Valley,
before arriving in Carlisle with time to relax before evening dinner.
WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we stay just within the English
border, and follow what is probably one of the best-known landmarks
of the north, Hadrian’s Wall. We stop in Chester’s Fort for coffee and
an opportunity to discover the best visible remains of a cavalry fort
in Britain. Whilst here you may like to explore the foundations of the
headquarters building and the largest, most luxurious building – the
commandant’s house. We continue on to Alston, a small, cobbled
north-Pennine town made famous by the film David Copperfield, with
time to enjoy a leisurely lunch and browse the shops. We return to
Carlisle with the afternoon free to explore this lovely city where you
may like to visit the cathedral and browse the shops, or make use of
the hotel leisure facilities.
THURSDAY Join us today as we take a wonderful scenic, circular tour
around the northern reaches of the Lake District. We travel through the
picturesque towns of Keswick and Windermere, up the breathtaking
Kirkstone Pass and on to Ullswater, with stops for coffee, lunch and
photographs as we travel. We complete our tour back to our hotel via
Penrith.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey, with
regular comfort stops en route, arriving back in the West Country early
– mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
Entrance to Chester’s Fort
Settle to Carlisle Railway ticket
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
23
Sunday 31st May – Sunday 7th June
NEW
THE ARDENNES...BELGIUM’S
HIDDEN GEM
Belgium’s southern reaches are a striking contrast to the
crowded north, for here the cities give way to the rugged,
unspoilt landscapes of the Ardennes. Stretching east
across Luxembourg, the region consists of lush river
valleys, with picturesque villages nestled amongst deep
wooded canyons and vast broadleaf forests.
TOUR
PRICE
£369
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Hotel De La Poste, Boullion, Belgium
A historic 4* hotel in the centre of town on the banks of the Semois river.
Each of the comfortable, contemporary rooms is ensuite, with TV and
hairdryer and A lift serves all floors. The restaurant offers an excellent
buffet breakfast with panoramic views of the river valley and castle;
there is also a bar, lounge and terrace.
ITINERARY
MONDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country
and journey east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for
the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our hotel in
Boullion, and our base for the next four nights, arriving in time
for evening dinner.
TUESDAY Join us this morning as we visit the historic town
of Dinant, situated alongside impressive stone cliffs and the
River Meuse. With time to sample the local cuisine, explore
and perhaps enjoy a cruise along the river, we continue to the
Annevoie Gardens. These magnificent water gardens blend
French 17th Century rigour with English fantasy and Italian
charm. There are approximately forty fountains, cascades and
water jets, and twenty ornamental ponds, making Annevoie
one of Belgium’s most delightful gardens.
to explore at leisure. Worthwhile sights include the 16th
Century Grand Ducal Palace and the Notre Dame cathedral,
along with the ancient citadel, which dates back to the 9th
Century. A popular way to see the city is on the tourist land
train “Petrusse Express” for an audio guided tour. With time
to enjoy a leisurely lunch, and browse the shops we return to
our hotel for dinner.
THURSDAY Today we visit the enchanting town of Durbuy
on the banks of the Ourthe River, which was for a long time
billed as ‘the smallest town in the world’. Its cobbled streets
are lined with shops selling all kinds of local produce. Later,
we continue to the lovely town of La Roche-en-Ardenne for
lunch, and time if you wish to visit the Battle of Ardennes
Museum or the evocative 9th Century castle ruins crowning
the town’s central knoll. You can also stroll through the
streets, sampling the local delicacies and browsing the
souvenir shops.
FRIDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel and make our
way back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We
then complete our homeward journey, reaching the West
Country mid-evening.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we make our way to the
centre of Bastogne for coffee, famous for the “Battle Of
The Bulge” in WWII. We continue on to vibrant Luxembourg
City – known as ‘the little city with the big heart’ – with time
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
Welcome drink
Entrance to Annevoie Gardens
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
TOUR
PRICE
The Black Forest is Germany’s best-loved and most
varied holiday region. With spruce-covered mountains,
gentle valleys, waterfalls, timber farmhouses and
spectacular gorges carved out by the River Rhine –
not to mention cuckoo clocks, Bollen hats and (of
course!) Black Forest gateau… it’s not hard to see why!
£545
8 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL L’Ours de Mutzig Hotel, Mutzig
A warm welcome awaits at this 3* traditional Alsace hotel. Each of
the comfortable rooms is en-suite, with TV and hair-dryer. A lift serves
all floors. The restaurant offers tasty local cuisine; there is also a bar,
terrace and outdoor pool.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY After an early departure, we journey east to Dover, with comfort
stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our
overnight hotel in Liege, arriving with time to freshen up before evening
dinner.
MONDAY We continue our journey through France, stopping for coffee
and lunch en route, and reaching our hotel in Mutzig, on the French/German
border, our base for the next five nights, with time to settle in before dinner
and an evening at leisure.
TUESDAY This morning we make the short journey south to the Château
de Haut-Koenigsburg in Orschwiller (access to the château is via steps).
Originally built in the 12th Century, the château was destroyed several times
and eventually left abandoned until Kaiser Wilhelm proceeded to restore it.
The château has an extremely impressive location, overlooking the beautiful
Alsace region. After lunch, we make our way back to Mutzig, with a stop
at Le Mont Sainte Odile. Perched on the top of the mountain, this working
monastery has amazing views.
WEDNESDAY Join us for a full day’s excursion to the picturesque Alsace
wine region. Our first stop is the pretty 16th Century town of Ribeauvillé,
where there will be time to stroll along its cobbled streets past flowerbedecked, half-timbered houses and acres of neat vineyards. Here you
will have time to have an early lunch, and perhaps sample some local
wines. We later continue to Riquewihr; a tiny village where you will find
many vintners’ houses. The picturesque streets were designed more for the
production of wine than the comfort of their residents! Our final stop today
is Colmar, which has been described as the ‘most beautiful town in the
world’. The old town, with its canals and brightly-painted medieval houses,
is well worth a visit.
THURSDAY Join us today for a tour to the heart of the Black Forest –
stopping first in Freiburg, the capital of the Black Forest. A magnificent
Gothic cathedral, one of the oldest and most beautiful in Europe, dominates
the town square, where colourful markets offering hand-crafted goods and
local produce are held. You’ll have plenty of time to enjoy a leisurely lunch
and wander the cobbled streets before we travel on to Triberg. Here you
will find the world’s biggest cuckoo clock: measuring four metres and
weighing about six tons, it took five years to complete. Triberg also boasts
Europe’s biggest barrel organ collection, and has the highest waterfalls in
Germany, where the River Gutach thunders down over seven cascades to
a depth of 163m.
FRIDAY This morning we make the short journey in the nearby city of
Strasbourg. We begin with a guided tour of the city (by coach), including
sights like the European Court of Human Rights, and the many important
parliament buildings. We then make our way to the beautiful, historic
centre, which is largely pedestrianized, for a short walking tour of the main
sights, including Petite France – the beautiful area between the rivers – and
the undoubted jewel of Strasbourg: the Notre Dame cathedral, which has
the tallest cathedral tower in France. You will then have time to continue
exploring at leisure, and perhaps sample the local cuisine. We return to our
hotel for a final evening meal and time to relax.
SATURDAY – Sadly it’s now time to say a fond farewell to our hotel and
begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en route, we return
to our overnight hotel in Liege with time to freshen up before dinner.
SUNDAY – After breakfast, we resume our homeward journey to Calais for
the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country, arriving
mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
River view supplement £40.00
24
THE BLACK FOREST
& ALSACE VILLAGES
n
n
n
n
n
Guided coach & walking tour of Strasbourg
Entrance to Château de Haut-Koenigsburg
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
25
Monday 1st – Friday 5th June
Thursday 4th – Tuesday 9th June
NEW
LANCASHIRE’S BYGONE ERA
(FRED DIBNAH’S AGE
OF STEAM)
It’s full steam ahead as we travel to Lancashire for a
nostalgic tour in the footsteps of Fred Dibnah. Join us
for an entertaining guided tour of the much loved TV
personality’s house & work yard.
TOUR
PRICE
£299
5 DAYS
ITINERARY
MONDAY After an early departure, we make our way north, with a
comfort stop and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel with time to settle
in and maybe make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities before dinner.
TUESDAY Join us this morning as we visit Oswaldtwistle Mills, a former
weaving mill converted into a charming shopping village with shopping
outlets, museum, craft & garden centre and restaurants. After an early
lunch we travel to the friendly Industrial town of Bolton, where we visit
the Fred Dibnah Heritage Centre. Here we have an entertaining guided
tour of his house and work yard, where we will see his collection of Victorian artefacts and steam powered machinery. Enjoy a “cuppa” in Fred’s
kitchen as we remember and celebrate this much loved man.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel to Bury where we
spend the morning strolling through the award winning market. With
an indoor and outdoor market of over 360 stalls, you are sure to find
something of interest and many a bargain! This afternoon, we board a
heritage steam train for a scenic ride on the East Lancashire railway from
Bury, through the picturesque Irwell Valley to Rawtenstall, where we will
rejoin the coach.
THURSDAY After breakfast we travel a little further north to the pretty
town of Skipton, gateway to the Yorkshire Dales where scenes from the
film Calendar Girls were shot. The town boasts a rich wealth of history
from its 900 year old castle, romantic ruined priory and historic cobbled
high street. Enjoy an early lunch, before we make our way to Burnley and
a visit to Queen Street Mill Textile Museum, for a guided tour of the last
surviving operational steam powered weaving mill in the world. The Mill
offers a time capsule of the Victorian age, as the story of cotton cloth
production from a bygone era is brought back to life through original
machinery demonstrations.
FRIDAY We say a fond farewell to Lancashire as we begin our journey
home, with comfort stop and lunch en route. We then complete our
homeward journey to the West Country, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
26
Saturday 6th – Sunday 7th June
NEW
YOUR HOTEL Mercure Dunkenhalgh Hotel and
Spa, Clayton L Moors, Blackburn
A 4* hotel situated in a tranquil rural location, a delicate balance of a
700 year old country house with modern facilities of indoor pool and
spa. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, iron and tea & coffee
facilities. The restaurant serves freshly prepared meals, and the Cameo
Bar offers an area to relax in comfort.
n
n
n
n
n
Friday 5th – Monday 8th June
4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfast
A steam train ride on the East Lancashire Railway
Admission & guided tour to the Fred
Dibnah Heritage Centre
SUPPLEMENTS:
Admission & guided tour of Queen
No single supplement for
Street Mill Textile Museum
the 1st 5 singles
All coach travel
THE ISLES OF SCILLY
The Isles of Scilly sit 28 miles South West of Lands End,
and enjoys an exceptionally mild climate, with St Mary’s
being the largest island. When you first arrive you may
not realise just how much there is to do. Each island has
its own unique character and charms and offers its own
treasure trove of adventures and experiences. There are
a variety of beaches, and many different places to enjoy
the local cuisine.
TOUR
PRICE
£645
6 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Atlantic Hotel, St Mary’s
You are assured of a warm welcome at our chosen hotel, located in the
heart of St Mary’s, where the buildings are golden granite, the beaches
are white and the countryside and coast are stunning all year round.
All rooms are en-suite, with TV, radio, hairdryer telephone and tea &
coffee-making facilities and many enjoy uninterrupted views of the
harbour and coast. The restaurant serves excellent, locally sourced and
freshly prepared food.
ITINERARY
THURSDAY After an early departure we make our way to Penzance
where you will board the Scilonian III ferry for the crossing to St
Mary’s, the largest of the Scilly Isles. There are refreshment facilities
on board and you may be fortunate to see Dolphins, Porpoises, Pilot
Whales and Minky Whales. On arrival, you will be met ay the quay
where you and your luggage will be take to the Atlantic Hotel, with
the afternoon free to settle in and familiarise yourself with your new
surroundings. An early evening welcome reception from the hotel
management will be followed by a delicious four course dinner.
FRIDAY – MONDAY Each day the hotel will organise a programme
of events to help you explore and enjoy all that the Scilly Isles have
to offer. This will include a guided walking tour of St Mary’s and
Tresco, including boat fares and entrance to Tresco Abbey Gardens,
a visit to either St Agnes OR St Martin’, again including boat fares
and the services of the island tour guides. There will also be plenty of
time to spend as you please, browse the small variety of shops and
explore at your own leisure… or simply relax, enjoy the scenery and
beaches and do nothing. A four course dinner will be at the hotel
each evening.
TUESDAY Sadly it’s now time to leave the Scilly Isles, and after
lunch, you and your luggage will be taken back to the quay for the
return ferry crossing back to Penzance, where a Blakes coach and
driver will be waiting to return you to your home area.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
5 Nights’ 4 Course Dinner, Bed & Breakfast
Coach travel to & from Penzance
Return ferry ticket from Penzance
Hotel transfers at St Marys
Guided walking tour of S Agnes OR St Martins
SUPPLEMENTS:
Welcome drink
Single supplement
Guided walking tours of St Mary’s and Tresco
£90.00...1 only
Entrance to Tresco Abbey Gardens
Sea view room £50.00
Island tour guides
OXFORD AND ALTHORP
HOUSE & GARDENS
TOUR
PRICE
Oxford is a beautiful city of stunning architecture, history
and culture. For over 800 years, it has been a home to
royalty and scholars, and since the 9th century an
established town. Built in 1508 by the Spencer family,
Althorp House & Gardens has been home for 19
generations of the Spencer family, and is childhood
home, and resting place of the late Diana, Princess
of Wales.
£215
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Mercure Whately Hall Hotel, Banbury
A 3* 17th century hotel situated in the centre of Banbury, with
beautifully manicured lawns and gardens to the rear. All rooms are
en-suite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The
delightful restaurant offers freshly prepared meals, and the rustic
oak-paneled bar provides an area to rest and relax. The hotel does
not have a lift, but does have ground floor rooms.
LONDON THEATRE
WEEKEND
ITINERARY
YOUR HOTEL The Crowne Plaza, Heathrow
Take your pick from one of six top West End shows…
Miss Saigon, Matilda, Les Miserables, Phantom of the
Opera,The Commitments or Jersey Boys.
TOUR
PRICE
£179
2 DAYS
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Sanders Garden World for coffee, before continuing on to Burford, one
of England’s prettiest small medieval towns with time to browse
the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. Later we complete our
journey to our hotel in Banbury, with time to settle before dinner
and maybe a stroll around the town.
SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the
centre of Oxford, where you will have plenty of time to explore
this wonderful city of Dreaming Spires. You may like to visit one
of the many historic buildings, colleges, museums or art galleries,
take a boat trip on the river or browse the many shops and enjoy
coffee and a leisurely lunch. We later return to our hotel with time
to relax and freshen up before evening dinner.
SUNDAY The morning is free for you to explore the delightful
market town of Banbury, once home to Europe’s largest cattle
market in Victorian times, and famous for the nursery rhyme “Ride
A Cock Horse”, and local delicacy Banbury Cake. After an early
lunch we travel a little further north to Althorp House & Gardens,
grand residence of the Spencer family, and the late Diana, Princess
of Wales’s childhood home and resting place. Here you can
explore the exquisitely decorated interiors, fine collections of art
work and furniture, & walk around the landscaped gardens, and
arboretum that lie within the 13,000 acre estate.
MONDAY This morning we leave our hotel and travel to
Abingdon-On-Thames, a historic market town, with riverside walks
and ancient streets. With time to browse and an have lunch, we
continue our journey, with a stop for tea travel to Devizes, arriving
back in the West Country early evening.
A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel, where each of the light
and spacious rooms is ensuite, with satellite TV, telephone, hairdryer,
trouser press, mini-bar and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is
a lift to all floors and the hotel’s leisure facilities include an indoor
swimming pool, sauna and gym. The restaurant serves a delicious
buffet dinner & breakfast.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfast
n Entrance to Althorp House & Gardens
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave the West Country and
make our way to London, stopping for coffee en
route. You will then have time for lunch before
enjoying the afternoon performance of the show of
your choice. We then travel to our hotel with time
to settle in before dinner and the evening free to
spend as you please.
SUNDAY After a leisurely English breakfast, we
return to central London, where you will have
plenty of time to shop or sightsee… maybe visit
one of London’s many attractions, or do a spot of
shopping! We leave London mid afternoon and
return to the West Country, again with a comfort
stop en route, arriving mid evening.
n 1 Nights Dinner, Bed & Buffet English Breakfast
n Top price theatre ticket
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
27
THORESBY HALL,
NOTTINGHAMSHIRE
TOUR
PRICE
On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it means
to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation,
delicious food, great things to do and fantastic
entertainment each evening. Thoresby Hall is a majestic
18th century Grade 1 listed mansion set in rolling
parklands on the edge of Sherwood Forest.
£365
5 DAYS
TENBY & PEMBROKESHIRE
TOUR
PRICE
A coastal resort in attractive Pembrokeshire, Tenby is
situated on a narrow promontory jutting out into
Camarthan Bay. Once a prosperous port, Georgian
houses overlook the picturesque harbour with its
generous sandy beaches.
£295
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Clarence House Hotel, Tenby
YOUR HOTEL Thoresby Hall Historic Hotel & Spa,
Ollerton, Nottinghamshire
You are assured of a warm welcome at this luxurious 4* hotel. All
rooms are ensuite, with tea and coffee making facilities, complimentary
toiletries, TV, radio, telephone, hairdryer, iron and ironing board. Indoor
leisure facilities include heated pool, sauna, steam room & gym, library,
table tennis, snooker and arts & crafts shops. There are also a variety of
outdoor activities available. Enjoy dinner in the Pierrepont Restaurant, a
truly stunning room with a glass roof before the fantastic dancing and
live entertainment each evening.
Owned by the same family for nearly seventy years, this
excellent hotel enjoys an enviable position in the centre of the
esplanade. All rooms are ensuite, with TV and tea & coffee-making
facilities and some rooms benefit from spectacular sea views. There
is a lift to all floors, and the restaurant serves highly recommended
cuisine with a choice of menu. Entertainment is provided and there
is a ‘Happy Hour’ each evening.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast, and begin our journey south
stopping in Stratford upon Avon, with time to visit William Shakespeare’s
birthplace, browse the shops and have lunch. We complete our journey back
to the West Country, arriving early evening.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and travel to Sanders Garden
World for coffee, before continuing over the border into Wales and on to
Abergavenny for lunch. We complete our journey to Tenby via the scenic
Brecon Beacons, arriving at our hotel with ample time to settle in before
dinner and an evening of entertainment.
TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please
exploring Tenby’s enchanting narrow streets. There are museums, shops,
a good art gallery and a castle to visit, in addition to the chocolate
box harbour. You may like to take boat trip to Caldy Island (weather
permitting) – just 3 miles from Tenby and formerly home to the monks
who inhabited the monastery there for more than 1,500 years. If the
stunning scenery alone isn’t enough, there’s a shop and an excellent
tearoom on the island, as well as the opportunity for guided walks.
WEDNESDAY This morning we travel to Carmarthen, a neat little
county town, encircled by the River Towy and full of pretty shops.
Today is market day too, and you will have plenty of time to sample the
local cuisine and maybe pick up a bargain! After lunch we continue to
Laugharne – a quiet town on the Taf Estuary, where Welsh poet Dylan
Thomas lived and is buried. His boathouse and writing shed, where he
penned Under Milk Wood, are well worth a visit, as are the imposing
castle ruins.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way north,
travelling through the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park, an area of
outstanding natural beauty, to Cardigan, a lovely market town at the
mouth of the river Teifi, once one of the busiest ports in Wales. With time
to explore and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we return via the world-famous
Cenarth Falls where the salmon leap, to Saundersfoot, a very pretty
harbour village, with time to browse the gift shops and enjoy tea.
FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way
to the Museum of Welsh Life at St. Fagan’s (entrance: free). Whilst here,
you’ll see how the people of Wales used to live and work. Enjoy lunch
and 500 years of Welsh history gathered and displayed within 100 acres
of charming countryside, before we complete our homeward journey
back into England, arriving early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n 4 Nights Dinner, Bed & Welsh Breakfast
n All coach travel
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Sanders Garden
World for coffee. We continue on to Warwick where you have plenty of time
to explore its many attractions…maybe visit the magnificent Castle, The
Warwick Doll Museum or the arcaded Market Hall. There are also many shops
to browse and places to have lunch. We then journey on to our hotel with
ample time to settle in and familiarise yourselves with your new surroundings
before dinner and entertainment.
TUESDAY Join us if you wish for a morning excursion to the historic city
of Lincoln. Whilst here there will be ample time to explore this treasure trove
of England’s history; a chance to visit the cathedral and the castle and see
the Magna Carta and browse the modern shops which line the river. We
return to our hotel after lunch where you can continue to enjoy some of
the many facilities.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Bakewell,
an ancient town in the centre of the Peak District National Park and home
of the famous Bakewell Pudding. With time to browse the shops and have
lunch this afternoon, we visit Matlock Bath, set in picturesque scenery among
the limestone hills. There are many attractions to enjoy including the mining
museum and aquarium and souvenir shops. You may also like to take a cable
car ride to the Heights of Abraham, with spectacular views above the village.
THURSDAY This morning we make our way to the vibrant city of Nottingham.
Whilst here you may like to visit Nottingham Castle, a magnificent museum and
art gallery housing collections of silver, glass, and paintings, with spectacular
views across the city. There is also a large selection of shops and restaurants to
enjoy lunch. We return to our hotel with the remainder of the day free to spend
as you please. As well as the indoor leisure facilities, you may like to
stroll around the beautiful gardens.
28
SUPPLEMENTS:
(max 4 only)
SUPPLEMENTS:
Boat trip to Caldy Island
Wednesday 10th – Wednesday 17th June
THE CAIRNGORMS, ROYAL
DEESIDE & BALMORAL
An area beloved by the Royal Family and one of
Scotland’s great whisky regions, the Cairngorms
dominate Britain’s most extensive National Park.
YOUR HOTEL The Nethybridge Hotel,
TOUR
PRICE
£525
8 DAYS
Nethybridge
Ideally situated amidst the splendour of the Cairngorms Mountains
and the lushly wooded Strathspey, our 3* Victorian hotel boasts
superb character. All rooms are ensuite, with TV and tea & coffeemaking facilities. There is a lift, and the restaurant serves a delicious
menu with a wide choice of Scottish dishes. Entertainment is
provided on some evenings.
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country, and make our
way north, with comfort stops en route, to our overnight
accommodation in Carlisle, arriving with time to freshen up before
dinner.
THURSDAY After breakfast, we continue our northward journey,
through some stunning scenery and stopping in Stirling for coffee
and Pitlochry for lunch. We complete our journey to our hotel in
Nethybridge, our base for the next five nights.
FRIDAY Join us this morning as we make the short drive to
Aviemore where we board a steam train for a nostalgic 10 mile
journey through some wonderful scenery and along part of
the original Highland Railway to Broomhill. We then rejoin the
coach and continue to Inverness with its Victorian Castle which
dominates the town’s centre. The Inverness Museum and Art
Gallery provide a good introduction to the history of the Highlands
with exhibits including a lock of Bonnie Prince Charlie’s hair. You
may also like to take a boat cruise on Loch Ness. If you’re looking
for tartans, knitwear or interesting gift ideas, look no further than
James Pringle Weavers and there are, of course, all the usual shops
and plenty of places to enjoy lunch… and afternoon tea!
SATURDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please
and enjoy Nethybridge and the surrounding area. You may like to
take a leisurely stroll and enjoy the wonderful scenery, have lunch
at the hotel or catch a local bus back to Aviemore explore the
pretty town and enjoy lunch. Whilst here, you may like to travel a
short distance further to the Cairngorm Funicular Railway for an
8-minute ride up the mountainside, from which you can enjoy the
spectacular views. There is an exhibition area, restaurant, shop
and viewing terrace… Don’t forget your camera!
SUNDAY Our “Royal” day begins with a scenic drive through
the Cairngorm National Park and Grampian Mountains to the spa
town of Ballater. A Royal Burgh, many of the shops here display
“By Royal Appointment” notices! You may like to visit the old
Royal Station, used by Queen Victoria and five other reigning
British monarchs. We continue to Crathie Church, where the Royal
Family attend whilst at Balmoral, before making the short distance
to Balmoral. Set amongst the magnificent scenery of Royal
Deeside the estate was purchased by Queen Victoria in 1848 and
has been the Scottish Home of the British Royal Family ever since.
Here you will have an audio tour of the grounds, gardens and
exhibitions and be able to enjoy lunch.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to a
local whisky distillery for a guided tour, with an opportunity to
taste and to buy! We later continue on, through Elgin, to Forres,
one of Scotland’s oldest and most attractive small towns. The
town’s impressive parks and gardens, with their outstanding
floral sculptures, have led to many awards from the prestigious
Britain and Scotland in Bloom competitions.
TUESDAY Sadly, it’s now time to leave our hotel and begin
our journey south, with regular comfort stops en route, to our
overnight accommodation in Carlisle, arriving in time for the
evening meal.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we continue our return journey
– stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching the West
Country early -mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
Ticket on Strathspey Steam Railway
Entrance to Balmoral Estate
Tour and tasting at whisky distillery
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
29
Friday 12th – Tuesday 16th June
THE BEST OF HOLLAND...
CHEESE, CLOGS, CANALS
& TRAINS
From windmills to canals, cheese to clogs, Holland is a
country of great variety. Join us for a tour where we
explore the very best there is to see and return with a
real insight into Dutch tradition and culture.
TOUR
PRICE
£369
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Tulip Inn, Riverside, Amsterdam
A modern 3* hotel located in quiet area along the banks of the Gaasp
River on outskirts of Amsterdam. All rooms are ensuite with flat screen
TV, and free wifi facility. There is a lift to all floors and a trendy lounge
and bar area to relax in after a buffet style dinner served in the hotel’s
restaurant. A peaceful river walkway is located around the edge of the
hotel grounds.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country
and journey east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the
ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our hotel, arriving in
time for evening dinner.
SATURDAY Today we have a circular tour with a visit to two
of Holland’s characteristic small towns and villages, Edam, and
Volendam. Edam, most famously known for its cheese also has
cosy streets, quiet canals and splendid architecture. Volendam
is the place to go to see the real beauty of Holland. A charming
and picturesque fishing village with characteristically small
houses and an historic ambience which hasn’t changed much
in 6 centuries. You may like to visit the Spaander Hotel – full of
famous paintings once used as payment for a night’s lodging!
There are also many souvenir stalls that run the length of the
main street and some lovely small cafes to enjoy lunch. We also
visit a Dutch cheese farm and clog factory with a guided tour
and demonstrations to see how these trademarks of Holland are
made. You will also have an opportunity to taste some cheese
with local biscuits and enjoy a glass of wine.
SUNDAY Join us today as we make our way to the Steam
Museum in Hoorn, which focuses on the history of the steam
tramways in Holland. First we board a steam train to experience
a story from a different era as it meanders from village to
village across the picturesque West Frisian countryside to
Medemblik. We then change transport to an old-fashioned
steamboat, with a fantastic saloon-deck, and sail along the
coast of Lake Ljsselmeer to Enkhuizen. With time to enjoy lunch
and a browse in this picturesque village, we rejoin the coach
and return to our hotel.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short
journey to the centre of Amsterdam. We begin with an
introductory one-hour canal cruise through the city canals with
full commentary. You will see 17th century merchant houses,
with their beautiful facades, churches and bell towers, and also
pass the old harbour The remainder of the day is free for you to
explore at your leisure…maybe visit Anne Frank’s house, or the
Rijksmuseum, and enjoy a leisurely lunch and browse the many
shops. Re return to our hotel for our final evening dinner and
time to maybe take an evening stroll along the river around the
hotel grounds.
TUESDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel and make
our way back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover.
We then complete our homeward journey, reaching the West
Country mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
30
Welcome drink
Guided tour & demonstration at cheese
farm and clog factory
Canal cruise in Amsterdam
Entrance to Steam Museum, train
& boat journeys
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
Saturday 13th – Saturday 20th June
SWITZERLAND...INCLUDING
THE GOLDEN PASS
PANORAMIC TRAIN
Join us for a tour to one of the most beautiful areas in
Europe, including a trip on the Golden Pass Panoramic
train – one of the most picturesque journeys in
Switzerland.
TOUR
PRICE
£595
8 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Central-Residence Hotel, Leysin
A lovely 3* hotel decorated in traditional Swiss style. All rooms are
en-suite, with TV and hair-dryer; many have views of the valley. There
is a lift to all floors. The restaurant, also traditionally decorated, serves
locally-sourced food and has a terrace with outstanding views out over
the valley, and leisure facilities include a large bar/lounge area, indoor
pool, sauna and steam room.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY After an early departure we journey east to Dover,
with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We
then continue to our overnight hotel in Laon, arriving in time for the
evening meal.
SUNDAY This morning we resume our journey into Switzerland. With
comfort stops en route, we reach our hotel and our base for the night
five nights, with time to settle in before a welcome drink and dinner.
MONDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please
exploring your new surrounding in Leysin. Stroll around the mountain
village, sample the local cuisine, or simply relax and make use of the
hotel’s leisure facilities. For those wishing to go further afield, the
Berneuse cable car is a short distance from the hotel, and takes you up
to the summit of the mountain for perfect views of Geneva and Mont
Blanc (on a clear day). There is also an excellent value bus service that
runs regularly around the village to aid access.
TUESDAY Join us today for the highlight of our tour, as we make
our way to Montreux to board the Golden Pass Panoramic train for a
wonderful scenic journey. It begins with the Mediterranean ambiance
of Montreux, as the train climbs above Lake Geneva and passes
through the Jaman tunnel. Coming out at the other end, now in the
Alps, it travels through the historic heart of the country past alpine
forests, bubbling streams and picturesque mountain villages. All
carriages are air-conditioned with large windows extending to the top
of the train, giving you excellent ‘panoramic’ views. We change trains
in Zweisimmen, and travel on to Interlaken, where our train journey
ends. With time to have lunch and browse the many shops in this
picturesque town, we return to our hotel by coach.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way into the
heart of the Swiss Alps, through more stunning scenery, to the chic
resort of Gstaad. A fashionable mecca for the rich and famous, it is
surrounded by some of Switzerland’s finest alpine scenery. The car-free
streets are lined with skilfully restored, weathered-wood chalets. As
well as browsing the designer shops and enjoying a leisurely lunch,
you may like to take a cable car ride up to the glacier at Les Diablerets.
At over 3,000m it’s like being on top of the world!
THURSDAY Today we enjoy a chocolate and cheese sightseeing tour.
We travel first to the beautiful hilltop town of Gruyéres, where the
world-famous cheese is produced, with time to wander the cobbled
streets or visit the castle and, if you wish, buy some vacuum-packed
cheese to take home. After lunch, we continue to Broc, home
of the Maison Cailler (Nestlé) chocolate factory, for a tour and
chocolate tasting. We then return to Leysin, with the remainder of
the afternoon free to spend as you please before our final evening
dinner.
FRIDAY Sadly, it’s now time to say a fond farewell to Leysin and
begin our homeward journey. Making regular comfort stops en route,
we return to our overnight hotel in Laon, with time to freshen up
before dinner.
SATURDAY After breakfast, we continue our homeward journey to
Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to the
West Country, with comfort stops en route, arriving mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
Golden Pass panoramic train ticket
Tour of Maison Cailler (Nestlé)
chocolate factory
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Cable car ride in Gstaad
31
Sunday 21st – Thursday 25th June
Thursday 18th – Friday 26th June
NEW
THE LOVELY LAKE DISTRICT
An area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, the
Lake District provides the ideal retreat from the hustle
and bustle of daily routine. Join us for a tour enjoying
the stunning scenery and natural beauty.
YOUR HOTEL The Cumbria Grand Hotel,
TOUR
PRICE
£299
5 DAYS
Grange-over-Sands
A delightful 3* hotel, set within private wooded grounds
and enjoying lovely views over Morecambe Bay. All rooms are ensuite,
with satellite TV, radio, direct-dial telephone and tea & coffee-making
facilities. The hotel’s experienced executive in-house chef
has developed an excellent and varied menu, there is a lift to
all floors and entertainment is provided some evenings.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route arriving at our hotel with time
to freshen up before dinner and an evening to spend at leisure.
TUESDAY Join us today for some of the most stunning scenery
you will see anywhere in England as we travel up the breathtaking
Kirkstone Pass, along Ullswater to Glenridding, where we board a
Steamer for a cruise the length of Ullswater to Pooley Bridge. We
rejoin the coach and continue to Keswick for lunch and time to
browse this lovely town, and later return to our hotel through some
wonderful scenery.
WEDNESDAY Today we make a circular tour of some of the
loveliest parts the Lake District has to offer, travelling through the
lovely village of Haverthwaite, following part of Coniston Water and
Coniston Village to Ambleside for coffee and time to look around
this pretty small town. We then make our way to the pretty village
of Grasmere for lunch and time if you wish to visit Wordsworth’s
museum and also Dove Cottage, his home from 1799 to 1808, the
years of his supreme work as a poet.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Lakeside,
the most southerly part of Lake Windermere where we take a leisurely
cruise, with magnificent views of mountain scenery, secluded bays
and the many wooded islands, to Bowness the ‘heart’ of the Lake
District, and a town with every sort of shop you can imagine as
well as many with cafes and restaurants. You may also like to visit
the nearby World of Beatrix Potter Attraction in which all 23 Tales
are brought to life in a magical indoor recreation of the Lakeland
countryside, complete with sights, sounds and even smells! We later
return to Grange over Sands with time to relax and spend as you
please before a final evening dinner.
FRIDAY Sadly it’s time to leave the Lake District and begin our
homeward journey, stopping once again for coffee and lunch en
route and reaching the West Country early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
32
Boat trip on Lake Ullswater
Boat trip on Lake Windermere
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
LLANDUDNO & THE LITTLE
TRAINS OF WALES
TOUR
PRICE
Llandudno – the premier resort of North Wales – is set
along a wide, curving bay overlooking the Atlantic
Ocean, with the magnificent mountains of Snowdonia
as its backcloth.
£345
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Tynedale Hotel, Llandudno
We’re delighted to return to this warm and welcoming 3* hotel, located
along the central promenade with views out over the bandstand and
sea. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and hairdryer and tea
& coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the hotel’s
restaurant serves a fabulous full Welsh breakfast and choice evening
menu. There is live entertainment each evening.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave our home area and travel over the border into
Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. On arrival at our hotel,
enjoy a cup of tea whilst your luggage is delivered to your room. Time
to settle in and freshen up before dinner and our first evening of
entertainment.
MONDAY After breakfast, join us as we travel through some
stunning scenery around Snowdon and the Llanberis Pass, before
boarding a train for a return journey on the Snowdon Mountain
Cog Railway to the summit (1085 metres) with spectacular views…
weather permitting! We then rejoin the coach and make our way to
the picturesque village of Betws-y-Coed, North Wales’ most popular
resort. Here you will find a railway museum, craft & gift shops and
tea rooms.
TUESDAY This morning we board a local vintage coach from our
hotel, for a nostalgic 1 hour scenic drive round the famous Great
Orme headland to Llandudno’s West Shore, with spectacular views
in all directions. The remainder of the day is free for you to spend as
you please and explore the rest of Llandudno, known as the ‘Queen
of Welsh Resorts’. There is a fine pier, over 700 metres long, attractive
gardens, shops and restaurants.
WEDNESDAY This morning we travel to Blaenau Ffestiniog and
board the world’s oldest narrow gauge railway for a 13½ mile journey
to the harbour in Porthmadog. The train climbs over 700 feet from
sea level into the mountains, past lakes and waterfalls, round tight
bends (even a complete spiral) clinging to the side of the mountain
or tunneling through it. We then rejoin the coach and make the short
journey to Portmeirion, an Italianate village famous for its china.
Whilst here, you can marvel at the beautiful gardens, browse the
many gift shops, and enjoy lunch.
THURSDAY Sadly, we today leave North Wales and make our way
home, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We complete our
homeward journey back into England, arriving early – mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
Vintage coach tour around the Great Orme
Entrance to Portmerion Village & Gardens
Snowdon Mountain Railway ticket
Ffestiniog Railway ticket
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
SCOTLAND’S AGRICULTURAL
HIGHLIGHTS...PROPER JOB!
One for the farmers… this promises to be an
unforgettable tour taking in the best of Scottish farming.
A visit to the 175th Royal Highland Show and a full day’s
visit to the Marshall’s Trailer Factory & family farm offers
a taste of the booming Scottish agricultural industry. We
promise stunning scenery, a guided tour of a whisky
distillery, and a boat trip on Loch Lomond, to name but
a few of the highlights of this unique tour.
TOUR
PRICE
£599
9 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Angus Hotel, Blairgowrie
A warm welcome awaits at this 3* hotel, situated in the centre of
Blairgowrie, a picturesque country town nestled at the foot of the
Sidlaw hills. All rooms are en-suite, with TV, telephone, and tea & coffeemaking facilities. The restaurant offers traditional cuisine, as well as more
contemporary dishes, and a lift serves all floors. Leisure facilities include an
indoor pool, with live Scottish evening entertainment on some evenings.
ITINERARY
THURSDAY We leave the West Country, and make our way north, with comfort
stop en route to Trentham Shopping Village for lunch, before continuing to our
overnight accommodation in Gretna, arriving in time for dinner.
FRIDAY We continue our journey north, to the Falkirk Wheel, the world’s first
and only rotating boat lift. It turns like the sails of a windmill and lifts and lowers
boats in gondolas from one level to another. Whilst here you will take a boat
trip to see exactly how the wheel works. There is also an interactive exhibition,
viewing gallery, restaurant and shop. We later complete our journey to our hotel
in Blairgowrie, our base for six nights.
SATURDAY A full day excursion to the 175th Royal Highland Show near
Edinburgh; the highlight in Scotland’s agricultural calendar to showcase the best
that Scottish farming and country living has to offer. With over 5000 entries from
UK & Ireland, the show guarantees a magnificent display of beef & dairy cattle,
sheep, goats, horses and poultry. As well as the usual countryside stalls and
marquees with information on countryside matters. There are food tents with local
produce, clothing and handcrafted items, and ringside events and displays.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make the short journey north, through
some stunning scenery, to Pitlochry, a delightful town under the skyline of Ben
Vrackie (at 2760 ft). It’s well known for its salmon ladder and boasts lovely
Victorian architecture, independent shops and tea rooms. After lunch, we travel
to the Blair Athol Distillery for a guided tour, and tasting, of the 12 year old
traditionally distilled single malt whisky.
MONDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please and explore
Blairgowrie, one of Perthshire’s largest towns, situated on the banks of the River
Ericht. Historically it was a centre for growing flax, with 12 spinning mills for its
linen making industry, but nowadays is known for its soft fruit industry. You
can explore the town, or a take a riverside walk, browse the local shops and
soak up the atmosphere.
TUESDAY Join us today as we take a tour of the Trossachs, through some
picturesque villages and wonderful scenery, stopping in Callander for coffee
and time to explore this lovely town. We continue through stunning scenery
to Balloch, for an hour long boat trip on Loch Lomond, with refreshments
available on board and a commentary given. Close by is Loch Lomond
Shores, Scotland’s most spectacular visitor centre combining the stunning
scenery with an outstanding mixture of leisure and shopping overlooking
the majesty of Loch Lomond. There is also an aquarium and several cafés
to enjoy a leisurely lunch. We return to our hotel via market town of Crieff,
historically known as the place Highlanders came for many centuries to sell
their cattle.
WEDNESDAY Today we travel north to Aberdeen for a full day’s tour.
Our first stop is at Marshall Trailers, for a complete tour of their production
facilities, where a full range of trailers, slurry tankers, feed barriers and muck
spreaders are manufactured. There will also be time to ask questions and
discover more about this fascinating agricultural factory. We then travel the
very short distance to a nearby golf club, owned by the Marshall family, for
lunch (included). This afternoon we have a tour of the Marshall family farm,
with their breeding cattle herd of Aberdeen Angus, Limousin, Simmental and
Charolais. There will also be time to visit the farm shop, and maybe enjoy tea
in the café.
THURSDAY This morning we leave Blairgowrie and begin our homeward
journey, stopping at Moffat Woollen Mill for coffee. We continue our journey
south, with a lunch stop en route to our overnight accommodation in Telford,
arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.
FRIDAY After breakfast, we travel the short journey to Blists Hill, a
recreated Victorian town to experience the sights and smells of Victorian life,
complete with Victorian characters, cottages and shops to immerse
you in a world of Victoriana. We complete our journey home with comfort
stops, reaching the West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Boat trip on the Falkirk Wheel
Admission to the Royal Highland Show
Admission and guided tour of the Blair Athol Distillery
Boat trip on Loch Lomond
Tour of Marshall Trailer Factory
Tour of the Marshall Farm
Lunch at Marshall’s Golf Club
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Blists Hill Victorian Town
All coach travel
33
Sunday 21st – Sunday 28th June
AUSTRIA... NOSTALGIC
TRAINS & WATERWAYS
The Tyrol is outstanding with its breathtaking scenery,
waterfalls and majestic snowcapped peaks. What better
way to explore this area than using the local
transportation of years gone by? We hope you will
enjoy this nostalgic way of travelling and return home
with some wonderful memories.
YOUR HOTEL Ferienhotel, Söll
TOUR
PRICE
£559
8 DAYS
Surrounded by rolling hills just a short stroll from the cafés in Söll’s
centre, this family-run 3* hotel is traditionally-furnished for a true
Tyrolean atmosphere. Each of the comfortable rooms is en-suite, with
TV and hair-dryer. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant offers a tasty
traditional menu, and leisure facilities include a pool, gym and outdoor
terrace from which to enjoy the mountainous scenery.
Monday 22nd – Friday 26th June
ITINERARY
SUNDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with
evening meal.
MONDAY This morning we continue our journey through Germany and
into Austria, and on to our hotel, where we stay for the next five nights,
arriving with time to settle in before dinner.
TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please. The hotel
have arranged a guided village walk for those who wish, to help familiarise
yourself with your new surroundings. Enjoy exploring the enchanting village
of Söll at the foot of the Hohe Salve Mountain. You may like to take the
Hochsöll funicular to the top of the mountain, where you’ll find a chapel
with a famous wind harp. This afternoon, enjoy coffee and cake with
our hosts.
WEDNESDAY Today we travel down to Jenbach, where we join the
original Lake Achen cog railway for the journey up to Seespitz. This railway
dates back to 1889, and the steam engines are some of the oldest in the
world still to be used for public transport. The train winds its way up above
the Inn Valley to its destination – Lake Achen, the largest Alpine lake in
the Tyrol. After a short stop for photographs, we enjoy a short boat cruise
along the beautiful shores of Seespitz to Pertisau. Once back on dry land,
there will be time to explore Pertisau itself – at he lakeside resort where
there are several cafés to have lunch. On our return journey, we stop in the
delightful town of Rattenberg – famous for its glass and crystal workshops
demonstrating stunning creations.
THURSDAY Join us today as we travel via the international alpine resort
of Kitzbühel and over the scenic Thurn Pass, to the neighbouring province of
Salzburgerland. Our journey continues down the Salzach Valley to the pretty
town of Zell am See, nestled on the shores of lovely Lake Zell. From here we
enjoy a panoramic boat cruise amid beautiful scenery, and time to wander
through the medieval centre and along the lake shores. We complete our
circular tour via the village of Leogang. This evening, if weather permits,
you are invited to an open air brass band concert in the village.
FRIDAY This morning we journey on the nostalgic Ziller Valley narrow
gauge train from Fuegen in the Ziller Valley, to the popular holiday resort
of Mayrhofen, where there will be time to sample the local cuisine.
Mayrhofen is well-known for its excellent ski conditions, but the town
itself has a lovely laidback atmosphere. We return to Söll via Mittersill
and Kirchberg in Tyrol, completing our circular scenic day out with time
to relax before a gala dinner.
SATURDAY Sadly we today bid a fond farewell to Austria, journeying
back through Germany, with comfort stops en route, to our overnight
accommodation in Liege, arriving in time for the evening meal.
SUNDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry
crossing to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving early/
mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
34
7 nights’ dinner, bed & buffet breakfast
Guided village walk in Söll
Afternoon coffee & cake 1 day
Gala dinner on last night
Lake Achen Cog Railway ticket
Boat cruise from Seespitz to Perisau
Boat cruise on Lake Zell
Ziller Valley Steam Train ticket
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
LOVELY LINCOLNSHIRE
Lincolnshire, an East Coast county with attractive
seaside resorts, lovely countryside and quintessentially
English market towns. Skegness is a traditional English
seaside resort blessed with three and a half miles of
golden sandy beaches and beautiful seafront gardens
bordering the promenade.
TOUR
PRICE
£299
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Best Western Vine Hotel, Skegness
A delightful, 18th century, refurbished 3* hotel, reputedly the second
oldest building in Skegness. Frequented by celebrities, it is situated in
large secluded gardens, a short walk from the nearby beaches and just
outside the town centre. All rooms are en suite with TV, tea & coffee
making facilities, radio, hairdryer and trouser press. The hotel does not
have a lift, but the restaurant prides itself on its excellent cuisine.
Wednesday 24th – Friday 26th June
THE LIFE OF CHRIST...
OPEN AIR PLAY
What began as a millennium celebration is now a
regular event due to its popularity. This production is
designed for all ages and brings to life the many
remarkable events surrounding the life of Christ. It is a
multi-sensory experience which has something for
everyone, irrespective of their own beliefs.
£185
3 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Basingstoke
A modern 3* hotel located on the edge of the town. All rooms are
en suite, with tea & coffee making facilities, TV, iron, telephone &
hairdryer. The restaurant serves freshly prepared food from good
quality seasonal and regional produce. The hotel does not have a
lift but there are ground floor rooms.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country, and make our way north
with a coffee stop en route, to Melton Mowbray, a market town in
Leicestershire, well known for its pork pies and stilton cheese. With
time to browse the shops and enjoy lunch, complete our journey to
Skegness and to our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner.
TUESDAY Today we travel to the Cathedral city of Lincoln, with its
narrow streets and quaint old buildings. The cathedral stands on the
crest of a ridge rising high above the plateau occupied by the lower
town and the river Witham. The castle has fine views and is also well
worth a visit. Located in the Cathedral Quarter is the Bailgate, the
place to find specialist shops, trendy boutiques, and souvenir gifts.
Modern shops line the river where you may like to take a cruise and
enjoy lunch.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to Boston for
market day, with fresh food auctions and sales of everything from
plants to antiques. There is also an excellent choice of family-run
and independent shops. The grandness of The Boston Stump’s
Botolph’s Tower reaches 272ft towards the heavens and there is
also The Maud Foster Mill, the country’s tallest working windmill.
This afternoon we make our way a little further north to the lovely
traditional seaside resort of Mablethorpe with time to stroll along
the prom and have tea.
THURSDAY Today we make our way to the Lincolnshire
Showground to the county’s annual Agricultural show, which features
numerous exciting attractions and entertainment, from traditional
livestock classes to trade stand and amazing Main Ring events.
There will also be also be the usual large marquees with food and
flowers, numerous opportunities for shopping and plenty of places
to eat and drink.
FRIDAY Sadly this morning we leave our hotel and make our way
south. With comfort stops en route, we return to the West Country
early –mid evening.
ITINERARY
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Entrance to Lincolnshire Agricultural Show
n All coach travel
n Ticket to Life of Christ Play
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
TOUR
PRICE
WEDNESDAY We leave our home area and travel to
Sanders Garden World for coffee, before continuing on to
the busy traditional market town of Hungerford. As well
as many normal retail outlets it is renowned for its many
antique shops and boasts a wide variety of restaurants
and cafes where you can enjoy lunch. There is also a large
parkland area full of flowers where you may like to take a
stroll. We later continue our journey to our hotel, with time
to settle in and enjoy a relaxing evening dinner.
THURSDAY This morning we make the short journey to
Bramley, near Guildford where the Life of Christ play is
staged in three acts, with a brief lunchtime interval. You may
like to bring a small fold up chair or a rug to sit on, and it
is advisable to wear shoes and clothing appropriate for an
open air event. The three acts will include many characters,
fishing boats and animals and will finish at about 4pm,
when return to our hotel, with time to freshen up before
evening dinner.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our
way to the tranquil market town of Winchester, one of the
mightiest Roman settlements in England, and capital of
the Wessex Kingdom of Alfred The Great. There are many
interesting sights including the cathedral and Great Hall,
home to King Arthur’s round table. With time to browse the
shops and enjoy lunch, we later complete our journey back
SUPPLEMENTS:
35
Saturday 27th – Sunday 28th June
Monday 29th June – Friday 3rd July
Sunday 28th – Monday 29th June
Friday 3rd – Sunday 5th July
NEW
GOODWOOD FESTIVAL
OF SPEED
TOUR
PRICE
Held in the immaculate grounds of Goodwood House
the Goodwood Festival of Speed is world’s largest
celebration of motoring culture in the world – a unique
summer weekend that brings together a tremendous
mix of cars, motorcycles, motor sport celebrities and
professional drivers to create the largest motor sport
festival anywhere. (Dates to be confirmed).
£199
2 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Europa Hotel, Maidenbower, West Sussex
A modern 3* hotel with a beautiful courtyard, fountain and landscaped
gardens. All tastefully decorated rooms are ensuite with TV, Telephone,
hairdryer, and Tea & Coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves
a delicious menu, and a leisure facilities include a sauna, indoor
swimming pool and state of the art gym.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY After an early departure, we leave the West Country
and with a comfort stop en route make our way to Goodwood
to the world’s largest car event. From current Formula 1 racers
and 200mph supercars to steam-powered carriages of the 19th
Century, and from 3000bhp top fuel dragsters to classic rally
cars, the Festival of Speed attracts the heroic from every era in
an exuberant display of style, sound, smell and colour. All cars
and motorcycles are painstakingly selected to reflect the event’s
major theme of the year, and to ensure their authenticity and
provenance, all competing vehicles are presented in their original
condition and livery. You can expect to see cars and motorbikes
from over 100 years of worldwide motor racing history, driven
by celebrity and professional drivers attempt the Goodwood Hill
Climb which will be the principal attraction - the grueling course
covers 1.16 miles and rises 300 ft along the steep and narrow
estate road. No fewer than 300 cars every day are expected to
complete the course, grouped thematically, with the oldest first.
Early evening we travel to our hotel, where you’ll
have time to enjoy an evening meal, and maybe make use of the
leisure facilities.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and
return to Goodwood for another full day to continue to enjoy all
the excitement of this weekend event. With public access to all
the vehicles on display, and many major brands exhibiting as well
as more vehicles attempting the Goodwood Hill Climb, there is
plenty of thing to see We leave Goodwood late afternoon, and
with a comfort stop en route, return to our home area, arriving
mid-late evening.
LONDON JAZZ CRUISE
Enjoy a 2½ hour jazz boat cruise along the River
Thames whilst enjoying a delicious 3 course lunch.
Listen to live entertainment, performed by a quintet
jazz band, including songs from great Jazz artists such
as George Gershwin & Frank Sinatra, as we cruise past
some of London’s most famous landmarks.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 1 Night Bed & Buffet Breakfast
n Jazz Cruise with 3 course lunch
n All coach travel
36
2 DAYS
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Central
London, stopping for coffee en route. We board the boat at Embankment Pier, for our 2½ hour jazz cruise lunch. Enjoy a delicious
3 course meal, alongside live jazz featuring popular tunes from
mainstream and Latin jazz, as we gently cruise along famous London
landmarks including Houses Of Parliament, London Eye, St Paul’s
Cathedral and Tower Of London to name but a few. At the end of the
cruise we re-join the coach and travel the short distance to our hotel,
where after checking in, the remainder of the day is then free for you
to spend as you please… you may wish to book tickets to see a West
End Show or just enjoy London’s vibrant city at night. Take an evening
meal in a restaurant of your choice before returning to our hotel at
your leisure.
MONDAY After a leisurely English breakfast, the day is free for
you to spend as you please … maybe visit one of London’s many
attractions, or engage in some retail therapy! We leave London mid
afternoon and return to the West Country, again with a comfort stop
en route, arriving mid evening.
n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfast
n 2 day ticket to Goodwood Festival of Speed
n All coach travel
for 1st 3 singles
£15.00 for subsequent singles
£169
YOUR HOTEL The Park Plaza Hotel,
Westminster Bridge
A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel situated on the south bank of the
Thames adjacent to Westminster Bridge, a few minutes’ walk from
the iconic London Eye. All rooms are en-suite with TV, free internet,
hairdryer & tea & coffee making facilities. The hotel offers 2 restaurants,
coffee shop, indoor swimming pool, spa & sauna and a lift to all floors.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
TOUR
PRICE
SUPPLEMENTS:
CHESHIRE’S GOLDEN AGE
TOUR
PRICE
Due to its popularity, we are pleased to repeat this tour
where you can discover with us the wonders of the 18th
and 19th Centuries, when Britain’s engineers were
£
indisputably the most inventive and ingenious in the
5 DAYS
world. Their legacy is set amidst some of the country’s
most picturesque scenery – join us as we explore a region
that boasts a heritage as lush as its landscape.
335
YOUR HOTEL Best Western Westminster Hotel, Chester
You are assured of a warm welcome at this superb 3* hotel, ideally
located in the centre of Chester and full of history. Each of the hotel’s
comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, radio, telephone, hairdryer
and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the
restaurant serves a wide range of delicious dishes.
BRITISH GRAND PRIX
WEEKEND
TOUR
PRICE
Join us for a long weekend at one of the highlights of
the world’s sporting calendar: the British Grand Prix at
Silverstone. As well as Lewis Hamilton’s home race,
eight of the top constructors are also based in the UK,
which almost makes it F1’s home race, too: a must for
all F1fans!
£325
3 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Park Inn Hotel, Bedford
A modern 3* hotel ideally situated just across from the River Ouse.
All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea and
coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant
offers a varied menu.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and journey north, with stops for
coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel with time to settle in and
enjoy dinner and maybe a stroll around the city centre.
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short drive to
Northwich for a ride on the Anderton Boat Lift, one of the greatest
monuments to Britain’s last canal age. Known as the Cathedral of Canals,
we begin with a relaxing 30-minute pleasure cruise to Northwich town
Swing Bridge with a commentary whilst on board. We remain on board for
a guided tour through the Boat Lift – a 60-foot high hydraulic lift system,
built in 1875, which transports narrow boats. There is also a visitors’
centre with an interactive exhibition, shop and café. This afternoon we
visit Port Sunlight a unique and beautiful 19th century village and gardens
which was created by William Hesker Lever for his ‘Sunlight Soap’ factory
workers. Here you will have plenty of time to experience what it was like to
live and work here during the village’s heyday and have tea.
WEDNESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please and
to explore the county town of Cheshire with the most complete walled city
in Britain. The ‘Rows’, black & white half timbered buildings above street
level take pride of place. Chester’s famous city walls are fully walkable
– originally erected by the Romans some 2,000 years ago, they offer a
leisurely 2-mile stroll with a bird’s eye view of both the city centre and the
distant Welsh mountains. Other worthwhile attractions include the 10th
Century cathedral, several museums or why not take a leisurely cruise
along the picturesque River Dee. There are also many shopping areas and
restaurants.
THURSDAY Today we make the short journey to Liverpool docks, and
embark upon a truly memorable cruise along the 35-mile stretch of the
Manchester Ship Canal, complete with lively commentary from a Blue Badge
Guide offering an insight into the dramatic history of one of Britain’s major
waterways. The cruise takes in some spectacular scenery and invites an aweinspiring sense of how the canal’s construction shaped England’s northwest.
Refreshments will be available on board the boat.
FRIDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel and begin our journey south.
With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.
FRIDAY After an early departure, we leave the West Country
and make our way east, with a comfort stop en route, to
Silverstone. Today is the practice session and your general
admission ticket will give you the freedom to change location
throughout the day to areas such as Hangar Straight where
you will see the cars at top speed as they slipstream each other
on the approach to Stowe or Becketts which offers views of the
fast Maggots-Becketts complex and out towards Chapel. There
are numerous different food and drinks outlets and once the
sessions for the day are completed, we make our way to our
hotel with time to relax before evening dinner and an evening
at leisure.
SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we return to
Silverstone for the day’s exciting Qualifying Sessions. Soak
up the incredible atmosphere and experience the sights and
sounds of this major sporting event first hand. Once again
your ticket will allow you in the general Admission areas which
include International Pits Straight, Hangar Straight, Becketts,
Vale, Stowe and Luffield corners as well as the new double-left
at Village. As yesterday, when all the racing is complete and the
positions for tomorrow’s race are decided we
return to our hotel for dinner
SUNDAY Join us today for the highlight of our weekend as we
leave our hotel and return to Silverstone for the 2015 British
Grand Prix! Choose your spot to see the best of the action
and feel the tension as the cars line up on the grid. After the
race and the presentations have been made, we begin our
homeward journey, with a comfort stop en route, reaching the
West Country mid evening… traffic permitting!
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
Anderton Boat Lift ticket & Canal Boat Cruise
Cruise on the Manchester Ship Canal
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
n 3 day general admission to British Grand Prix
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Upgraded tickets...
phone for details
37
Wednesday 1st – Monday 6th July
Sunday 5th – Thursday 9th July
Monday 6th – Friday 10th July
NEW
THE RHINE & MOSELLE...
INCLUDING THE RHINE
IN FLAMES
TOUR
PRICE
£395
The Rhine in Flames is a wonderful spectacle. The night’s
6 DAYS
activities focus on an eighty-strong fleet that sails along
he Rhine on selected dates from May to September.
The high point of the evening comes when the flotilla
reaches its destination and the sky is set ablaze with a
spectacular fireworks display into the romantic Rhine Valley.
YOUR HOTEL Ebertor Hotel, Boppard
With an enviable location on the west bank of the Rhine, this 3*
family-run hotel has welcomed groups to Boppard for many years.
All rooms are en-suite (most are situated on the ground floor), with TV
and hair-dryer. The restaurant offers tempting traditional food, and
leisure facilities include a bar/lounge, terrace, steam bath and sauna.
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover,
with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We
then continue to our overnight hotel in Liege, arriving with time to
freshen up before dinner.
THURSDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey into
Germany, with comfort stops en route, to our hotel in Bopped, with
time to settle in and maybe take a stroll before a welcome drink,
dinner, and an evening at leisure.
FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we today make the journey
to the historic town of Mainz. The old centre is broad with roomy
squares, lovingly-restored half-timbered houses and magnificent
Baroque churches, which all combine to give the old town its
charm. We later continue to Rudesheim. The winemaking town’s
most famous landmark is the Drosselgasse, a lively street lined
with shops and cafés – several with beautiful facades. Whilst here,
you may like to take the Niederwald cable car to the Niederwald
Monument to enjoy panoramic views out over the town, or even
visit the impressive collection of clockwork music boxes and toys at
Siegfried’s Musikkabinnett.
SATURDAY This morning is free for you to spend as you please
exploring the lovely town of Boppard, lying in the Rhine Gorse – a
UNESCO World Heritage Site. There will be a guided walking tour
of the town for those who wish, and there are shops and cafés, and
the hotel has a terrace on which to relax and enjoy the wonderful
view. We have lunch at the hotel and later this afternoon, we return
to Rudesheim, with time to enjoy the festivities before the Rhine
in Flames spectacle. There are numerous places to choose from for
your evening meal, from restaurants to food stalls, before you take
your place by the river to view the fireworks spectacular. We return
to our hotel late-evening.
SUNDAY Today we enjoy a scenic drive along one of Germany’s
most beautiful river valleys. Like a blue ribbon, we follow the
Moselle as it twists and turns its way to Trier – founded into 16BC,
it is the country’s oldest city and an important site for classical
monuments and art treasures. Here we’ll have time to take in the
sights, such as the Porta Nigra (Black Gate – the best-preserved
city gate from antiquity) and the cathedral. After lunch, we return
to our hotel via the charming town of Cochem. The remains of the
old town wall are a sight worth seeing, as well as the beautiful
baroque-style town hall.
MONDAY Sadly it’s now time to say a fond farewell to the Rhine,
and begin our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry
crossing to Dover. With comfort stops en route, we then continue
to the West Country, arriving mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
38
1 Nights Lunch, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
Guided walking tour of Boppard
Afternoon tea on one afternoon
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
STEP BACK IN TIME...
1940s BLACKPOOL
TOUR
PRICE
Enjoy all the fun of the seaside, together with a great
1940’s entertainment evening at one of Blackpool’s top
hotels. Step back in time and sing a-long to old
nostalgic favourites.
£315
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Hilton Hotel, Blackpool
A 4* star luxury hotel with views over the famous Promenade.
All rooms are en-suite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making
facilities. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and spa treatments.
The restaurant serves a hearty breakfast and traditional evening meals,
whilst the stylish lounge offers a restful area to enjoy a drink.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and travel north, with comfort
stops and lunch en route to Blackpool. With a welcome tea & coffee
upon arrival and time to settle in before our 5 course buffet dinner
evening followed by a special 1940’s show as we step back in time to
a nostalgic era. So take your seat for a toe-tapping, sing along, feel
good evening of music from the good old days!
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we take a journey on a vintage
tram departing directly outside our hotel, to Fleetwood, and back,
along the famous promenade, arriving outside Blackpool Tower. Here
we will enjoy a Wurlitzer Tea Dance of sandwiches and a cream tea.
Listen to the wonderful sounds of the Wurlitzer organ, enjoy a spin on
one of the most famous dance floors in the world, or simply and relax
in the atmosphere of this iconic ballroom. After the tea dance you
will have the remainder of the afternoon free to spend as you please
and make your way back to the hotel at your leisure.
TUESDAY Today we travel north to the beautiful Lake District. We
stop in Kendal, the southern gateway to the Lake District, for coffee,
with its selection of shops and historic buildings, before continuing
on to Windermere, described as the “heart” of the Lake District.
Here you may like to take a boat ride on the lake, stroll the town’s
numerous shops or visit the nearby World Of Beatrix Potter where the
23 tales are magically brought to life. We re-join the coach and return
to our hotel in time for dinner.
WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we travel to Southport, a
popular seaside resort, known as the Paris of the North, with its
unspoilt coastline, stunning architecture and one of the oldest piers
in the UK. After lunch, we return to Blackpool where the remainder of
the day is then free for you to spend as you please enjoying all that
Blackpool has to offer… You may like to visit the Pleasure Beach
with rides and shows for all ages, the Waxworks, one of three piers or
browse the shops.
THURSDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and make our
way home with comfort stops en route. We complete our journey back
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
SUPPLEMENTS:
1940s evening show n Vintage Tram Ride
Boat trip on
Wurlitzer Tea Dance at the
Lake Windermere
Blackpool Tower Ballroom
All coach travel
NORTHUMBRIA &
HOLY ISLAND
TOUR
PRICE
Northumbria – a tapestry of castles, cathedrals,
clustered villages and moorland ruins. The cities to the
south and the rugged eastern coastline combine
dramatic history with abundant natural beauty.
£365
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Hilton Hotel, Newcastle-Gateshead
A luxurious, modern 4* hotel ideally located overlooking the River
with a wonderful view of the Tyne Bridge yet only a few minutes walk
from Newcastle city centre. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone,
hairdryer, iron and ironing board, and tea & coffee-making facilities.
There is a lift and the restaurant offers a delicious range of traditional
cuisine with views of the Rive Tyne. Leisure facilities include an indoor
pool, sauna and beauty salon.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and we make our way north
stopping for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel with time
to settle in before our evening meal. After dinner you may like to take a
stroll and familiarise yourself with your new surroundings and admire the
wonderful views.
TUESDAY Join us this morning as we make our way a little further north
to Holy Island (or Lindisfarne), where twice daily a narrow neck of land sinks
beneath the North Sea, separating the island from the mainland. Made
famous by St. Aidan, St. Cuthbert and the Lindisfarne Gospels, you can marvel
at the 11th Century priory’s magnificent arches – the only remains of the
Celtic monks’ monastery. You may also like to visit Lindisfarne Castle, browse
the gift shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch whilst soaking up the scenery.
WEDNESDAY Today you have a choice: You may like to visit the historic
city of Durham with its fine Norman cathedral. There are a wide range of
shops and restaurants which co-exist happily with the Victorian Market in
the cobbled Market Place, as well as street entertainment and many paths
that lead down to the riverbank where you can take the ‘Prince Bishop’
river cruiser for a gentle trip along the river with stunning views. OR you can
spend the day at Beamish, an extensive open-air museum which effectively
recreates an authentic picture of family, community and working life in the
northeast prior to World War I. It has a typical High Street, with many shops
as well as a colliery and farm, and there are guides in period costume and a
restored tramline serving all areas of the attraction.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Alnwick
Castle & Gardens. Known as the Windsor of the North and dominating the
market town of the River Aln, it is home to the Duke of Northumberland,
whose family have lived here since 1309. Used in several of the Harry Potter
films, and more recently Downton Abbey, the interiors of the house are
decorated in the Renaissance style, but there is so much to take in besides
the sumptuous staterooms – exhibitions, fine art treasures and stunning
landscapes. There is also so much to explore at The Alnwick Garden, a
vibrant place, with beautifully landscaped gardens, magnificent architecture
and unique features, all brought to life with water. There are also, water
sculptures, the infamous Poison Garden and one of the world’s largest
wooden tree houses.
FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast we begin our homeward journey. With
comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early – mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Entrance to Alnwick Castle & Gardens
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Beamish
Open-air Museum
39
Tuesday 7th – Friday 10th July
Friday 10th – Sunday 19th July
NEW
YPRES...THE 30,000TH LAST
POST CEREMONY
ITALY... THE ELEGANT
CHARMS OF LAKE COMO
TOUR
PRICE
245
Each night at 8pm a moving ceremony takes place
£
under the Menin Gate in Ypres. The traffic is stopped
as the Buglers arrive and the Last Post is sounded. Local
4 DAYS
people are proud of this simple, yet moving tribute to
the courage and sacrifice of those who fell in defence
of their town. This year to celebrate the 30,000th time
the Last Post ceremony takes place, a special tribute will be broadcast
live across communities around the world. Join us and experience this
unique event in Ypres on this very special occasion.
Lake Como has a tranquil, ‘old world’ atmosphere, and
is renowned for being the prettiest lake in northern
Italy; the surrounding mountains create a stunning
backdrop to the magnificent gardens with their vast
array of colours.
TUESDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and
journey east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry
crossing to Calais. We then continue to our hotel and our base for
the next three nights, arriving with time for you to choose a meal
in a restaurant of your choice in the heart of Ypres and enjoy an
evening at leisure.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast we travel north for a whole day to
explore the beautiful and picturesque city of Bruges. One of the best
ways to view the city is a boat trip where you can relax and see how
life was here hundreds of years ago. City life bustles around the
market square with old cobbled streets, here you can browse the
shops, many selling chocolate, lace and handmade crafts. There are
numerous cafes to enjoy lunch and coffee. The Belfry is an imposing
tower dating from the 13th century, with a fantastic view from the
£775
10 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Grand Hotel, Cadenabbia
This magnificent 4* hotel benefits from one of the best locations by the
lakeside, with stunning views over the lake and Bellagio. Each of the
spacious, stylishly-furnished rooms is en-suite, with TV, telephone and
hair-dryer. There is a lift to all floors. The elegant terrace restaurant offers
a delectable menu, and the rooftop bar boasts panoramic views.
YOUR HOTEL Novotel Centrum, Ypres
A 3* modern, yet comfortable hotel located in the heart of Ypres old
town, close to Menin Gate. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, WiFi access, and tea & coffee making facilities. The hotel offers a Brasserie
style restaurant and bar for evening meals and bar snacks.
ITINERARY
TOUR
PRICE
top across the city. Take a short walk from the centre to Buro Square
where each building dates from a different century. We return to
Ypres in time for dinner at a restaurant of your choice.
THURSDAY The whole day is free to explore the beautiful town of
Ypres with its majestic market square with a rich and varied history.
A flourishing centre of trade during Middle Ages, Flemish cloth was
produced and exported all around the world. In more recent history
the devastation of World War I reduced the town to rubble, and
inside the majestic Cloth Hall the “In Flanders Field” Museum offers
a multi-sensory account of the town and its people during WWI. The
more energetic may like to climb the ramparts and view the canal
and town from above, or visit some of Ypres pretty churches. Enjoy
an early dinner in a restaurant of your choice, before gathering under
Menin Gate to witness the special 30,000th Last Post Ceremony
which is planned to be broadcast around the world.
FRIDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel and make our way
back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then
complete our homeward journey, reaching the West Country
early evening.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY After an early departure we journey east to Dover, with
comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then
continue to our overnight hotel in Lille, arriving in time for the
evening meal.
SATURDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey into Germany
and the Black Forest, to our second overnight hotel, in Offenburg,
arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, today we continue our
journey through lovely Black Forest scenery and on to Italy and our
hotel, with time to settle in before a welcome drink, dinner and an
evening at leisure.
MONDAY The whole day is free for you to relax and explore
Cadenabbia and the surrounding area. You may like to take a boat
trip across to Bellagio, the ‘jewel of Lake Como’, with its charming
shops, villa gardens and unique location perched on a verdant
headland with views abounding from all angles. Or you may prefer to
simply stroll along the lakeside and enjoy the stunning scenery. There
are numerous cafés and restaurants around, in which to
enjoy a leisurely lunch.
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to
the nearby town of Lenno. Today is market day, and you will have
time to browse the stalls and maybe pick up a bargain! After an early
lunch, we visit the splendid neoclassical Villa and gorgeous gardens
of the nearby Villa Carlotta. This magnificent property covers an area
of over 70,000 square metres. There are numerous art masterpieces
inside the villa as well as a splendid garden which you can admire at
leisure.
WEDNESDAY Today we travel over the Swiss border to Lake Lugano
– one of Europe’s most impressive lakeside resorts. Lugano itself is a
stylish, lively city with plenty of shopping opportunities and a variety
of venues in which to eat lunch – many with lovely lakeside settings.
You may also like to take a ride on the cog railway, with wonderful
views out over the lake and surrounding area.
THURSDAY This morning we board a boat for a leisurely cruise
down the lake to Como town, through some wonderful scenery. In
addition to excellent shopping and lively café-lined squares, Como
boasts a beautiful 11th Century basilica and neoclassical temple
which are also well worth a visit. We later return to our hotel by coach
with some time at leisure before our final evening meal.
FRIDAY Sadly, we today depart Lake Como and begin our homeward
journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach our overnight hotel in
Offenburg in time for dinner.
SATURDAY Today we continue our homeward journey, again with
comfort stops en route, reaching our second overnight hotel in Lille
for dinner.
SUNDAY After breakfast, we resume our homeward journey,
travelling back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover.
We reach the West Country mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 3 Nights Bed & Buffet Breakfast
n Welcome drink
n All coach travel
40
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
n
SUPPLEMENTS:
Boat trip from
Boat trip from Cadenabbia to Como
Cadabbia to Ballegio
Entrance to Villa Carlotta
Cog Railway in Lugano
(Switzerland)
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
Lake view room £40.00
41
Thursday 16th – Monday 20th July
Sunday 19th – Thursday 23rd July
NEW
SCENIC SHROPSHIRE – CANAL
BOATS & STEAM TRAINS
If you love unspoilt countryside, visiting historic towns
and experiencing a sense of the past, then Shropshire is
for you. Join us on what has become one of our most
popular tours.
TOUR
PRICE
£325
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Telford
We are delighted to return to this modern 3* hotel
situated within walking distance of Telford town centre
but with its own landscaped gardens. All rooms are ensuite, with
TV, telephone, hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making facilities. Leisure
facilities include indoor pool, steam room, and spa, and the Olive Tree
Restaurant provides freshly prepared food. There is a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Sanders
Garden World for coffee, before continuing over the St. David’s bridge to
Abergavenny for lunch and time to browse the shops. We complete our
journey to our hotel with time to settle in and maybe make use of the hotel
leisure facilities before dinner.
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Chester, the
most complete walled city in Britain, where The ‘Rows’, black & white half
timbered buildings above street level and covered walkways take pride of
place. Chester’s famous city walls are fully walkable and offer a leisurely
2-mile stroll with a bird’s eye view of both the city centre and the distant
Welsh mountains. Other worthwhile attractions include the 10th century
cathedral and several museums. You may like to take a boat trip along
the River Dee as well as browse the extensive shopping area and enjoy a
leisurely lunch.
WEDNESDAY This morning we make the short journey to Llangollen, a
very pretty town and the gateway to North Wales. We begin with a return
steam train ride on the Llangollen Railway which runs for 7½ miles along
the banks of the River Dee from Llangollen to Carrog, through some of
the most beautiful scenery in the UK. Time then to spend as you please…
maybe visit the Motor Museum and browse the many craft shops including
the Shop in the Clouds located at the summit of the Horseshoe Pass. After
lunch we take a horse drawn boat trip on the beautiful Llangollen Canal,
with time after to enjoy tea before we return to our hotel.
THURSDAY Join us this morning as we travel to Kidderminster and join
the Severn Valley Railway for a steam train journey to Bridgnorth through
some lovely scenery. Bridgnorth, in reality is two towns: the High Town
(good views down) and the Low Town (good views up), connected by the
steepest inland funicular railway in Britain. Whilst here you will have plenty
of time to explore, maybe visit the lovely Castle Gardens enjoy a leisurely
lunch. We later return to our hotel with time to relax before a final
evening dinner.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way south, to
the historic city of Worcester, with time if you wish to visit the Porcelain
Museum with the world’s largest collection of Worcester Porcelain, or the
fine Cathedral, which overlooks the River Severn, where you will find the
tomb of King John. After lunch, we complete our journey back to the West
Country, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
42
Horse drawn canal boat trip
Steam train ride on Llangollen Railway
Severn Valley Railway Ticket
All coach travel
BRITISH OPEN GOLF
CHAMPIONSHIP,
ST ANDREWS, SCOTLAND
TOUR
PRICE
£645
The British Open Golf Championship returns to St
Andrews, “the home of golf”, in 2015. The greatest
5 DAYS
of all tournaments, this will be the 144th Open
Championship, where the world’s greatest golfers
gather to do battle over the Old Course for the famous
Claret Jug. Join us as we spend three glorious days at St Andrews to
watch the best players in the world strive to lift the most prized
trophy in the golfing calendar.
YOUR HOTEL The Station Hotel, Perth
A 4* hotel located in the heart of Perth. With its history and Victorian
grandeur, all rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, toiletries, iron and
tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves freshly prepared
meals, and the bar provides a Scottish warm welcome to relax
with a drink.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY–SUNDAY
Each day we make the journey to St Andrews Links, the largest
public golf complex in Europe, to enjoy the British Open Golf
Championship, as world class golfers battle it out to lift the Claret
Jug. Free public seating is dotted around the course on a first
come first served basis, and appropriate footwear and clothing
is advisable for this outdoor event. Spectators can move freely
around the course, to follow their golfing heroes as they take part
in this momentous sporting event. Will Rory McIlroy retain his
title? We return to our hotel at the end of each day
for dinner and an evening to relax.
MONDAY After a hearty Scottish breakfast we leave Scotland,
and begin our journey south, making regular comfort stops en
route, back to the West Country arriving home mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
3 days General Admission to
St Andrews’ Open Golf Championship
All coach travel
Known as the garden of Ireland, with its rolling hills,
and mountains, long sandy beaches, rivers and lakes,
County Wicklow is one of Ireland’s true scenic treasures.
YOUR HOTEL Esplanade Hotel, Bray
TOUR
PRICE
£345
5 DAYS
A delightful 3* hotel ideally situated along the seafront
of this former Victorian seaside resort. All rooms are ensuite, with TV,
serves delicious meals in relaxing and pleasant surroundings and offers
a generous buffet breakfast. Nightly Irish entertainment is provided on
2 evenings in the bar.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave our home area and make our way over St. David’s
Bridge into Wales and on to Pembroke, for the afternoon crossing to
Rosslair. After docking in Ireland, we continue to our overnight hotel in
Wexford for dinner.
MONDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel and stop at the pretty
village of Avoca, setting for the TV series Ballykissangel. We visit the Avoca
Handweavers with a film of what life was like in The Vale of Avoca and
images of mining, farming and hand weaving, followed by a hand weaving
demonstration. We continue on to the heritage harbour town of Wicklow
for lunch before completing our journey to our hotel in Bray for 3 nights.
THURSDAY After an
early departure we leave
the West Country and
make our way north,
with comfort stops en
route, to our hotel in
Perth arriving with time
to settle in before dinner
and maybe a stroll
around the town.
n
n
n
THE GARDEN OF IRELAND...
THE WICKLOW MOUNTAINS
SUPPLEMENTS:
TUESDAY The morning is free for you to spend in Bray, with its
traditional, independent shops and cosy cafés. You may like to take a Cliff
walk with outstanding views. After an early lunch, we visit the wonderful
Mount Usher Gardens, one of Ireland’s most loved gardens, first planted in
1868 by William Robinson, who emphasised informal planting in harmony
with the natural setting of the garden. There are over 5,000 species of
plants and shrubs from all over the world and you can follow one of the
shaded winding paths and sit on one of the benches scattered throughout
the nine hectares of gardens along the River Vartry. The Avoca Garden Café
and Courtyard shops are also very popular.
WEDNESDAY Today we take a scenic tour of the Wicklow Mountains…
known as the Garden of Ireland because of its beautiful heathers. We
travel through some of the most stunning scenery Southern Ireland has
to offer. No tour would be complete without a visit to Powerscourt House
and Gardens, one of Europe’s greatest treasures: the glorious Palladian
House is set in 47 acres of gardens in gorgeous surroundings. Here is also
Ireland’s highest waterfall, at 398ft, and a lovely café and shop.
THURSDAY After a very light breakfast, leave our hotel and travel
to Dublin for the return ferry crossing to Holyhead, where a full cooked
breakfast will be served while you sail. We continue our journey back
to the West Country arriving early – mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Breakfast on board ferry on return journey
n Welcome drink in Bray
n Entrance to Avoca Handweavers
n Entrance to Powerscourt House Gardens
n Entrance to Mount Usher Gardens
SUPPLEMENTS:
n Irish coffee after dinner on last night
n Ferry crossings n All coach travel
THE DELIGHTFUL
YORKSHIRE DALES
TOUR
PRICE
The Yorkshire Dales boasts some of the most spectacular
scenery in Britain and if you watched the recent series
on ITV 1 hopefully you will agree! But it isn’t just a
series of nice views – it is a living landscape brimming
with rich history, tradition and nature.
£325
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Rendezvous Hotel, Skipton
You are assured of a warm welcome at this award winning 3*
family run hotel on the outskirts of the delightful market town of
Skipton. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, telephone, and tea
& coffee-making facilities. The canal-facing restaurant offers good,
traditional meals made with locally sourced produce, and the hotel’s
comprehensive leisure club boasts an indoor pool, whirlpool spa,
sauna and gym. There is a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with a comfort
stop en route to Trentham Shopping Village, where you will find a collection
of carefully selected shops offering a range of products from furniture to art,
accessories to ice cream and clothing to cookware and familiar names like
The Edinburgh Woollen Mill Royal Worcester and Portmeirion. After lunch we
complete our journey to our hotel with time to freshen up and maybe make
use of the leisure facilities before evening dinner.
TUESDAY Today we travel through the stunning scenery of the Dales to
the thriving market town of Hawes. Today is market day, and as well as the
traditional stalls, there is also a livestock market (sorry… no livestock to
be brought back on the coach!). You can also visit the Dales Countryside
Museum, Rope Makers or the Wensleydale Cheese Factory. After lunch, we
continue our scenic drive to the picturesque Dales village of Ingleton, with
time to browse the shops and have tea.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast you have some free time to
explore Skipton, where scenes from the film Calendar Girls were shot. The
11th Century castle is well worth a visit, as are the collection of unusual
shops. Late morning we make our way north, through scenic Wharfdale to
Aysgarth with its spectacular series of waterfalls, visitor centre and café to
enjoy lunch. We return to Skipton, stopping in Grassington, a picturesque
village and the largest in Upper Wharfdale. Here you will find many gift
shops and cafés to enjoy afternoon tea.
THURSDAY Join us this morning as we travel south to the Keighley And
Worth Valley Railway, made famous as the line in the classic film ‘The
Railway Children,’ where we join a steam train for a scenic journey through
the Dales countryside. We rejoin the coach and make the short journey to
Hawarth, famous for its connection with the Bronte sisters who wrote most
of their famous works while living at the Haworth Parsonage while their
father was incumbent parson at the adjacent Haworth church. You may like
to visit the museum. And you will also find many lovely tea rooms, souvenir
shops and antiquarian bookshops.
FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward
journey, stopping in the delightful market town of Tewkesbury for lunch. We
complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Steam train ride on Keighley and Worth
Valley Railway
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
43
Wednesday 22nd – Friday 24th July
ROYAL WELSH SHOW
The Royal Welsh Show is the biggest agricultural show
in Europe, transforming the sleepy market town of
Llanelwedd in Mid-Wales into a bustling visitor
attraction. It celebrates local farming and rural life
with a variety of events, including carriage driving,
mounted games, livestock competitions and a display
of vintage machinery.
TOUR
PRICE
£195
3 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Green Dragon Hotel, Hereford
You are assured of a warm welcome at this historic 3* hotel ideally
situated at the heart of the city close to the Cathedral. All rooms are
en-suite with tea & coffee making facilities, TV and hairdryer. There is
a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves a delicious choice menu of
national and international dishes.
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY After an early departure we leave the West
Country and make our way north, with a comfort stop en
route, to the Royal Welsh Showground where you will have the
remainder of the day to spend as you please and enjoy all this
show has to offer. Livestock competitions are the big attraction
with many categories including hunters, shires and agricultural
heavy horses, beef and dairy cattle, sheep, sheep shearing and a
whole host of other farming activities. The usual large marquees
with food and flowers are a main attraction, and there are
a huge variety of events to enjoy in the main ring. With over
1000 trade stands, there are also numerous opportunities for
shopping, plenty of family entertainment and places to eat and
drink. Late afternoon we make our way to our hotel in Hereford,
with time to freshen up and relax before dinner and the evening
free to maybe take a stroll around Hereford.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we return to Llanelwedd
and the Royal Welsh Show, with plenty of time to continue to
enjoy all this show offers and all the things you didn’t have time
to see yesterday. Late afternoon we once again return to our
hotel for dinner and an evening at leisure.
FRIDAY After breakfast, you will have the morning free to
explore Hereford, with its meandering ancient streets between
half-timbered buildings and its impressive cathedral, dating
back to Saxon times, and the treasured medieval Mappa Mundi,
near the winding River Wye. There is also the stylish Maylord
Shopping Centre where you can browse the shops and enjoy a
leisurely lunch. We later make our way back to the West Country,
stopping for tea en route and arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 2 day ticket for the Royal Welsh Show
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
44
Monday 27th – Friday 31st July
KENT...THE GARDEN
OF ENGLAND
England’s beautiful southeast corner well deserves to
be known as the Garden of England. It is an area
dominated by pretty villages, world-famous castles
and spectacular gardens.
TOUR
PRICE
£335
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Mercure Hotel, Maidstone
A 4* superior hotel, set in extensive grounds next to
Leeds Castle. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, telephone, tea
& coffee making facilities, radio. A lift serves most floors, and the
restaurant serves a generous buffet breakfast and buffet dinner. Leisure
facilities include an indoor pool, Jacuzzi spa bath, and gymnasium.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We make our way east, with a comfort stop en route, to Chartwell,
the much-loved family home of Sir Winston Churchill. The rooms remain much
as they were when he lived here, with pictures, books, personal mementoes and
interests of the great statesman, writer & painter. We complete our journey to
our hotel with time to settle in before the evening meal.
TUESDAY This morning we travel to the attractive spa town of Royal
Tunbridge Wells, famous for “The Pantiles”… rows of shops behind raised
arcades next to the medicinal spring. After lunch, we travel on to nearby
Penshurst Place House & Gardens; a stately home with a history going back
six centuries. It was once owned by Henry VIII who used it as his hunting lodge
to court Anne Boleyn. The Medieval Baron’s Hall dating from 1341, and the
Staterooms contain a wonderful collection of furniture, tapestries, & porcelain.
There is also a toy museum tearoom and gift shop.
WEDNESDAY Today we visit the medieval cathedral city of Canterbury, with
time to visit the cathedral, a world Heritage site, seat of the Archbishop of
Canterbury and scene of the murder of Thomas A Beckett in 1170. There are
also many shops and cafés to enjoy lunch. For the afternoon, we make the short
journey to the Romney, Hythe and Dymchurch Railway, Kent’s world famous
mainline in miniature. Here at New Romney, we board a steam train for a
picturesque journey to Dungeness. On arrival there will be time if you wish to
take the short walk to the fishing beach and the old lighthouse and have tea.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel a little further north to the
historic city of Rochester, where you will find a wonderful blend of ancient &
modern, dominated by its fine Norman Castle, and cathedral. With time to
explore and have lunch, we visit Leeds Castle, considered to be the most
beautiful castle in England, and once home to Henry VIII. Set on an island in
500 acres of beautiful parkland, you will have plenty of time to explore the
castle, learn of its history, and admire the stunning views from the windows. You
can also stroll through the immaculate grounds and gardens of the park estate,
including the Cascade, Wood, Culpeper and Lady Baillie Gardens or lose yourself
in the spiralling yew maze.. There are gift shops to browse and lovely tea rooms.
FRIDAY Sadly, we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. We stop
in Windsor, where you may like to visit the Castle, take a cruise or open-top
bus tour, browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later continue our
journey home to the West Country, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early/
mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
Entrance to Chartwell (National Trust)
Enrance to Penshurst Place House & Gardens
Steam Train ride from New Romney
to Dungeness
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Leeds Castle
All coach travel
Saturday 25th July – Saturday 1st August
SCOTLAND...THE HIGHLANDS
& MALLAIG STEAM TRAIN
Fort William, the largest town in the Highlands is set
on the banks of Loch Linnhe in the shadow of Ben
Nevis. It is a fine location as a base to discover
the Highlands.
TOUR
PRICE
£525
8 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Alexandra Hotel, Fort William
A lovely 3* hotel ideally located in the centre of Fort William and noted
for its traditional Scottish hospitality. Each of the comfortable rooms
is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities.
The restaurant offers a delicious range of dishes prepared with locally
sourced produce.. There is a lift to all floors and entertainment is
ITINERARY
SATURDAY – We leave the West Country, and make our way north,
with comfort stops en route, to our overnight accommodation in
Carlisle, arriving in time for dinner.
SUNDAY – After breakfast, we continue our journey north, over the
border into Scotland, stopping at Dobbies Garden Centre near Stirling
for coffee, and the Green Wellie near Tyndrum for lunch. We complete
our journey through the lovely scenery of Rannoch Moor and the
spectacular Glen Coe to Fort William and our hotel for the next five
nights.
MONDAY – After a leisurely breakfast we make our way south,
following the banks of Loch Linnhe, with some wonderful scenery
to Oban, a bustling town with fishing and pleasure craft rubbing
shoulders in the harbour. Whilst here you may like to visit McCaig’s
Tower, a coliseum-style monument build by a wealthy banker to
alleviate unemployment 100 years ago. A climb to the top will reward
you with outstanding views of the nearby islands. There are some
lovely shops and cafés & restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch.
TUESDAY – Maybe the highlight of our tour today as we board
the Jacobite steam train for what is regarded as one of the Great
Railway Journeys of the World, due mainly to the stunning scenery
through which you will be travelling. The 42 mile trip will take you
past Britain’s highest mountain, deepest loch, shortest river and
most westerly station as well as crossing the world famous 21 arch
concrete viaduct. The train arrives in Mallaig , a busy fishing port and
ferry terminal soon after midday giving you time to browse the shops
and have lunch before boarding the coach for the return journey to
Fort William.
WEDNESDAY – The whole day is free to spend as you please and
explore Fort William. You may like to enjoy a relaxing boat trip on
Loch Linnie, to Seal Island with splendid views of Ben Nevis and of
course the Seals, along with other wildlife such as Porpoises, Buzzard
and Eagle. A short taxi ride away you will find the Ben Nevis distillery
where you can have a guided tour around the distillery, and a free
taste of the particularly smooth blend of highland whisky. Or you
may like to catch a local bus to the Nevis Range, 7 miles north of
Fort William, where you can take a ride on a gondola up Ben Nevis,
Britain’s highest mountain with spectacular views. There are also
some lovely shops to browse and many cafés and restaurants to enjoy
a leisurely lunch.
THURSDAY– Join us today as we travel along the banks of several
lochs, through some stunning scenery to the small Highland town
of Kyle of Lochalsh, the gateway to the Isle of Skye. With time to
explore and have lunch, we cross over to the Isle of Skye briefly,
returning to our hotel with time to relax before our final evening
dinner.
FRIDAY – This morning we leave Fort William and begin our
homeward journey, travelling to Callander for coffee and time to
browse. We continue south, stopping at Moffat and the woollen
Mill for lunch, before completing our journey back to our overnight
accommodation in Carlisle, arriving with time to freshen up before
dinner.
SATURDAY– After breakfast, we continue our return journey
– stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching the West
Country early -mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n ticket for Mallaig Steam Train
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
45
Monday 27th – Friday 31st July
Thursday 30th July – Tuesday 4th Aug
Friday 31st July – Sunday 2nd August
NEW
PARIS...WITH OPTIONAL
DAY IN DISNEYLAND
Paris is unique for its blend of the traditional and
modern, chic and romantic. From the popular tourist
attractions such as the splendid Arc De Triomphe,
magnificent Eiffel Tower, and to the humble local
market stalls and vivacious cafés and restaurants, with
delicious pastries and full-bodied coffees, Paris has it all.
Disneyland… A place where dreams become reality
and you can relive the joys of childhood. Enjoy the
experience of fairytale characters, story-book charm
and high technology at the Disneyland and Walt
Disney Studios parks.
YOUR HOTEL Ibis Hotel, La Defence, Paris
A stylish modern hotel situated in a quiet area on
the outskirts of the Peripherique. All rooms are en
suite with TV, telephone, air-conditioning and hairdryer.
There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves a
generous buffet breakfast. There is also a bar to relax in.
ITINERARY
TOUR
PRICE
THE ISLE OF MAN
5 DAYS
The Isle of Man is a wonderful place of beauty and
history which lies in the Irish Sea between the United
Kingdom and Ireland. With a unique self-governing
kingdom, it guarantees a warm welcome and some
unforgettable scenery.
£245
PARIS
ONLY
£285
ITINERARY
WITH
DISNEY
LAND
(Child
under 12
years)
For those choosing Disneyland, we will return to our hotel mid evening,
giving you time to browse the shops and have dinner in one of the
restaurants in the Disney Village.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the SacréCœur, a beautiful five onion-domed white Roman Catholic Church which
stands on Montmartre Hill, the highest natural point in Paris. The view over
the city is stunning from the church steps. With time to explore, we later
return to the centre of Paris with the remainder of the day free to continue
to enjoy the sights or maybe do a spot of shopping for a souvenir or gift..
We return to our hotel after dinner, again at a restaurant of your choice.
FRIDAY This morning we make our way back to Calais for the return ferry
crossing to Dover. We then continue, with comfort stops en route
to the West Country, arriving mid evening.
WEDNESDAY Today you have a choice. You may like to stay in Paris, and
continue to explore at your leisure… the nearest Metro station is a 5 minute
walk from the hotel, and trains run every few minutes to the centre and back,
allowing you to spend as much or as little time as you wish enjoying all the
sights and attractions, and to choose to have dinner in the city or maybe book
a table in the hotel. OR, travel with us to Disneyland, where you will have the
whole day to explore the two parks…
The Disneyland Park with numerous rides for all ages, shows to watch, shops
to browse and restaurants, all set out around four magical lands. Look out
for the Disney characters as they wander about the park… Don’t forget your
camera! There is also a Disney Parade each afternoon.
The Walt Disney Studios Park allows you to immerse yourself in the neverending and always fascinating world of movies and television. Here you can
learn how movies are made, and catch a show or two. There are also rides,
shops and restaurants… Oh, and don’t forget to look out for more of those
Disney characters as you explore!
46
6 DAYS
A majestic 3* hotel commanding a prime position on the Victorian
promenade overlooking Douglas Bay just a short walk from the town
centre. Built at the end of the last century, the hotel has been extensively
upgraded and proudly maintains its status as one of the best hotels
on the island. All rooms are en suite, with marble tiled bathrooms, hair
dryers and telephones. There is also a health club with a swimming
pool, sauna, steam room & sun bed. There is a lift to all floors and the
restaurant offers a superb selection of French and English dishes.
WITH
DISNEY
LAND
(Adult &
Child 12
& over)
TUESDAY This morning we make the short journey to the centre of Paris,
beginning with a sightseeing tour of the major attractions in the centre. You
will then have free time to visit some of these sites… maybe you’d like to visit
the Eiffel Tower or take a boat trip along the Seine. If you have not visited Paris
before, our experienced and knowledgeable driver will be there to guide and
advise you to ensure you see the very best of this wonderful city. There are also
four bus tours to choose from where you can hop on & hop off at your leisure
to visit various attractions including Notre Dame cathedral and the top of the
Montparnasse Tower, with its 360 degree roof terrace and viewing gallery
with spectacular views over Paris. Each tour covers a different part of Paris and
includes full commentary via ear phones. After enjoying a leisurely evening
dinner at a restaurant of your choice there will be an opportunity if you wish to
take an evening boat trip along the Seine… Paris by night looks very different
to Paris by day, so it’s well
worth it!
£475
YOUR HOTEL The Empress Hotel, Douglas
£290
MONDAY After an early departure we travel east to Dover,
with a comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais.
We then continue on to Paris, stopping for dinner en route to our hotel where
you will have the remainder of the evening free to spend as you please.
TOUR
PRICE
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
4 Nights Bed & Buffet Breakfast
1 Day Disneyland Hopper ticket if applicable
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
Evening Dinner
All coach travel
Entrance to attractions in Paris
THURSDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route, to our overnight hotel in Northern
England, arriving in time for dinner and an evening at leisure.
FRIDAY After breakfast, we make our way to Lancaster, with time
to browse the shops and enjoy an early lunch before we continue to
Heysham for the afternoon ferry crossing to Douglas and our hotel, with
time to settle in before evening dinner.
SATURDAY A full day excursion to the southern part of the island,
stopping at St John’s for coffee. We continue on to Peel, the 4th largest
town on the island, for lunch and time to explore this lovely town with its
cathedral. It is also the island’s main fishing port and you may even see a
seal or two. We continue on to the very south of the island, with panoramic
views across to the Calf of Man, before turning east and stopping in
Castletown for tea. One of the oldest towns in the British Isles its narrow
streets and small fishing cottages prove this ancient past at every corner.
The medieval Castle Rushen, once the home of kings and later government,
still dominates the centre of town.
SUNDAY This morning we make the short journey to the Laxey Wheel
–claimed to be the largest working waterwheel of its kind in the world.
It was built in 1854 to pump water from the mineshafts and named
“Lady Isabella” after the wife of Lieutenant Governor Hope who was the
island’s governor at that time. After an early lunch we travel on the short
distance to join the only electric mountain railway in the British Isles for
a return journey to Snaefell. Once on board, sit back and relax as you are
transported through the beautiful Manx countryside, and a view of the
Bungalow, a famous TT landmark. At the summit, 2,036 feet above sea
level, and on a clear day, you may be able to see England, Ireland, Wales
& Scotland.
MONDAY The morning is free to spend as you please and explore
Douglas, the island’s capital since 1863. Its beautiful sea front is lined with
picturesque buildings, and the high street is filled with familiar names as
well as many locally owned stores. After lunch join us if you wish for an
afternoon excursion to Ramsey, the second largest town on the island with
a pretty harbour. We return via part of the TT circuit which boasts some of
the loveliest views to be seen anywhere.
TUESDAY After breakfast we make our way to the ferry for the return
crossing to Heysham. We continue our homeward journey, with comfort
stops en route, arriving back in the West Country early mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
Snaefell Electric Mountain Railway Ticket
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to the Laxey Wheel
Ferry crossings n All coach travel
BATTLE OF THE PROMS
SPECTACULAR
(AT HIGHCLERE CASTLE)
The Battle of the Proms is a picnic concert with a
difference. Set on the lawns of Highclere Castle
(Downton Abbey to most!) the castle provides a
stunning backdrop to the evening’s events. With live
fire from 193 replica Napoleonic cannons choreographed
with Symphony music, artistic fireworks, spitfire fly-past
and Cavalry charge displays, this guarantees to be a
night to remember!
TOUR
PRICE
£169
3 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Hilton Newbury North, Newbury
A modern 4* hotel located on the outskirts of the town. All rooms
are en-suite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The
restaurant serves freshly prepared meals, and the lounge and bar area
offers a pleasant area to relax.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to the
beautiful city of Salisbury. You may like to visit the medieval Cathedral
with Europe’s oldest working clock and tallest spire in Britain. In
2015 the cathedral is hosting an exhibition to mark the 800 year
anniversary of the Magna Carta, with a well preserved original Magna
Carta document. Take a stroll through Salisbury’s ancient streets with
timbered buildings and historic houses, try a little retail therapy in the
city’s shops and enjoy lunch in one of the city’s many restaurants and
cafes. We continue on to our hotel with time to settle in before dinner.
SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the
picturesque market town of Marlborough, historically where coins
were minted in Norman times. It also boasts the second widest high
street in Britain. You may like to visit the 17th century merchant house
is located in the heart of the town containing a wealth of period
features, paintings & artefacts. After lunch, make a visit to a nearby
supermarket for you to purchase food for your evening picnic. We
return to the hotel with time to freshen up before making the short
journey to Highclere Castle, with time to pick your spot and settle back
with your picnic before the start of the evening’s spectacular musical
event, stunning firework displays, cavalry and spit-fire programme.
(It is advisable to wear shoes & clothing appropriate for an outdoor
event, and bring an umbrella, small folding chair or picnic rug to sit on
etc). After the concert, we return to our hotel.
SUNDAY After breakfast we travel to Bradford-On-Avon lock, where
we board a wide-beam boat for a leisurely cruise along the canal,
past some lovely scenery and wildlife for the keen-eyed. With time for
lunch and a wander around the lovely historic town, we re-join the
coach and continue our homeward journey back to the West Country
early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 1 Night Bred & Breakfast
n Ticket for Battle of The Proms Picnic Concert
n Canal Cruise on the Kennet & Avon Canal
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
47
Sunday 2nd – Friday 7th August
ISLE OF WIGHT
The Isle of Wight – only 23 miles long by 13 miles wide
– is quite a world of its own, managing to crowd into
its small surface area an entire realm of unspoilt English
landscapes in miniature.
TOUR
PRICE
£375
6 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Shanklin Hotel, Shanklin
A warm welcome waits at this 3* hotel, ideally situated
commanding stunning views over Sandown Bay. All rooms are ensuite,
with complimentary toiletries, radio, hairdryer, TV and tea & coffeemaking facilities. The restaurant has panoramic views across the bay
and is renowned for producing quality food, using fresh ingredients,
often sourced locally on the Isle of Wight. There is a lift to all floors
and leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, spa and sauna.
Entertainment is provided most evenings.
Monday 3rd – Friday 7th August
WEST WALES, CARDIGAN BAY
Discover beautiful beaches, miles of unblemished
coastline, charming villages and the splendid natural
scenery of the Teifi Valley. Cardigan Bay is renowned
for its cliff top walks and wildlife, and the warm waters
of the Gulf Stream bring regular visits from dolphins,
porpoise and seals.
TOUR
PRICE
£325
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Cliff Hotel, Cardigan
We are delighted to return to this lovely 3* hotel with spectacular
views of Cardigan Bay All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone,
hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the
restaurant offers a delicious choice of dishes. Leisure facilities include
an indoor heated hydro, Jacuzzi, sauna, and gym and entertainment is
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave our home area and travel to Wilton Village for coffee. We
then make our way to Southampton for the one hour ferry crossing to East Cowes
before continuing on to Shanklin to our hotel with time to settle in and maybe take
a stroll or make use of the hotel leisure facilities before dinner.
World for coffee, before continuing over the border into Wales and on
to Carmarthen for lunch. We complete our journey to Cardigan and our
hotel with ample time to settle in before dinner and time at leisure to
maybe take a evening stroll.
MONDAY Join us today as we make a wonderful, circular tour of the island,
travelling through Ventnor, and along the picturesque west coast to Alum Bay.
Whilst here, you may like to take the Chair Lift own to the sea for the best views
of the Needles, and maybe make yourself a souvenir from the multicoloured sands
found around the bay. After lunch we return to Shanklin with the remainder of the
afternoon free to explore at your leisure. You may like to visit the Old Village, with
its picturesque thatched buildings, gift shops, and cafe’s. Just past the entrance to
The Crab Inn is the start of Shanklin Chine, a deep gorge carved out by a stream.
TUESDAY Join us this morning as we make our way to Havenstreet to join the
Isle of Wight Steam Railway for a nostalgic 10 mile journey back in time through
some lovely scenery. After the round trip you may like to enjoy an early lunch in
Granny Winter’s Pantry which offers a wide variety of hot & cold meals and snacks
and browse the railway shop full of nostalgic gift ideas. After lunch we visit the
picturesque St Mildred’s Church at Whippingham, which is full of history and has
strong links with Osborne House and especially Queen Victoria. There is also a
tearoom.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Osborne House,
Queen Victoria’s Palace by the Sea. Much more than a Royal Residence, it was
also a family home, and as you walk through the Queen’s bedroom, the nursery
rooms and even the Royal bathrooms, you get an intimate glimpse into the Royal
Family’s life. There are acres of gardens and grounds to explore, and you can take
the horse-drawn cart ride to Swiss Cottage, the royal play house, enjoy lunch in the
restaurant and browse the shop. This afternoon we visit Ryde, the second largest
town on the island, with time to browse the shops and maybe stroll along the pier,
before returning to Sandown via Bembridge and its famous Windmill.
THURSDAY This morning we make our way to Cowes, a famous, yet picturesque
yachting harbour. Here you can browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. This
afternoon we visit the picturesque village of Godshill – the most photographed
village in Britain where you can spend time admiring the thatched cottages and
15th Century church, stroll around the immaculate model village and browse the
many gift shops. There are also some lovely places to enjoy a cream tea or a very
large cream cake!
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel through the
Pembrokeshire Coast National Park to St David’s, Britain’s smallest
cathedral city. Named after the patron saint of Wales it is built upon the
site of a 6th Century monastery and has been a place of pilgrimage and
worship for many hundreds of years. The cathedral is well worth a visit
and the streets are full of quaint character, with lovely old shops and
cafés in which to enjoy lunch. We return to our hotel, stopping at the
small harbour town of Fishguard with time to enjoy tea and stroll along
the bay.
WEDNESDAY The morning is free for you to relax and spend as you
please in Cardigan; maybe browsing the shops, or enjoying coffee and
the wonderful views across the bay from our hotel. After an early lunch
join us if you wish as make the short journey a little further north to
Aberaeron, a charming regency town and seaside resort in Ceredigion,
packed with picturesque, multicoloured houses an attractive harbour and
quaint gift shops and cafés.
THURSDAY This morning travel to the little town of Narberth, the
arts and crafts capital of Pembrokeshire. The independent shops offer
everything from fine art to gourmet food, and the site of Narberth Castle
is supposedly mentioned in the Mabinogion (a collection of ancient myths
and legends) as the location of Pwyll, Prince of Dyfed’s palace. We return
via the picturesque conservation village of Cenarth with its stunning Falls
and where the salmon leap in the River Teifi.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and travel across the island to Cowes
for the return ferry crossing to Southampton. We continue our homeward journey,
stopping in Salisbury for lunch and arriving early-evening.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to the
Welsh capital, Cardiff. Whist here you may like to visit the castle and
discover 2000 years of history in the heart of the city. There are also an
abundance of shops to browse and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch
before we complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
48
Steam train ticket
Entrance to Osborne House
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Friday 7th – Monday 10th August
LIVERPOOL
Liverpool is a UNESCO World Heritage Site, like the
Great Wall of China and the Pyramids of Giza in Egypt.
The city won the status in 2004 because of its
impressive waterfront The World Heritage Site officially
stretches from Albert Dock, which alone has the largest
collection of Grade I listed buildings in the UK. Join us
for a tour where you can spend one, two or three days
exploring some of the city’s numerous attractions… the
choice is yours!
£165
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Adelphi Hotel, Liverpool
This grand, refurbished 3* hotel is ideally located in the heart of
Liverpool. Each of the faithfully restored Edwardian-style rooms
is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making
facilities. The restaurant offers a choice menu and there are also
several in-house bars and lounges in which to relax. There is a lift to all
floors. Leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, sauna and
gym and entertainment is provided on some evenings.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel in
the centre of Liverpool, with time to settle in and relax before
dinner.
SATURDAY & SUNDAY Both days are free for you to spend
as you please and explore the vibrant city of Liverpool. There
really is so much to see and do. It has world class culture
offering with more museums and galleries anywhere outside
of London and there are two majestically different Cathedrals,
You can also take trip to The Beatles Story at Albert Dock; a
brilliant tour through the Beatles’ lives, with fascinating Fab
Four memorabilia and insights from friends and family. Maybe
a City Sightseeing open top double decker tour where you can
use your Hop On Hop Off ticket to explore the city at your own
leisure. Liverpool is also bulging with fabulous new shops and
restaurants. Liverpool ONE, right in the heart of the city, is the
shiny new designer shopping centre and is home to more than
160 famous high street names, from John Lewis to Top Shop. The
Liverpool Queensway Mersey Tunnel tour offers an experience
and is an engineering masterpiece…a unique behind the scenes
adventure where you will be guided beneath the River Mersey.
The Yellow Duckmarine is an hour long tour, half on land and
half in the water, taking in the city’s historical sights, attractions
and the dockland’s maritime history with fun, live commentary.
As our hotel is centrally located, you can do as much or as little
sightseeing as you wish.
MONDAY After breakfast we begin our homeward journey.
With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country
early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
TOUR
PRICE
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
1st 3 singles, £45.00 for
subsequent singles
Monday 10th – Friday 14th August
CAMBRIDGE & ELY
Breathe in a land of lazy waterways, rolling countryside,
majestic cathedrals and stately homes, bustling market
towns – and the unforgettable city of Cambridge.
YOUR HOTEL Merriott Hotel, Huntingdon
TOUR
PRICE
£299
5 DAYS
We are delighted to return to this modern 4* hotel. Each
of the luxurious rooms is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and
tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant offers a delicious
choice of dishes there is a lift to all floors and leisure facilities
include an indoor swimming pool, steam room and gym.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and stop at Sanders Garden
World for coffee before continuing to the delightful market town of
Warwick with time to browse the shops and have lunch. We complete
our journey to our hotel in Huntingdon, our base for the next four nights,
arriving with time to settle in and relax before dinner.
TUESDAY Today we make the short journey to the centre of Cambridge
where we are joined by a knowledgeable guide for a 1½ hour coach
tour giving you an insight into the most important aspects of the City,
University and colleges. The remainder of the day is free for you to
continue exploring this historic city. You may like to visit the renowned
Fitzwilliam Museum, or the new shopping areas, with all the high street
favourites that you would expect. Or you may like to see the city as it
is meant to be seen – and take a leisurely punt along the River Cam,
passing age-old colleges and immaculate lawns. There are numerous
restaurants to enjoy lunch.
WEDNESDAY This morning we make our way to the historic city
of Ely, small, yet rich in history, charm and beauty and home to one
of the most magnificent cathedrals in England, known locally as the
‘Ship of the Fens,’ You may like to visit the Stained Glass Museum
or Oliver Cromwell’s house. After lunch we continue on to Anglesey
Abbey, Gardens & Lode Mill and discover how one man transformed
a run-down country estate into an elegant home with fine furnishings,
books, paintings, silver and rare clocks and a spectacular garden with
planting for all seasons and a working watermill. There is also a tearoom,
plant centre, gift & book shop and you can buy a bag of freshly ground
wholemeal flour straight from the chute of the mill.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to the
centre of the historic town of Huntingdon, birthplace of Oliver Cromwell.
Today is market day, and with time to browse for a bargain, and have
coffee, we later make our way to the beautiful market town of Bury
St.Edmunds with plenty of time if you wish to visit the award-winning
Abbey Gardens, the Cathedral, browse the shops and enjoy lunch.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to
Royal Windsor, where you may like to visit the Castle, take a cruise
on the Thames, an open-top bus tour to Eton, browse the shops and
enjoy a leisurely lunch. We continue our homeward journey arriving
early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
Guided tour of Cambridge
Entrance to Anglesey Abbey,
Gardens & Lode Mill (NT)
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
49
Sunday 9th – Sunday 16th August
Wednesday 12th – Sunday 16th August
NEW
CASTLES, LAKES &
PALACES OF BAVARIA
Bavaria, the land of mountains, forest, lakes and
medieval towns as well as fairytale castles and palaces.
LUDLOW – BLACK AND
WHITE VILLAGES
TOUR
PRICE
£575
Ludlow is a picturesque market town, with olde worlde
streets, historic market place & spectacular castle. Join
us as we and follow the historic black and white
village trail.
8 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Goldener Hirsch Hotel, Reutte
A warm welcome awaits at this locally rated 3* hotel,
situated in the centre of the popular market town of
Reutte, just over the Austrian border and run by the same family for over
400 years. All rooms are ensuite, TV and telephone. The restaurant offers
a range of traditional dishes and there is a lift to all floors.
50
£299
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Feathers Hotel, Ludlow
Described as “The Most Handsome Inn in the World”, this delightful 3*
hotel offers the combined atmosphere of a 17th century coaching inn
with the facilities of a modern hotel. All rooms are en-suite with TV, tea
& coffee making facilities and telephone. The restaurant offers delicious
traditionally prepared food at the Feather Bar. Avlift serves most rooms.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY After an early departure, we journey east to Dover, with
continue to our overnight hotel in Liege, arriving in time for the
evening meal.
MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey, crossing over to
Germany, with comfort stops on route, arriving at our hotel in Reutte,
just over the Austrian border, our base for the next five nights, with
time to freshen up before dinner and evening at leisure
TUESDAY The morning is free for you to relax and explore the
pretty market town of Reutte. After an early lunch, we make the
short journey to Lake Forggensee, Bavaria‘s fifth largest lake where
we take a 2 hour boat trip to enjoy a fantastic panoramic view of the
king‘s castle‘s Neuschwanstein and Hohenschwangau as well as the
historical mountain town of Füssen and the surrounding Alpine peaks
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel through some of
Bavaria’s spectacular scenery, to the famous Neuschwanstein Castle
which the shy King Ludwig built in order to withdraw from public
life. The setting could not be more idyllic, and today it is one of the
most popular of all the palaces and castles in Europe. Inside there is a
wealth of history and grandeur to see and it has been used in several
films including Chitty Chitty Bang Bang and was also the inspiration
for the Sleeping Beauty Castle at Disneyland. Please note there is a
steep walk in places in the castle and steps to climb, so it may not
be suitable for anyone with walking difficulties. There is a “Café &
Bistro” where you can enjoy lunch and also a free multi-vision show
on King Ludwig II and his famous castles.
THURSDAY A full day excursion to Herrenchcheimsee Palace.
Erected in 1878, this regal palace stands on Herrenchiemsee Island
in the centre of Bavaria’s largest lake. Accessible only by boat and
modelled on Versailles, it was King Ludwig’s unfinished palace. It
is set in French stylised gardens with imposing fountains and long
winding pathways that lead down to the shores of Lake Chiemsee.
The highlights of the large staterooms are the staircase; the Bedroom
and the Great Hall of Mirrors…lit by two thousand candles, displayed
in the 44 full sized standing candelabras and 33 chandeliers. With
plenty of time to explore, we return to the shore by boat and rejoin
the coach for our journey back to our hotel.
FRIDAY Today we visit Oberammergau, a village surrounded by
stunning scenery, full of arts and handicraft shops, beautifully painted
houses and famous for its Passion Play. Whilst here you may like to
visit the delightful Linderhof Palace, where you can see the Hall of
TOUR
PRICE
ITINERARY
Mirrors, The Palace Park, the Peacock Throne and the artificial
grotto, with a wave machine where King Ludwig II had himself
rowed along in his shell shaped boat.
SATURDAY Sadly it’s time to leave Bavaria and make our way
back through Germany, to our overnight hotel in Liege, arriving in
time for our evening meal.
SUNDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey to Calais and
the return ferry crossing to Dover. From here, we make our way
home to the West Country, arriving early-mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Welcome drink in Reutte
Tyrolean Farmers buffet on 1 evening
Boat trip on Lake Forggensee
Entrance to Neuschwanstein Castle
Boat trip & entrance to
Herrencheimsee Palace
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
MONDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route,
make our way to the historic riverside town of Tewkesbury. The town centre
has one of Britain’s finest medieval black and white townscapes with
half-timbered Tudor buildings. With time to have lunch and browse the
shops, we continue on to our hotel Ludlow, for dinner.
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we cross the border into Herefordshire and follow the black and white village trail which will include stops
for coffee and lunch. We start the trail at Mortimers Cross, (nr Wigmore)
scene of the one of the historic War of The Roses battles. We continue on
to Eardisland, on the River Arrow, maybe Herefordshire’s prettiest village.
Here stands the 14th century Yeoman’s Hall, and 17th century Georgian
dovecote. We then make our way to Pembridge, with its wonderful
half-timbered buildings and almhouses. We continue through Lyonshall,
to Weobley (pronounced Webley a picturesque village where the medieval
wool market prospered, and later its ale brewery famed for its quality.
Finally we travel on to the cathedral city of Hereford, on the River Wye.
You may like to visit the cathedral to view the 13th century medieval map
of the world, the largest in existence, or maybe stroll the shops. We later
complete our circular tour back to Ludlow.
WEDNESDAY This morning we travel to Bridgnorth, which in reality is
two towns: the High Town (good views down) and the Low Town (good
views up), connected by the steepest inland funicular railway in Britain.
From here we take a steam train ride along the Severn Valley Railway, to
Kidderminster where we rejoin the coach and travel back to our hotel with
the afternoon free to spend at your leisure in medieval Ludlow.
THURSDAY Today we travel to the pretty town of Church Stretton, and
visit to Acton Scott Historic Working Farm (where the TV series “A Victorian
Farm” was based). We continue our journey to the historic city of Shrewsbury for lunch, and time if you wish to take a boat trip along the River
Severn which loops the city.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make the short journey to
the Ludlow Food Centre. Here we have a talk & tasting session at the local
farm shop on the Earl of Plymouth’s estate where you may like to purchase
some local home-made produce. We continue to Monmouth for lunch,
before completing our homeward journey to the West Country, arriving
early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Linderhof Palace
n
n
n
n
n
JERSEY – INCLUDING BATTLE
OF FLOWERS SPECTACULAR
TOUR
PRICE
385
£
flavour of France whilst remaining part of Britain. Although
5 DAYS
only a small island, Jersey has so much to offer… sandy
beaches, rugged coastline, beautiful countryside and a
wide variety of shops and attractions. In 1902 to celebrate
the Coronation of Kind Edward Vll and Queen Alexandra, Jersey decided
to hold a parade. Large floats of up to 45ft compete for the major
award Prix d’Honneur. The fresh flowers are predominately chrysanthemums which have been shipped in from the United Kingdom and
Holland and asters which have been grown locally. The parade also
includes marching bands and takes place on 2 days… the first being an
afternoon parade and the following evening, a Moonlight Parade.
YOUR HOTEL The Metropole Hotel, St. Helier
A lovely 3* hotel, just a few minutes’ walk from the centre of Jersey’s
capital, St. Helier. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea &
coffee-making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious menu and
leisure facilities include an indoor pool, Jacuzzi, and gym. There is a lift
and entertainment each evening.
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY We leave our home area and make our way east to either Poole or
Weymouth for the ferry crossing to St. Helier. On arrival, you will be greeted by a
hotel representative and taken to your hotel. The representative will act as your
point of contact for the duration of your stay, and he or she will be available each
day to offer you advice on such things as attractions and car hire. Dinner this
evening is followed by entertainment.
THURSDAY–SATURDAY Each day is free for you to spend exploring Jersey’s
wonderful coastline and inland attractions… Perhaps you’d like to visit the Jersey
War Tunnels; much of it is preserved as it was left after World War II. Other worthwhile attractions include, Living Legend, the Zoo and Mont Orgueil Castle. We also
highly recommend a trip to Corbiere Lighthouse, with its stunning views and which
you can walk to when the tide is out. A regular bus service operates on the island
and is useful for visiting the many picturesque bays and harbours or you may like
to hire a car for the duration of your stay, or maybe just a day or two. There are
numerous places on the island to enjoy coffee, lunch, tea. Dinner at the hotel is, as
on Sunday, each night followed by entertainment.
THURSDAY The highlight of the tour, The Battle of Flowers takes place today and
we have included a ticket in a seating area to allow you to enjoy the spectacle of
flower covered floats, musicians, dancers and entertainers, in one of the highlights
in Jersey’s calendar. This grand parade takes place during the day, but tomorrow,
(Friday) is The Moonlight Parade, starting at 9pm when the flower covered floats
are festooned with thousands of lights to give a truly magical appearance and a
fitting finale to this floral extravaganza. If you would like to purchase a ticket to this
event also, please let us know at time of booking.
SUNDAY Sadly, it’s time to leave Jersey. The hotel representative will inform you of
all the details, including what time to leave the hotel when you will be taken, again
by local coach, to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole or Weymouth. On
arrival you will be met by a Blakes Coach and driver, who will return you to your
home area.
Your monies are protected by Blakes Coaches Ltd Trust Account, administered
by Lloyds Bank for this tour.
PRICE INCLUDES:
Steam train ride on the Severan Valley Railway
Entry to Acton Scott Historic Working Farm
SUPPLEMENTS:
Food talk & tasting session at Ludlow
Boat trip in Shrewsbury
Food Centre
All coach travel
n
n
n
n
or Weymouth
Ticket to Battle of Flowers
Grand Day Parade
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ticket to Moonlight Parade
on Friday
No single supplement –
maximum 2 singles
51
BRUGES & BEYOND
A splendid medieval city – considered one of the best in
Europe, and known as ‘the Venice of the north’ – Bruges
is one of Belgium’s crown jewels. It characterises all the
finer points of Belgian lifestyle and culture.
TOUR
PRICE
£259
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Portinari Hotel, Bruges
Known for its charming atmosphere and ideally located
on the restaurant lined t’Zand Square, this welcoming 4*
Hotel is just a 10 minute stroll along Bruges’ main shopping street from
the historic market square. All rooms are ensuite with air conditioning,
TV and hairdryer. Other facilities include a stylish breakfast room, cosy
bar, guest lounge with indoor & outdoor seating and a covered terrace
facing onto t’Zand Square.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY After an early departure, we make our way east, with a
comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We
then continue our journey to our hotel in Bruges, with the evening
free to settle in and enjoy diner at a restaurant of your choice.
SATURDAY The whole day is free for you to explore the beautiful
and picturesque city of Bruges. One of the best ways to see the
city is a boat trip where you can relax and view how life was here
hundreds of years ago or take a sightseeing tour on one of the local
minibuses. Life in Bruges centres on the market square where the
streets are old and cobbled but bursting with life. There are plenty
of shops to browse, many selling lace, chocolates, gifts and crafts
and numerous cafés to enjoy coffee and a leisurely lunch. The Belfry
is the most imposing in Belgium, with its massive tower dating from
the 13th century; the view from the top looks over all of the city
and its surroundings. Buro Square is also famous with each building
being from a different century and a few minutes walk from the
Market Square is T’Zand Square, lined with cafes and restaurants
where you might like to have dinner and spend the evening
enjoying the musical entertainment. As our hotel is in the centre
of the city, you are free to spend as much or as little time exploring
as you wish.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, you may wish to spend the
day in Bruges and continue to enjoy all this wonderful city has to
offer, or join us if you wish as we take an excursion to the coastal
town of Ostend. Full of individual charm, there is a harbour, several
parks, a bustling market and shops and you may like to take a
horse drawn ride through the city. With time to explore and have
lunch, we return to Bruges with the remainder of the day free
to spend as you please and enjoy a final evening dinner in a
restaurant of your choice.
MONDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel and travel back
to Calais, again with a comfort stop en route, for the return ferry
crossing to Dover. We then complete our homeward journey to
the West Country, arriving early–mid evening.
JUST LONDON
London… not just the Capital of England, but a city full
of so much history, and so many attractions, theatres,
shops and so much more that a day or a weekend is
never enough. With this tour you organise what you
want to do and where you want to go and also stay in
a luxurious 4* hotel in Central London, close to the
transport network.
4 DAYS
A 4* deluxe hotel, ideally located just a short distance from some of
London’s most popular tourist attractions including Buckingham
Palace, Westminster Abbey and Harrods. All rooms are ensuite and
air-conditioned, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, mini-bar and tea &
coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors, bars to relax in and
the restaurant serves an excellent buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities
include a fitness suite & gym.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to London,
stopping for coffee en route. We arrive at our hotel where, after
checking in, the remainder of the day is then free for you to spend as
you please ,maybe shopping or sightseeing, and to chose an evening
meal at a restaurant of your choice.
SATURDAY & SUNDAY Each day is free for you to continue
to spend as you please… maybe visit the museums, or the many
attractions… eg London Eye, The Shard, Tower of London, Madame
Tussauds, St Paul’s Cathedral, London Dungeons, to name just a
few! OR you may like to book tickets to one of the Royal Palaces…
Buckingham Palace Clarence House, or Kensington Palace, OR see
one of the top West End shows OR take an open top bus tour to get
the best view and learn about the history of the city OR take a boat
trip on the River Thames right down to Greenwich if you like. There is
also Oxford Street for the best in retail therapy and numerous cafés
and restaurants to have coffee, lunch, tea & dinner.
MONDAY We leave London mid afternoon and return to the West
Country, again with a comfort stop en route, arriving mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Ferry crossings
n All coach travel
n 3 Nights Bed & Buffet English Breakfast
n All coach travel
52
£265
YOUR HOTEL Victoria Park Plaza, London
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
TOUR
PRICE
Sunday 16th – Thursday 20th August
WINDSOR,
CHELSEA PENSIONERS
AND HAMPTON COURT
Join us for a tour with a Royal flavour, with excursions
to Windsor Castle and Hampton Court Palace, and a
special visit to the fascinating Royal Hospital Chelsea
and a guided tour by one of the famous Chelsea
Pensioners.
TOUR
PRICE
£335
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, London, Shepperton
A 3* modern hotel set in 11 acres of leafy grounds. All rooms are ensuite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities.
Leisure facilities including an indoor pool, and gymnasium. There is a
lift toall floors and t he Restaurant serves a wide range of dishes and a
generous buffet breakfast.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave our home area and, with a comfort stop, travel to
Henley-on-Thames, a pretty riverside market town on one of the most
beautiful stretches of the River Thames. With time to browse the shops
and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we complete our journey to our hotel, arriving
with time to settle in and maybe take a stroll before dinner.
MONDAY This morning we make the short journey to Chertsey Lock
where we take a boat ride down the River Thames, passing through
Sunbury, before disembarking at the quay opposite Hampton Court. We
make the short walk into the grounds of Hampton Court Palace, where
the rest of the day is free for you to explore this magnificent residence.
Although not inhabited by the Royal family since the 18th century, the
building and grounds are full of history from the Tudor and Stuart periods.
After exploring the glorious palace interiors, with Queen’s apartments and
the Great Hall, stroll around the beautiful fountain garden and famous
baroque maze.
TUESDAY After breakfast we travel to Windsor Castle, the oldest and
largest inhabited castle in the world. As an official residence of the
Queen, it is very much a working palace, used regularly for ceremonial occasions. An audio tour introduced by the Prince of Wales which will take
you through the castle precincts, state apartments and St. Georges Chapel. The remainder of the day is free to spend as you please; maybe take
an open top bus tour around Windsor & Eton with a guided commentary.
There are also some lovely shops and many restaurants to enjoy lunch..
WEDNESDAY Today will be the highlight of our tour for many as we
travel by coach to the Royal Hospital in Chelsea. Originally founded in
1682 by King Charles II to provide a retirement home for his soldiers, the
institution boasts over three centuries of unbroken service and is now
home to over 300 “Men in Scarlet”. A guided tour will be provided by a
Chelsea Pensioner.
THURSDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to the market town
of Winchester. With time to visit the cathedral, browse the shops and
enjoy lunch, we continue our homeward journey, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
n
n
4 Nights Dinner, bed & breakfast
Boat trip on the River Thames
Admission to Hampton Court Palace & Grounds
Audio tour of Windsor Castle
SUPPLEMENTS:
Guided tour of Royal Hospital Chelsea
All coach travel
Monday 17th – Friday 21st August
THE VERY BEST OF YORKSHIRE
York is a city of contrasts and exciting discoveries,
renowned for its exquisite architecture, tangle of quaint
cobbled streets and the iconic York Minster. The city has
retained so much of its medieval structure that walking
into its centre is like entering a living museum.
TOUR
PRICE
£299
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Queens Hotel, York
We are delighted to return to this 3* hotel where you are
always assured of a warm welcome. Ideally situated on the banks
of the river Ouse with lovely views, in the heart of York’s city centre,
all rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffeemaking facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the Royal Brasserie
restaurant serves delicious traditional food.
ITINERARY
MONDAY – We leave the West Country and begin our journey north,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel with time to
freshen up before dinner and, perhaps, an evening stroll around York.
TUESDAY – The whole day is free for you to explore all that York, the
magnificent city of architecture has to offer. You may like to visit the
Minster, the National Railway Museum, or stroll along the ancient timbrel
houses, perched along the narrow winding streets. The quaint side streets
are full of surprises, and Little Shambles is an absolute delight. There are
also many shops to browse, and numerous places to enjoy coffee, lunch
and tea! As our hotel is ideally located in the centre of York, you can
spend as much or as little time exploring as you wish.
WEDNESDAY – After a leisurely breakfast we travel further north, to
Pickering where we join the North Yorkshire Moors Railway, for a scenic
train journey through the heart of the moors to Grosment. We then rejoin
the coach for the short drive to the picturesque fishing port of Whitby,
with its ancient abbey and stunning coastline. The ruins of the 13th
Century Abbey are fascinating and for the more energetic, the views from
the top are stunning. We later return to York through some of the wild,
heather-clad North Yorkshire Moors National Park, stopping in Goathland,
‘Aidensfield’ in the TV series Heartbeat and the bewitching Hogsmeade in
the first Harry Potter Film.
THURSDAY – Today you have a choice; To visit one of Britain’s finest
historic houses, the magnificent Castle Howard, home to the Howard
family for over 300 years. An 18th century residence, the rooms are filled
with impressive collections gathered over generation. The 1,000 acres of
gardens include the Walled Garden, home to the Rose collection and an
ornamental vegetable garden, while serpentine pathways through Ray
Wood reveal a unique collection of trees and shrubs. Outdoor guided
tours take place daily and these are free to all visitors. You may also like
to take a boat trip on the lake and enjoy lunch in one of the 4 restaurants.
OR to travel a little further to Scarborough and enjoy the day exploring
this bustling seaside resort with 2 bays, the ruins of a castle, shops and a
promenade to take a stroll along.
FRIDAY – This morning, we leave of our hotel and begin the homeward
journey south, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, returning to the
West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n North Yorkshire Moors Railway ticket
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Castle Howard
53
Sunday 23rd – Wednesday 26th August
Sunday 23rd – Monday 24th August
Sunday 23rd – Saturday 29th August
NEW
DISNEYLAND PARIS
A place where dreams become reality and you can relive
the joys of childhood. Enjoy the experience of fairytale
characters, story-book charm and high technology at
the Disneyland and Walt Disney Studios parks.
TOUR
PRICE
£165
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Santa Fe Hotel, Disneyland Paris
Discover the wonder of New Mexico with its scorching
sun, cactus and timeless landscape in this resort based
hotel just a short, free shuttle bus-ride away from the Disneyland
parks. All rooms and are en suite and air-conditioned, with TV,
radio safe & telephone. The restaurant serves a hearty continental
buffet breakfast.
ITINERARY
LONDON SHOWBOAT
DINNER CRUISE
TOUR
PRICE
Enjoy London’s best night out with live entertainment,
dinner and dancing on a gentle cruise along the River
Thames, taking in London’s famous landmarks on an
illuminated River Thames. This 3½ hour river cruise
with a delicious 3 course evening meal includes live
entertainment to dance the night away.
£179
2 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Guoman Tower Hotel, London
A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel adjacent to Tower Bridge, overlooking
St Katharine’s marina. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer & tea
& coffee making facilities. The hotel offers a generous buffet breakfast,
and there is a lift to all floors.
SUNDAY After an early departure, we make our
way east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for a
lunchtime ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to
our hotel at the Disneyland resort. You may wish to eat
in the hotel restaurant this evening, or take the shuttle
bus to the Disney Village (free entrance) to get a taste of
America: there are many restaurants to choose from here,
and there are Disney shops to browse in addition to a
night-club and Buffalo Bill’s Wild West Show.
MONDAY–TUESDAY Two free days for you to explore
the two parks…
The Disneyland Park is full of so many things to see and
do. There are rides for all ages, shows to watch, shops to
browse and restaurants, all set out around four magical
lands. Look out for the Disney characters as they wander
about the park… Don’t forget your camera! There is also
the wonderful Disney Parade each day.
The Walt Disney Studios Park allows you to immerse
yourself in the never-ending and always fascinating world
of movies and television. Here you can learn how movies
are made, and catch a show or two. There are also rides,
shops and restaurants… Oh, and don’t forget to look out
for more of those Disney characters as you explore!
WEDNESDAY Sadly it’s now time to leave the fantasy
world of Disney and rejoin reality. We make our way back
to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover, before
continuing to the West Country, arriving mid evening.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to London,
stopping for coffee en route We arrive at our hotel where, after
checking in, the remainder of the day is then free for you to spend
as you please ,maybe shopping or sightseeing. We re-join the coach
early evening to make our way to Westminster Pier to board the
Showboat, to be greeted with a welcome drink, before settling down
to a delicious 3 course evening meal, complete with a bottle of wine
per couple. Enjoy 3½ hours of live entertainment with songs from the
shows, and top hits. Savour the delights of London’s waterfront as
we gently cruise along the River Thames. We sail downriver, passing
Canary Wharf, Greenwich, and arriving at the Thames Barrier in time
for dessert. As we head back to Westminster, enjoy coffee, a dance,
or just sit back & enjoy the cruise. We re-join the coach and travel
back to our hotel.
MONDAY After a leisurely English breakfast, the day is free for
you to spend as you please … maybe visit one of London’s many
attractions, or engage in some retail therapy! We leave London mid
afternoon and return to the West Country, again with a comfort stop
en route, arriving mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
54
3 Nights Bed & Continental Breakfast
2 day pass to the Disneyland resort
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Evening meals
n
n
n
1 Nights Bed & Breakfast
Showboat cruise with 3 Course evening meal (and half a bottle of wine per person)
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
IRELAND – KILLARNEY &
THE RING OF KERRY
Ireland’s beauty is legendary – from the lush, green
pastures to the deep, moody lakes and the wild, rolling
hills – and the country is numbered among the world’s
greatest travel experiences. The Kingdom of Kerry is
renowned for its natural magnificence; it is an area of
colourful contrasts, with its rugged coastline and
dramatic mountain views.
TOUR
PRICE
£485
7 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Killarney Towers Hotel, Killarney
A fabulous 4* hotel situated in the heart of Killarney itself. All rooms are
en suite, with multi-channel TV, high-speed Internet access, direct-dial
telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift
to all floors, and the excellent leisure facilities include an indoor pool,
Jacuzzi, and gym. Traditional Irish entertainment is provided in
the hotel’s bar each evening.
film Ryan’s daughter. Once again we stop for coffee, lunch and
photographs en route. We pause at Slea Head, the most westerly
mainland point in Europe, where there are splendid views especially
of the Blasket Islands and the scattered rocks, all part of an exploded
volcanic area. We also stop in the village of Dingle, before returning to
our hotel for a final evening dinner and traditional entertainment.
FRIDAY Sadly, we today leave Killarney and make our way back
across Ireland’s lovely countryside to Waterford with time to browse
the town and maybe visit the Waterford Crystal Visitors Centre, before
returning to our overnight hotel in time for evening dinner.
SATURDAY After a final Irish breakfast, we leave our hotel and
travel back to Rosslair for the return ferry crossing to Pembroke. We
then continue our homeward journey, through Wales, with a comfort
stop en route, arriving early evening.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way over the St.
David’s bridge, into Wales and on to Pembroke, with comfort stops en
route, for the afternoon crossing to Rosslair. After docking in Ireland, we
continue to our overnight hotel in Waterford for dinner.
MONDAY After a traditional Irish breakfast, we leave Waterford and
make our way west, stopping somewhere interesting for coffee and
lunch en route. We later make our way to our hotel in Killarney, arriving
with time to relax before dinner and our first evening of traditional Irish
entertainment.
TUESDAY We’re guaranteed some magnificent scenery today as we
embark upon an unforgettable, leisurely tour around the spectacular
Ring of Kerry which has deservedly earned its reputation as one of
the most beautiful regions in Ireland. The route, a 179km loop that
starts and ends in Killarney, passes through lively villages with bustling
pubs, charming bookshops and pretty cafés. The striking coastline is
overlooked by an enchanting amalgamation of hills, cliffs, and lakes. We
will stop for coffee, lunch and photographs en route… don’t forget your
camera!
WEDNESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please…
you may like to explore the classically Irish town of Killarney via an
hour-long cart ride, or take a boat trip on a nearby lake? Only a short
bus or taxi ride away is Muckross House and Gardens, a 19th century
magnificent Victorian mansion, one of Ireland’s leading stately homes.
situated close to the shores of Muckross Lake and set against the
stunning beauty of Killarney National Park. The elegantly furnished
rooms portray the lifestyles of the landed gentry, while downstairs in the
basement you can experience the working conditions of the servants
employed in the House.
The Gardens are renowned world-wide for their beauty which include
an extensive water garden, and an outstanding rock garden hewn
out of natural limestone. Queen Victoria, Prince Albert and four of the
princes and princesses stayed at the mansion for 2 nights in 1861.
THURSDAY Join us this morning as we begin a full day travelling
around the breathtaking Dingle Peninsula. Unlike the Ring of Kerry,
where the cliffs tend to dominate the ocean, it’s the ocean that
dominates the smaller Dingle Peninsula. The opal-blue waters surround
the green hills and golden sands which once was the setting for the
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Ferry crossings
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
Entrance to Muckross House & Gardens
Cart ride / Boat trip in Killarney
55
Sunday 23rd – Friday 28th August
Tuesday 25th August – Saturday 5th Sept
NEW
CHRISTIAN BASED TOUR
THE PEAK DISTRICT &
DERBYSHIRE DALES
Sitting astride the backbone of England, Derbyshire
boasts some of the country’s finest landscapes. The rocky
crags of the Peak District National Park rise from the
rugged moorland heathers bisected by lush pastures and
wooded dales.
TOUR
PRICE
£385
6 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Willersley Castle Hotel, Matlock
A 200-year-old Grade II-listed Christian Guild hotel overlooking the
River Derwent. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and tea &
coffee-making facilities and there is a lift to all floors. The restaurant
offers an appetizing menu, and the lounge with its own coffee shop
provides the perfect place to relax. Leisure facilities include an indoor
pool, and an outdoor boules court & putting lawn. The hotel offers 15
minutes of worship and devotions each morning and evening and light
entertainment on some evenings.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave our home area and journey north, making comfort stops
for coffee and lunch en route to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before
evening dinner.
MONDAY After breakfast we make the short journey to Matlock Bath with time
if you wish to take a cable car ride to the Heights of Abraham, where (weather
permitting), you can absorb breathtaking views of the village, or you may like to
the mining museum, the aquarium and souvenir shops. After lunch, we continue
on to The National Tramway Museum at Crich, the finest Transport museum of its
type, with over 70 vintage steam, electric and horse-drawn trams from all over
the world to ride upon. There is an exhibition hall and Workshop Viewing Gallery
to see the ongoing restoration and repair work.
TUESDAY This morning we make our way to Bakewell, a pretty market town,
with time to browse the shops and maybe enjoy some famous Bakewell Pudding.
We continue to Chatsworth House, home of the Duke & Duchess of Devonshire.
One of Britain’s most impressive stately homes, it contains some of the world’s
finest collections of books and drawings. Set in 1000 acres of magnificent
grounds, you can wander through the beautiful gardens and the remarkable
fountains and water features, including the unique water cascade. There is also
a wonderfully challenging maze in the garden and a restaurant to enjoy a
leisurely lunch.
WEDNESDAY Join us today for a wonderful tour through some of the most
stunning scenery in the Peak District, stopping first in Castleton for coffee. We
continue past Ladybower Reservoir, up the spectacular Snake Pass, to the very
pretty town of Buxton, the Cultural Capital of the Peak District, with plenty of
time to spend as you please. There is a splendid Crescent, ornamental gardens,
an Opera House with the largest unsupported dome in the country and some
lovely shops and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch.
THURSDAY Today we travel to visit Chesterfield, where the Peak District meets
Robin Hood Country and the church’s 228ft crooked spire leans nearly 9ft from
its true centre and moves a little further every year. With time to explore and
enjoy lunch, we continue to the award winning Masson Mills Shopping Village
and museum with sixty different retail outlets over five floors and the Masson
Mills Working Textile Museum.
FRIDAY Sadly today we make our way home, again stopping for coffee and
lunch en route and returning to the West Country.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
56
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to National Tramway Museum, Crich
No single
Entrance to Chatsworth House
supplement (max 4)
All coach travel
DELIGHTFUL DORSET &
THE NEW FOREST
TOUR
PRICE
With its golden sandy beaches, beautifully kept gardens,
cliff top walks and wooded river ravines, it’s not difficult
to see why Bournemouth is one of Britain’s favourite
holiday resorts. The New Forest is another of the south’s
much-loved locations – England’s newest National Park,
where wild ponies wander the roads between the many
picturesque villages.
£295
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Picadilly Hotel, Bournemouth
A lovely 3* hotel offering a warm, welcoming atmosphere,
ideally situated close to the town centre and a short walk from
Bournemouth’s award winning beaches & gardens. Each of the
comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea
& coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the
restaurant offers a delicious choice of dishes. The hotel’s bar is
the perfect place to relax with a drink at the end of the day and
entertainment & dancing is provided 2 evenings.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and journey east, stopping in
Dorchester for coffee and a chance to browse the shops. We then continue
to our hotel in Bournemouth, with time settle in and maybe take a stroll
along the promenade before evening dinner and an evening at leisure.
TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend in Bournemouth
where you may like to take a walk along the promenade, maybe along
to Alum Chine, or if the weather allows, sit on the beautiful golden sand
and paddle in the warm sea!. The beautiful award-winning gardens are
also well worth strolling through, and there are also many shops and
restaurants to enjoy coffee, lunch and a Dorset cream tea.
WEDNESDAY We today make the short journey to Poole. The town
boasts the second largest natural harbour in the world. After an early
lunch, we then travel on to the unspoilt village of Corfe, with its
spectacular 11th Century castle ruins. You may like to linger here awhile
before taking the steam train to Swanage, or travel with us there by
coach. We all leave Swanage together and complete our round trip back
to our hotel in time for dinner and more entertainment to dance the
night away to.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we take a tour across the New
Forest, where ponies and cattle freely graze the land and wild deer can
often be seen. We stop first in Lymington, an ancient seaport, once more
important than Portsmouth. The High Street has lots of unusual shops and
restaurants, many in 18th century buildings. We continue on to Lyndhurst,
named the “Capital of the New Forest” by William the Conqueror 1079.
A picturesque, bustling, small town, you will have plenty of time to enjoy
its quaint gift shops, tearooms and thatched cottages.
FRIDAY Sadly we say goodbye to Bournemouth and make our way to
Salisbury with time if you wish to visit the cathedral with its famous tall
spire, browse the lovely shopping centre and have lunch. We complete
our homeward journey arriving very early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Corfe Castle
Swanage Railway ticket
THE NORWEGIAN FJORDS
Norway is a country of stunning natural scenery and
crystal clear air. The beauty of the fjords is breathtaking,
surrounded by steep mountains, glaciers, rushing
waterfalls and blooming orchards. Join us for a
wonderful sightseeing tour which includes all of
this and more.
TOUR
PRICE
£1095
12 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Best Western Skei Hotel, Skei
A wonderful 3* hotel, located in beautiful, natural surroundings with
stunning views of the northern shores of Lake Jølster. All rooms are
en-suite, with TV (including English-speaking channels) and telephone.
There is a lift to all floors. The spacious restaurant takes pride in serving a
plentiful selection of both Norwegian and international buffet meals, and
leisure facilities include an indoor pool, Jacuzzi and sauna. Live musical
entertainment is provided some evenings.
YOUR HOTEL Park Hotel, Voss
You are assured of a warm welcome at this lovely 3* hotel, ideally
located in the centre of Voss with wonderful lake views. All rooms are
en-suite, with TV and telephone. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant
serves a traditional menu with a generous buffet breakfast; there is
also a bar and lounge area.
ITINERARY
TUESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Dover, with a
comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our
first overnight hotel in Arnham, arriving in time for dinner.
WEDNESDAY We continue our journey, travelling through Holland and into
Germany, then northwards into Denmark and our second overnight hotel in
Kolding, again arriving in time for the evening meal.
THURSDAY After an early breakfast, we leave our hotel and continue north
through Jutland to the port in Hirtshals for the fast-craft ferry crossing to
Norway. Whilst on board, you can relax and enjoy the ship’s facilities before
we arrive in Larvik late afternoon. We later continue our journey inland, for
our first taste of the pristine scenery for which Norway is so rightly famed,
before making our way to our next overnight hotel in the tranquil town of
Noresund, for dinner and an evening at leisure.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and enjoy a scenic day’s
travelling – first to Gol, and then on through the stunning Hemsedal Valley,
with a stop for coffee, to one of Norway’s most famous ski areas: Borlaug.
We here join the historic road that was once the postal route between Bergen
and Oslo. The drive takes us through beautiful scenery along one of Norway’s
most famous salmon fishing rivers. We stop in Borgund, with the opportunity
to look around the stave church – one of the biggest and most spectacular
stave churches in Norway. We then continue to Laerdal, where we take the
ferry over the Sognefjord from Fodnes to Mannheller, before continuing to our
hotel in Skei, arriving early-evening for a three-night stay.
SATURDAY This morning is free for you to relax and enjoy your new
surroundings in Skei, with time to make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities
and enjoy coffee. This afternoon we make the short journey to Fjearland,
to visit the Norwegian Glacier Museum. Beginning with a 20-minute video
presentation on the Jostedal Glacier, you will then find a range of ‘hands-on’
exhibits, including some genuine glacier ice. We return to Skei – with a stop
for photos en route at the beauty spot, Boyabreen, where there is a café and
fantastic views of the glacier.
SUNDAY Join us for a spectacular full day excursion to the Geirangerfjord
– perhaps the most famous fjord in the whole of Norway; it’s visited by many
cruise ships and is widely photographed. We begin our day by travelling
north along the shore of the Gloppenfjord to Anda. From here we cross
the Nordfjord to Lote, and continue along the shore of Lake Hornindal
(the deepest lake in Europe) to Hellesylt. Here we board a fjord ferry for
a 1-hour cruise along the Geirangerfjord, past the famous Seven Sisters
waterfalls to the small town of Geiranger. With time here to have lunch, we
later begin our descent to Stryn and around the tranquil Innfjord, through
Loen and Olden, before returning to Skei. With regular stops for food and
photographs, this will be a long but very worthwhile day!
MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast, and travel down to the
Sognefjord, via Moskog and the spectacular Gaularfjell. We then make the
short journey to the small port at Dragsvik and cross by ferry to Vangsnes.
We then complete our day’s journey via the exciting Vikafjell mountain
road to our hotel in Voss for a 2-night stay, arriving with time to settle in
before dinner.
TUESDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please exploring Voss, or
simply relaxing and enjoying the stunning scenery and lake views. You may
like to take a cable car ride, or visit the church, which dates back to 1270
and is prominently situated in the centre of the town. Voss also has a good
range of shops and restaurants, and a long, flat lakeside promenade.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we today cross the fjord via the new
Hardangerbridge between Bruravik and Brimnes, and then ascend through
a series of hairpin bends and tunnels, before stopping at Voringfoss
Waterfalls – Norway’s highest – for coffee and time to marvel at the
exceptional views. We continue across the Hardangervidda – one of
Europe’s biggest plateaux, and home to Northern Europe’s largest stock of
reindeer. We stop for lunch in the winter resort of Geilo, before continuing
through Uvdal to Kongsberg, and then on to Larvik and our overnight hotel,
arriving in time for dinner.
THURSDAY After an early breakfast, we leave our hotel and board
the morning fast-craft ferry for the crossing from Larvik to Hirtshals. We
continue our journey from Hirtshals to Hamburg and our overnight hotel,
arriving early-evening.
FRIDAY This morning we continue our homeward journey, through
northern Germany to the Hook of Holland for the overnight ferry crossing
to Harwich. Enjoy an evening meal in one of the restaurants on board (not
included), before relaxing in the comfort of a lower-berth outside cabin,
with ensuite facilities and TV.
SATURDAY After breakfast on board the ferry (not included), we
disembark around lunchtime and complete our homeward journey. With
comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
10 Nights Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast in hotels
1 night (room only) aboard ferry in lower-berth outside cabin
SUPPLEMENTS:
All fjord crossings
Meals on board ferry
Entrance to Norwegian
Entrance to Borgund Stave Church
Glacier Museum
All coach travel
57
Monday 31st August – Tuesday 8th September
FOUR COUNTRIES & TWO
AMAZING RAILWAYS
Switzerland, Austria, Germany and Italy all boast some
of the most stunning scenery seen anywhere in Europe,
and one of the loveliest ways to admire the views
is by train.
TOUR
PRICE
£795
9 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Astoria Hotel, Stresa
This 4* hotel is superbly situated overlooking the lake and the
Borromean Islands. Each of the spacious rooms is en-suite, with TV
and panoramic views. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant offers
international cuisine and Italian-style breakfast, and leisure facilities
include an outdoor pool and gym.
YOUR HOTEL Best Western Plus Leonhard Hotel, Feldkirch
Ideally located in the old town of Feldkirch, this 4* hotel is a short stroll
from Schattenburg Castle. Each of the comfortable rooms are en-suite,
with TV and hair-dryer. There is a lift. The restaurant offers both local and
international cuisine, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and
steam bath.
ITINERARY
MONDAY After an early departure, we leave the West Country and
journey east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry
crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in
Laon, arriving in time for the evening meal.
TUESDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and continue our journey
through France and into Switzerland, stopping in Lucerne if time allows.
We then continue over the border into northern Italy and beautiful Lake
Maggiore, and on to the bustling resort of Stresa and our hotel for a
three-night stay.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, the whole day is free for you
to spend as you please in Stresa. You may like to stroll around the pretty
lakeside, or perhaps take a boat journey to the beautiful Borromean
Islands which face the resort. Or you may simply like to relax and admire
the stunning views, browse the shops and sample the local cuisine, or
make use of the hotel leisure facilities.
THURSDAY This morning we take a scenic tour over the Swiss
border to the stylish city of Lugano, nestled around its large lake. It is
a lively city with plenty of shopping opportunities and a wide variety
of restaurants and places to eat, some of which have lovely lakeside
settings, where you can relax and enjoy the stunning scenery
FRIDAY After breakfast, we make the short journey north to
Domodossola, where we board the Centovalli railway in for a
magnificent journey through lush pastures and valleys, with stunning
views as you cross viaducts and undulating terrain. The train takes us
to the Swiss town of Locarno at the north end of Lake Maggiore, where
there will be time for lunch and a browse through the shops. Midafternoon, we leave Locarno and drive north through Switzerland into
Austria and on to our next hotel in Feldkirch for a three-night stay.
SATURDAY This morning is free for you to spend as you please. A
picturesque medieval town, Feldkirch’s history stretches back over 700
years. There are some lovely small alleyways and arcades to wander
through, and a romantic old quarter. This afternoon, we travel over the
border into Germany to Lake Konstanz, where we board a boat for a trip
across the lake to enjoy the scenery and splendid architecture.
SUNDAY Join us for a full day’s excursion – and one of the highlights
of our tour – as we travel to Chur to board the famous Bernina Express,
crossing the Swiss Alps from north to south in style. The train rides over
graceful viaducts, through galleries hewn into the sheer rock, through
switch-back tunnels, along rushing mountain streams and glaciers, and
even through an alpine garden. We arrive in Tirano with time for lunch,
before returning by coach to Feldkirch in time for dinner.
MONDAY Sadly, we today say farewell to Feldkirch and leave Austria
to make our way north back into France, reaching our overnight hotel in
Liege in time for dinner.
TUESDAY After breakfast, we travel back to Calais for the return
ferry crossing to Dover. From here we then continue our journey home,
reaching the West Country mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
58
Centovalli Railway ticket
Bernina Express Train Ticket
SUPPLEMENTS:
Boat trip oin Lake Konstanz
Boat trip to Borromean Islands
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
Mon 31st Aug – Fri 4th September
NORFOLK...STEAM TRAINS &
THE BROADS
Norfolk is one of England’s most picturesque counties.
Perhaps best known for its windmills and the Broads it
offers a revitalizing getaway from the hustle and bustle
of busy Britain. The Norfolk Broads is Britain’s largest
protected wetland and it enjoys status equivalent to
a National Park.
TOUR
PRICE
£315
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Norwich North
We are delighted to return to this modern 4* hotel, located on the
outskirts of Norwich, which boasts a tranquil garden, with a beautifully
manicured garden. All rooms are en suite with TV, tea & coffee making
facilities, telephone & hairdryer. The restaurant serves a delicious
choice menu and there is a lift to all floors. Leisure facilities include an
indoor swimming pool, jacuzzi, steam room and sauna.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Norfolk, stopping
for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in
relax before dinner.
TUESDAY This morning we make the short journey into the centre of Norwich.
You may like to visit the splendid Norman cathedral, or the castle, one of the
city’s most famous landmarks, built by the Normans as a Royal Palace 900 years
ago. Now a museum and art gallery, it is home to some of the most outstanding
collections of fine art, archaeology and natural history and is packed with
treasures. In the magnificent Norman keep, models, computers, sound and video
bring history vividly to life. There are many shops to browse, in addition to an
array of cafés and restaurants in which to enjoy lunch. This afternoon you have
a choice… to stay and continue exploring Norwich or travel with us to Great
Yarmouth, a popular seaside resort on the east coast of Norfolk: here you may
like to wander along one of the two promenades, browse the shops and enjoy
afternoon tea. We return to our hotel via the centre of Norwich.
WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we make our way to Wroxham Barns,
a collection of beautifully restored 18th century barns where you can browse
in the craft and gift shops and enjoy watching traditional craftsmen at work.
We then make the short journey into Wroxham a beautiful town considered the
capital of the Norfolk Broads, with time to browse the abundance of shops and
enjoy lunch. This afternoon we take an afternoon cruise on the beautiful Norfolk
Broads, with full commentary as you relax and enjoy the wonderful scenery.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to Sheringham where we
board the North Norfolk Railway for a 10.5 mile round trip by steam train
through a delightful area designated as being of outstanding natural beauty.
After an early lunch, we make the short journey to Thursford. Well known
for its annual Christmas Spectacular, it’s also well worth a visit during the
summer. As well as admiring the world largest collection of steam engines and
mechanical organs you can also enjoy listening to resident organist Robert
Wolfe on the Wurlitzer as he plays two half-hour slots each afternoon. There is
also an interesting exhibition of old tractors, a traditional gondola ride (suitable
for all ages), several gift shops and a delicious tearoom.
FRIDAY It’s time to say goodbye to Norfolk as we begin our homeward
journey. Stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our home area earlymid evening.
Train ticket on North Norfolk Railway
Entrance to the Thursford Collection
All coach travel
TOUR
PRICE
NATIONAL TRUST
TREASURES...NORTH WALES
5 DAYS
The National Trust is a conservation organisation which
works to preserve and protect the coastline, countryside
and buildings of Great Britain. One way it does this is
through encouraging millions of people to enjoy their
national heritage. The trust owns many heritage
properties, including historic houses and gardens and
we are delighted to be able to offer a tour to four of its
loveliest properties.
YOUR HOTEL Ramada Plaza, Wrexham
A modern 4* hotel located is on the outskirts of
Wrexham’s town centre. All rooms are en-suite with TV,
hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant
serves freshly prepared meals and leisure facilities include
hot tub and fitness centre. There is a lift to all floors.
£299
NT
MEMBERS
£335
NON NT
MEMBERS
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country, and with a comfort stop en route, travel
to Moseley Old Hall, near Birmingham. This Elizabethan farmhouse was the
hiding place for Charles II whilst he was on the run from Cromwell’s troops during
the Civil War. See the bed where a King slept, and the priest hole he hid in. The
house tells the story of 17th century domestic life, and also boasts delightful
reconstructed 17th century garden. With time to have lunch and explore we
complete our journey to our hotel for four nights.
TUESDAY This morning we make the short journey to Llangollen, a very pretty
Welsh town with a steam railway and many craft shops. We continue on to nearby
Chirk Castle, a magnificent medieval fortress in the Welsh Marches, built to subdue the last of the Welsh princes. Complete with dungeons the castle’s 700 year
old history displays lavish interiors & rich furnishings, with beautiful collections
which emerged during a change from fortress to family home.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey north to
Chester, where you will have ample time to explore this town with the most complete walled city in Britain where the ‘Rows’, black & white half timbered buildings
above street level and covered walkways take pride of place. Worthwhile attractions
include the 10th Century cathedral and several museums. There is also an extensive
shopping area with many coffee shops and restaurants.
THURSDAY This morning we make the very short journey into the centre of
Wrexham with time to explore the old centre and maybe do a little shopping
before travelling on to nearby Erddig Hall, widely claimed to be one of Wales’
finest historic houses. This Georgian house reflects upon the upstairs/downstairs
life of a gentry family over 250 years. Downstairs you will find extensive servant
portraits, and upstairs there are elegant treasures of original furniture and hand
painted silk wallpapers. Outside there are stables, a smithy, joiners workshop with
18th century landscaped formal gardens.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel and make the short journey south to Powis Castle,
a dramatic medieval fortress for Welsh princes, remodelled into a noble family
Baroque styled home. Inside you will find state rooms & family quarters with
tapestries, furniture and paintings. The Clive Museum houses a collection of 1719th century Indian collection of artefacts, the largest privately owned in the UK.
Enjoy of lunch in the restaurant inside the castle grounds before we continue our
journey home, reaching the West Country early - mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
Monday 7th – Friday 11th September
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
n
n
Entrance to Moseley Old Hall
Entrance to Chirk Castle
Entrance to Erddig Hall
Entrance to Powis Castle
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
59
Friday 11th – Monday 14th September
Wednesday 9th – Wednesday 16th September
NEW
A CUMBRIAN JOURNEY &
CARLISLE TO SETTLE RAILWAY
Known as the Gateway to the Scottish Borders, Carlisle
boasts a rich Roman history – as evident in its medieval
Castle and cathedral.
YOUR HOTEL The Crown & Mitre Hotel, Carlisle
TOUR
PRICE
£299
5 DAYS
Situated close to the historic cathedral in the heart of the
city, this grand 3* offers the perfect mix of Edwardian grandeur with
beautiful original features including an elegant sweeping staircase
but with all the modern comforts. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, radio,
serves an excellent menu and there is a lift to all floors. The hotel’s
leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool and whirlpool, and
entertainment is provided on some evenings.
THAMES VALLEY
EXPLORER
TOUR
PRICE
The Thames Valley is affectionately known as the
region west of central London that covers the course
of the River Thames, England’s longest river at 236 miles.
Join us as we explore some of the highlights that
Thames Valley has to offer.
£199
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Hilton Hotel, St Anne’s Manor, Bracknell
A luxurious 4* hotel in 25 acres of woodlands. All rooms are ensuite with Wi-Fi access, TV, telephone, iron and tea & coffee making
facilities. The restaurant serves hearty meals, whilst the bar offers
an area to relax Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, steam
room, sauna and gymnasium and there is a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with
comfort stops en route, to our hotel, arriving with time to freshen up
before dinner.
TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel south along the edge
of the Lake District to the picturesque town of Kirby Lonsdale with time
to browse the gift shops and enjoy an early lunch. We then make the
short journey to Settle, where we board a train on England’s most scenic
railway. The 72 mile route takes you on a journey through the magnificent Yorkshire Dales, over the 24 arches of the Ribblehead Viaduct
before plunging into the longest tunnel on the line at Blea Moor. Emerging onto the side of Dentdale, the line leaves the Dales at Garsdale and
makes it way through the gentle, lush rolling hills of the Eden Valley,
before arriving in Carlisle with time to relax before evening dinner.
WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we stay just within the English
border, and follow what is probably one of the best-known landmarks
of the north, Hadrian’s Wall. We stop in Chester’s Fort for coffee and
an opportunity to discover the best visible remains of a cavalry fort
in Britain. Whilst here you may like to explore the foundations of the
headquarters building and the largest, most luxurious building – the
commandant’s house. We continue on to Alston, a small, cobbled
north-Pennine town made famous by the film David Copperfield, with
time to enjoy a leisurely lunch and browse the shops. We return to
Carlisle with the afternoon free to explore this lovely city where you
may like to visit the cathedral and browse the shops, or make use of
the hotel leisure facilities.
THURSDAY Join us today as we take a wonderful scenic, circular tour
around the northern reaches of the Lake District. We travel through the
picturesque towns of Keswick and Windermere, up the breathtaking
Kirkstone Pass and on to Ullswater, with stops for coffee, lunch and
photographs as we travel. We complete our tour back to our hotel via
Penrith.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey, with
regular comfort stops en route, arriving back in the West Country early
– mid evening.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and travel to Sanders Garden
World for coffee. We continue our journey, stopping in Marlborough
for lunch and time to browse this pretty market town, before
completing our journey to our hotel with time to relax before dinner.
SATURDAY – After a leisurely breakfast, join us today as we make
the short journey to Marlow, a charming, Georgian town situated on
the River Thames amidst stunning countryside, with the Chiltern Hills
to the north. Whilst here, you may like to take a leisurely stroll along
the weir or across the suspension bridge (designed by Tierney Clark,
who also designed a similar – if larger! – bridge in Budapest), or
browse the shops. We continue to the historic market town of HenlyOn-Thames for lunch. You have the remainder of the day to enjoy this
majestic stretch along the Thames, with its 18th century five-arched
bridge, St Mary’s Church with its 16th century tower, and The Old Bell
Inn, the town’s oldest building dating from 1325. We return to our
hotel, with time to freshen up before dinner.
SUNDAY – Today we make the short journey to Royal Windsor, with
ample time to explore this picturesque town – full of so much history.
You may like to visit the Castle, take an open top bus trip around
Windsor & Eton where a guided commentary will explain some of the
fascinating history, or enjoy a scenic boat trip along the Thames. There
are also some lovely shops and many restaurants to enjoy lunch.
MONDAY – We leave our hotel and the Thames Valley, and travel
west, to Bath, one of the country’s most beautiful cities. You may like
to visit the Royal Crescent, or the Roman Baths in the heart of the
World Heritage Site. Around Britain’s only hot spring, the Romans
built a magnificent temple and bathing complex that still flows with
natural hot water. See the water’s source, and walk where Romans
walked on the ancient stone pavements. Or, celebrating Bath’s most
famous resident, the Jane Austen Centre offers a snapshot of life
during Regency times, and explores how living in this magnificent city
affected Jane Austen’s life and writing. There are also some wonderful
shops and numerous restaurants and cafés in which to enjoy lunch.
We later complete our journey home, arriving early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
60
Entrance to Chester’s Fort
Settle to Carlisle Railway ticket
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
ALPINE MOUNTAINS &
LAKES OF AUSTRIA
Join us for a collection of wonderful scenic tours that
this Alpine region has to offer, travelling on the High
Alpine Road to the highest peak in the Austrian Alps
at Grossglockner, and relaxing in Austria’s beautiful
lake district.
TOUR
PRICE
£475
8 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Goldener Ochs Hotel, Golling, Salzburgerland
A warm welcome awaits you at this family-run, traditional 3* hotel,
situated in the heart of the village. All bedrooms are ensuite with TV
and hairdryer. There is a cosy bar area to relax in before dinner in the
spacious restaurant, where freshly prepared Austrian dishes are served.
A lift serves most floors and the tranquil garden is an ideal place just to
sit and relax.
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY After an early departure, we journey east to Dover,
with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then
continue to our overnight hotel near Cologne, arriving with time to
freshen up before evening dinner.
THURSDAY We continue our journey through Germany, stopping
for coffee and lunch en route, over the border into Austria. We arrive
at our hotel in Golling an der Salzach, a small town in the Austrian
alpine Salzburg province, our base for the next five nights, with time
to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure.
FRIDAY Join us for a leisurely day as we travel through some of
Austria’s most stunning alpine scenery to the heart of Austria’s Lake
District area. We stop for coffee at the picturesque village of Hallstatt,
Austria’s oldest and most photographed village before continuing on
to the pretty town of St Gilgen, the home of Mozart’s family. Here
you may like to take a cable car ride up the Zwolferhorn, or just stroll
around the beautiful town taking in the breath-taking views of Lake
Wolfgang. You may wish to take a boat ride across the lake to the
quaint market town of St Wolfgang, famous for the White Horse Inn
as the setting for the 20th century West End operetta of the same
name, or join us for the short coach journey to St Wolfgang, from
where we will travel back through spectacular scenery to our hotel in
time for dinner.
SATURDAY This morning we make the short journey to the
romantic city of Salzburg, home to The Sound Of Music, and famous
as Mozart’s birthplace. The old town is a maze of charming
pedestrian alleyways, filled with many historic landmarks including
the Hohensalzburg Fortress and the beautiful Mirabell Palace
Gardens. After lunch, we return to our hotel, with the afternoon
free to spend as you please; maybe explore the village or sit in
the hotel garden and have some tea.
SUNDAY Today we take an unforgettable, stunning mountain
tour as we travel to the highest mountain in Austria, the
Grossglockner. We begin our journey through the Salzach Valley,
via the picturesque village of St Johann im Pongau, continue on to
the Grossglockner High Alpine Road, 48 kilometres with 36 bends
offering breath-taking views of the unique Alpine mountain region
in the heart of the Hohe Tauern National Park, the largest nature
reserve in the Alps. At the summit (2504 metres) enjoy the amazing
views of the Grossglockner mountain, one of the highest peaks in
the Alps Mountain range, together with the Pasterze glacier. Keep
an eye out for the native marmots, the tiny shy alpine mammals
who roam the alpine meadows!
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel over the border
to the Bavarian Alpine region for a panoramic coach tour, taking
in the scenic views of the Berchtesgaren National Park with its
majestic mountains and crystal clear lakes. With time to explore
the historic Bavarian town of Berchtesgaden, shop for souvenirs
and have lunch, we continue on to the beautiful lake setting of
Lake Konigssee, a deep glacial lake. We return to our hotel for a
relaxing final evening meal.
TUESDAY Sadly it’s time to say a fond farewell to our hotel, and
begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en route,
we return to our overnight hotel in Germany with time to freshen
up before dinner.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we resume our homeward journey
to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover We continue to the
West Country, arriving mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
Admission to information centre
at Grossglockner
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
61
Saturday 12th – Sunday 13th September
THE LOVELY LAKES &
DELIGHTFUL DALES
TOUR
PRICE
An area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, the
Lake District provides the ideal retreat from the hustle
and bustle of daily routine. Join us for a tour enjoying
the stunning scenery and natural beauty.
LONDON THEATRE
WEEKEND
Take your pick from one of seven top West End shows…
Charlie & the Chocolate Factory, Lion King, Warhorse,
Mamma Mia, Dirty Rotten Scoundrels, Made in
Dagenham or the Carol King Musical, Beautiful.
TOUR
PRICE
£179
£299
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Cumbria Grand Hotel,
Grange-over-Sands
A delightful 3* hotel, set within private wooded grounds and enjoying
lovely views over Morecambe Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with satellite
TV, radio, direct-dial telephone and tea & coffee-making facilities. The
hotel’s experienced executive in-house chef has developed an excellent
and varied menu, and entertainment is provided some evenings.
ITINERARY
JERSEY
flavour of France whilst remaining part of Britain.
Although only a small island, Jersey has so much to
offer…sandy beaches, rugged coastline, beautiful
countryside and a wide variety of shops and attractions.
ITINERARY
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 1 Nights Dinner, Bed & Buffet English Breakfast
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
n Boat trip on Lake Windermere
n All coach travel
Made in Dagenham – inspired by an uplifting true story
about friendship, love and the importance of fighting for
what is right.
Beautiful – tells the true story of music legend Carole King and her
remarkable rise to stardom, and is filled with her hits including Take
Good Care of My Baby, Locomotion, Up on the Roof, (You Make Me
Feel Like) A Natural Woman, Beautiful, You’ve Lost That Lovin’ Feeling
and Will You Love Me Tomorrow.
YOUR HOTEL The Crowne Plaza, Heathrow
A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel. All rooms are ensuite and airconditioned, with satellite TV, telephone, hairdryer, trouser press,
mini-bar and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is also a swimming
pool, sauna and gymnasium. The restaurant serves a generous buffet
breakfast and evening dinner.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to
London, stopping for coffee en route. You will then have time
for lunch before enjoying the afternoon performance of the
show of your choice. We then travel to our hotel with time to
settle in before dinner and the evening free to spend as
you please.
SUNDAY After a leisurely English breakfast, we return to
central London, where you will have plenty of time to shop or
sightsee… maybe visit one of London’s many attractions, or
do a spot of e shopping! We leave London mid afternoon and
return to the West Country, again with a comfort stop en
route, arriving mid evening.
62
SUPPLEMENTS:
£315
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Mayfair Hotel, St. Helier
A warm welcome awaits you at this lovely 3* hotel, just a few minutes’
walk from the centre of Jersey’s capital, St. Helier. All rooms are ensuite,
with TV, telephone and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
serves a wide variety of dishes and the hotel’s coffee shop is open
throughout the day, offering an assortment of meals and snacks.
Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, Jacuzzi, steam room and
gym. There is a lift and entertainment is provided each evening.
MONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey
north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route arriving at our
hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening to
spend at leisure.
TUESDAY This morning as we travel to the Yorkshire Dales
and the thriving market town of Hawes. Today is market day,
and as well as the traditional stalls, there is also a livestock
market (sorry… no livestock to be brought back on the coach!).
You can also visit the Dales Countryside Museum, Rope Makers
or the Wensleydale Cheese Factory. After lunch, we continue our
scenic drive to the picturesque Dales village of Ingleton, with
time to browse the shops and have tea.
WEDNESDAY Join us today as we journey through some of
the most stunning scenery you will see anywhere in England.
We travel up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass, along Ullswater
and on to Keswick for lunch and tie to browse. We then make
our way to the pretty village of Grasmere with time if you wish
to visit Wordsworth’s museum and Dove Cottage, his home
from 1799 to 1808, the years of his supreme work as a poet.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to
Lakeside, the most southerly part of Lake Windermere where
we take a leisurely cruise, with magnificent views of mountain
scenery, secluded bays and the many wooded islands, to
Bowness the ‘heart’ of the Lake District, and a town with every
sort of shop you can imagine as well as many with cafes and
restaurants. We later return to Grange Over Sands with time to
relax and spend as you please before a final evening dinner.
homeward journey, stopping once again for coffee and lunch en
route before returning to the West Country.
2 DAYS
TOUR
PRICE
GUERNSEY
Lying close to the northern coast of France and bathed
by the warm waters of the Gulf Stream, the island of
Guernsey offers a truly unforgettable escape.
YOUR HOTEL St Pierre Park Hotel, St. Peter Port
TOUR
PRICE
£395
5 DAYS
We are delighted to return to this luxury 4* hotel
beautifully set in acres of tranquil parkland with a lake.
All rooms have a private balcony or terrace, with many overlooking
the hotel grounds. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV,
complimentary toiletries, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee-making
facilities. The restaurant serves the highest quality food served in a
friendly and relaxed atmosphere and breakfast is served in the grandly
decorated La Fontaine Suite, overlooking the lake and fountain. The
impressive leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, steam
room, sauna, whirlpool and gym. There is also a hair and beauty salon.
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way east
to either Poole or Weymouth (to be confirmed) for the ferry
crossing to St. Helier. Upon arrival, you will be greeted by a
hotel representative and taken to your hotel. The representative
will act as your point of contact for the duration of your stay on
the island, and he or she will be available each day to offer you
advice on such things as attractions and car hire. Dinner this
evening is followed by entertainment.
TUESDAY–THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend
exploring Jersey’s wonderful coastline and inland attractions…
Perhaps you’d like to visit the Jersey War Tunnels; much of it is
preserved as it was left after World War II. Other worthwhile
attractions include the Living Legend, the Zoo and Mont
Orgueil Castle. We also highly recommend a trip to Corbiere
Lighthouse, with its stunning views and which you can walk
to when the tide is out. A regular bus service operates on the
island and is useful for visiting the many picturesque bays and
harbours or you may like to hire a car for the duration of your
stay, or maybe just a day or two… the hotel can offer advice
and help if required. There are numerous places on the island
to enjoy coffee, lunch, tea and Jersey ice cream! Dinner at the
hotel is, as on Sunday, each night followed by entertainment.
FRIDAY Sadly, it’s time to leave Jersey. The hotel representative will inform you of all the details, including what time to
leave the hotel when you will be taken, again by local coach,
to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole or Weymouth.
On arrival you will be met by a Blakes Coach and driver, who
will return you to your home area.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way east to either
Poole or Weymouth (to be confirmed) for the ferry crossing to Guernsey.
On arrival in you will be met by a local coach or taxi and transferred to
your hotel with the remainder of the day free to spend as you please
and relax over dinner.
TUESDAY–THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend as you please
exploring this small picturesque island, covering only 50 square miles,
which claims to be Britain’s warmest spot. The island’s capital, St. Peter
Port, is a bustling harbour town and a tapestry of architectural buildings.
It also offers the best shopping on the island, (which incidentally is tax
free.) There is also a theatre with shows throughout the season.
You may like to hire a car for some or all of your stay and the hotel will
be able to help you with this. Alternatively you may like to visit one of
the neighbouring islands of Herm, Sark, and Alderney, only a short ferry
ride away from St Peter Port.
With so many bays and coves, it’s easy to find your own beach, with
places of interest around almost every corner, such as the 800 year old
de Sausmarez Manor with its magnificent gardens and Art Park. The
island also offers many inspiring walks on the 28.5 miles of cliff paths.
Castle Cornet – Guernsey’s ancient royal fortress – is well worth a visit,
as is the former home of famous French poet Victor Hugo. There is the
German Occupation Museum, the Little Chapel, possibly the smallest
chapel in the world, Oatlands Craft Centre and the Candle Factory where
you can make your own candle… you’ll never be short of things to do
and see.
There are a number of excellent restaurants and delicious tea rooms all
over the island, some specializing in seafood with delicacies such as crab,
lobster and scallops. Dinner is served each evening at the hotel.
FRIDAY Sadly, it’s time to leave Guernsey… Once again a local coach
or taxi will take you to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole or
Weymouth. On arrival you will be met by a Blakes Coach and driver, who
will return you safely to your home area.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
or Weymouth
SUPPLEMENTS:
maximum 2 singles
n
n
n
Return ferry crossings
Return coach transfers between
hotel & port
SUPPLEMENTS:
Car hire on the island
63
TENBY & PEMBROKESHIRE
TOUR
PRICE
Camarthan Bay. Once a prosperous port, Georgian
£295
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Clarence House Hotel, Tenby
Owned by the same family for nearly seventy years, this
excellent hotel enjoys an enviable position in the centre of the
facilities and some rooms benefit from spectacular sea views. There
is a lift to all floors, and the restaurant serves highly recommended
cuisine with a choice of menu. Entertainment is provided and there
is a ‘Happy Hour’ each evening.
ITINERARY
World for coffee, before continuing over the border into Wales and on to
Abergavenny for lunch. We complete our journey to Tenby via the scenic
Brecon Beacons, arriving at our hotel with ample time to settle in before
dinner and an evening of entertainment.
TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please
exploring Tenby’s enchanting narrow streets. There are museums, shops,
a good art gallery and a castle to visit, in addition to the chocolate
box harbour. You may like to take boat trip to Caldy Island (weather
permitting) – just 3 miles from Tenby and formerly home to the monks
who inhabited the monastery there for more than 1,500 years. If the
stunning scenery alone isn’t enough, there’s a shop and an excellent
tearoom on the island, as well as the opportunity for guided walks.
WEDNESDAY This morning we travel to Carmarthen, a neat little
county town, encircled by the River Towy and full of pretty shops.
Today is market day too, and you will have plenty of time to sample the
local cuisine and maybe pick up a bargain! After lunch we continue to
Laugharne – a quiet town on the Taf Estuary, where Welsh poet Dylan
Thomas lived and is buried. His boathouse and writing shed, where he
penned Under Milk Wood, are well worth a visit, as are the imposing
castle ruins.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way north,
travelling through the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park, an area of
outstanding natural beauty, to Cardigan, a lovely market town at the
mouth of the river Teifi, once one of the busiest ports in Wales. With time
to explore and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we return via the world-famous
Cenarth Falls where the salmon leap, to Saundersfoot, a very pretty
harbour village, with time to browse the gift shops and enjoy tea.
FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way
to the Welsh capital, Cardiff. Whist here you may like to visit the castle
and discover 2000 years of history in the heart of the city. Through
the Norman Conquest to lavish Victorian design, all have left their
distinctive mark on the Castle. There are also an abundance of shops to
browse and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch before we complete
our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n 4 Nights Dinner, Bed & Welsh Breakfast
n All coach travel
64
Friday 18th – Monday 21st September
HARROGATE AUTUMN
FLOWER SHOW & YORK
TOUR
PRICE
The history of the Harrogate Flower Show dates back to
1911 when the North of England Horticultural Society
was formed to give northern growers an opportunity
to exhibit and compete. Held at the Great Yorkshire
Showground, in Harrogate it is now regarded as one
of the best of its kind in the country, Autumn is also a
great season for gardening as harvest arrives.
£235
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Cairn Hotel, Harrogate
A warm welcome awaits at this charming, Victorian 3* hotel, carefully
modernised, but with many grand original features. Ideally located
in the heart of the historic spa town, all rooms are en-suite with TV,
hairdryer, telephone and tea &coffee making facilities. There is a lift
to all floors and the restaurant offers a choice from the carving table,
complimented by beautifully prepared side dishes. The beautifully
refurbished, lounge and bar area offer a warm and inviting place to
relax and socialise.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north –
stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with
time to freshen up before evening dinner and, perhaps, an evening
stroll around Harrogate
SATURDAY This morning we make the very short journey to the
Great Yorkshire Showground enjoy a full day at the Autumn Flower
Show. See the magnificent trade displays, wonderful landscaped
gardens and plant market and flower halls crammed with incredible
exhibitions as nurseries from up and down the country compete for
the coveted awards. Autumn is also a great season for gardening
as harvest arrives and The giant vegetables are a big draw to this
event, and you can expect to come face to face with humungous
marrows, gigantic cabbages, weighty potatoes and unusually long
runner beans! As well as the breathtaking displays, there are plenty
of opportunities for shopping at the delicious-looking speciality food
halls and the garden centre, where budding gardeners can purchase
everything from hand trowels to ornate garden statues. We return to
our hotel late afternoon with time to put your feet up and unwind
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to York with
plenty of time to explore all that this magnificent city of architecture
has to offer. You may like to visit the Minster, the national railway
museum, or stroll along the ancient timbrel houses, perched along the
narrow winding streets. The quaint side streets are full of surprises,
and Little Shambles is an absolute delight. There are also many shops
to browse, and numerous venues where you may enjoy coffee, lunch
and tea!
MONDAY This morning, we leave of our hotel and begin the
homeward journey south, stopping for coffee and lunch en route,
returning to the West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
Boat trip to Caldy Island
n Entrance to Harrogate Autumn Show
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Sunday 20th – Tuesday 29th September
GALICIA... NORTHERN
SPAIN’S BEST KEPT SECRET
We are delighted to repeat this tour which invites you
to explore with us an undiscovered part of Iberia, with
its hidden villages, beaches, culture and history. This
North-Western area of Spain offers a very natural
coastline, small islands, sea-faring communities, all
nestling in the shadow of the commanding mountain
scenery of both Cantabria and Galicia.
TOUR
PRICE
£799
10 DAYS
If you have travelled to Portugal, or Galicia with us you will have met
Ken… our tour guide and expert in this part of Europe. We are delighted
that he has put this holiday together and will be our guide again during
the tour. His knowledge, organisation, hard work and generosity mean
you can have the very best holiday possible… and he makes a good cup
of tea too!
YOUR HOTEL Hotel Bosque Mar, Reboredo, Galicia
You are assured of a warm welcome at this delightful, family-run 3* hotel,
situated in the centre of the small village of Reboredo. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, air-conditioning, and have a balcony. Beautiful gardens with
exotic plants, ponds and little bridges, compliment the indoor and outdoor
pool areas and Jacuzzi. The restaurant serves a delicious choice menu,
using fresh produce grown in their garden, with wine and coffee and a
generous buffet breakfast. There is a lift and comfortable lounges, a bar
and cafeteria. Delightful easy walks, with a lovely bay and sandy beach,
and an Aquarium are just a short distance from the hotel.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Plymouth, where we
board a luxurious ferry for a late afternoon departure and overnight sailing to
Santander. The ferry boasts a fabulous swimming pool and leisure area, elegant
bars and lounges and a superb choice of dining, from award-winning cuisine
to a wide selection of self-service menus. There is also live entertainment and
dancing until late, two cinemas showing the latest movies and great shopping
in the stylish malls. All cabins are en suite and air-conditioned.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we continue our cruise, and you can
continue to make use of the facilities on board and have lunch. Our ship
arrives in Santander early afternoon and we rejoin the coach and travel across
Northern Spain, with comfort stops en route to our hotel in Galicia, where we
stay for 6 nights, arriving in time to freshen up before a welcome drink by the
pool before dinner.
TUESDAY The morning is free to spend as you please and familiarise
yourself with the new surroundings. This afternoon we enjoy a short coastal
drive, passing the lovely little coves and bays, so typical of this area, before
arriving at the quaint little village of Combarro, You may like to take a stroll
along the promenade, and cross the village square to the granite paths of little
shops, full of local crafts and locally produced food & drink… and to sample
some in the cafés. It is easy to see why artists find their inspirations here, as
you amble through the alleyways overlooking the Estuary of Pontevedra.
WEDNESDAY Today we travel to Santiago de Compostela, a World
Heritage site, and the third of the Holy Cities, with its narrow pedestrianised
shopping streets, Cathedral, Palaces, Monuments and fine squares. It is also
a University city, and a Market Place for Galician farmers. Whilst here you
will have plenty of time to explore the very impressive Obradoiro Square,
dominated by the Cathedral, and the impressive façade of the Parador., as
well as browsing the shops and having lunch.
THURSDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please end enjoy the
hotel facilities and beautiful surroundings. You may like to stroll down to
the nearby beach, visit the local Aquarium, or take a swim in the indoor and
outdoor pools - or just relax in the Jacuzzi!
FRIDAY Today we make our way further south, passing the city of Vigo,
to Baiona. This is where word came back in 1493 that Columbus had
discovered America. Today, this rather sophisticated resort has a beautiful
promenade and Marina, an excellent old quarter and shops, and waterfront
cafés- just ideal for our free time here. We then continue south, keeping to
the very natural coastline, passing through small villages with their stone
houses, to the tip of Galicia, where we take the short local ferry across the
River Minho to Caminha, in Portugal. A little further North, we arrive at
Valença, the fortress-like border town, with its narrow shopping streets, and
wrought-iron balconies within its walls Time here for a little retail therapy,
and a coffee in the Main Square, watching the world go by! We then return
back over the border into Spain to reach our hotel in good time for dinner.
SATURDAY After a morning at leisure and an early lunch make the
short journey to the little sea-faring town of O Grove, where we have a
short Estuary cruise on a glass- bottomed catamaran, visiting the shellfish
platforms. A stop will be made at one for an explanation about the
cultivation of mussels, scallops and oysters. There will be an opportunity…
for those who wish, to sample some freshly-cooked mussels as we return to
O Grove. We then cross the bridge for a short visit to the little island of La
Toxa with time to browse the local crafts predominantly made from shells, or
have a look at the little church with its exterior walls clad with scallop shells.
We return to our hotel in time for a final evening dinner.
SUNDAY Sadly we say goodbye to our hosts in Reboredo and make our
way north, travelling along the spectacular coast of Spain to Santillana del
Mar, and the Hotel Los Infantes, our overnight hotel, for dinner.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to
Santander, with time to browse and have an early lunch, before we rejoin our
ferry for the overnight sailing to Portsmouth giving you more time to continue
to enjoy its many facilities and enjoy dinner in one of the restaurants.
TUESDAY We arrive in Portsmouth early afternoon and after disembarking,
rejoin the coach and return to our home area.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
2 Nights ferry accommodation in
lower berth inside cabins
SUPPLEMENTS:
Estuary cruise on a glassLower berth outside cabin
bottomed catamaran
£30.00 per person
Ferry across the River Minho
All coach travel
65
Monday 21st – Friday 25th September
CORTON COASTAL RESORT,
SUFFOLK
TOUR
PRICE
On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it means
to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation,
delicious food, great things to do and fantastic
entertainment each evening.
£295
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Corton Coastal Resort, Lowestoft
A beautifully located 4* cliff top village with breathtaking views out
to sea, located close to the town of Lowestoft. Each of the tastefully
furnished chalets is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee
facilities. The Clyffe restaurant offers an excellent choice menu either
from the carvery or served to your table, and a coffee shop serves light
meals and snacks throughout the day. Activities and leisure facilities
include Snooker, fun bowls, putting green, dancing classes, indoor
heated pool, sauna and steam room… to name just a few, and live
music & top class entertainment is provided each evening.
Tuesday 22nd – Saturday 26th September
LLANDUDNO, NORTH WALES TOUR
PRICE
INCLUDING THE WELSH
HIGHLAND RAILWAY
£345
Llandudno – the premier resort of North Wales – is set
along a wide, curving bay overlooking the Atlantic
Ocean, with the magnificent mountains of Snowdonia
as its backcloth.
5 DAYS
We’re delighted to return to this warm and welcoming 3* hotel,
located along the central promenade with views out over the
bandstand and sea. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and
hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors,
and the hotel’s restaurant serves a fabulous full Welsh breakfast and
choice evening menu. There is live entertainment each evening.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way east, with
stops for coffee and lunch en route, to our resort with time to settle
in before dinner and our first evening’s entertainment.
TUESDAY The morning is free for you to familiarise yourself with
your new surroundings, and enjoy some of the many facilities
available in the hotel. Join us if you wish for an afternoon excursion
to the nearby seaside resort of Great Yarmouth with time to stroll
long the prom, browse the shops and have tea.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to
the Norfolk Broads, stopping first at Wroxham Barns, a collection
of beautifully restored 18th century barns where you can browse
the craft and gift shops and watch traditional craftsmen at work.
From pottery to stained glass, from quilts to traditionally pressed
cider there is something for everyone. We then make the short
journey into Wroxham a beautiful town considered the capital of
the Norfolk Broads, with time to browse the abundance of shops
and enjoy lunch. This afternoon we take an afternoon cruise on the
beautiful Norfolk Broads, with full commentary as you enjoy the
wonderful scenery. We return to our hotel in time for dinner and
another evening of live entertainment.
THURSDAY Join us this morning as make the short journey south
to Lowestoft which boasts beautiful sandy beaches and 2 piers.
With time to enjoy lunch, take a stroll and browse the shops we
return to our resort with the remainder of the day free to continue
to enjoy some of the wonderful facilities and activities before a final
evening dinner and entertainment.
FRIDAY Sadly it’s now time to leave our resort and journey back
towards the West Country, stopping once again for coffee and
lunch en route and arriving home early-evening.
TUESDAY We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route. On arrival at our hotel, afternoon tea
will be served whilst your luggage is delivered to your room. Time then to settle
in and freshen up before our first evening’s dinner and entertainment.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel to Caernarfon Station to
board Welsh Highland Railway, Snowdonia’s newest railway. Now fully open
and with refreshment facilities on board, enjoy a spectacular 25 mile scenic
journey, hauled by the world’s most powerful narrow gauge steam locomotive
as it climbs from sea level to over 650ft as the train crosses the flanks of Mount
Snowdon, before zigzagging dramatically down the steep hillside to reach the
village of Beddgelert then through the magnificent Aberglaslyn Pass and on to
Porthmadog. Here you will have time to browse this lovely, bustling, seaside
town before we rejoin the coach and return to Llandudno.
THURSDAY The morning is free for you to spend as you please and explore
Llandudno, known as the ‘Queen of Welsh Resorts’. You may like to take a ride
on the Great Orme Tramway to the summit on one of only three cable-hauled
street tramways in the world. There is also a fine pier, over 700 metres long,
attractive gardens, shops and restaurants. .Join us if you wish for an afternoon
excursion to Conwy – a medieval walled town with an imposing castle and
lively quay, on which you will find what is claimed to be the smallest house in
Great Britain! We return to our hotel in time for dinner and another evening of
excellent entertainment.
FRIDAY Join us this morning as we make our way through part of the
Snowdonia National Park with some of the most stunning scenery to be seen
anywhere, to Llanberis. With time to enjoy coffee, we then board a bus from the
Electric Mountain Centre for an underground guided tour of the Hydro Electric
Power Station. Whilst on the tour you can then witness Dinorwig’s massive
pump/turbines in action and see just how quickly electricity is made when the
demand is needed…. a matter of seconds and said to be the fastest in the
world. Please note that sensible footwear is required to take the tour. The bus
then returns to the surface and you will have time to enjoy lunch and browse
around the pretty village of Llanberis with its stunning mountain backdrop. We
then rejoin the coach and make our way to the picturesque village of Betwsy-Coed.. Set in a beautiful valley within the Snowdonia Forest Park, it is North
Wales’ most popular resort. Here you will find a railway museum, craft & gift
shops and tea rooms.
SATURDAY Sadly, we today leave North Wales and make our way home,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We complete our homeward journey
back into England, arriving early – mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Cruise on the Norfolk Broads
n All coach travel
n
n
n
n
ITINERARY
66
SUPPLEMENTS:
Guided tour of the Electric Mountain, Llanberis
SUPPLEMENTS:
Train ticket on Welsh Highland Railway
All coach travel
Tuesday 22nd – Wednesday 30th September
SCOTLAND...”THE BEST OF
TOUR
PRICE
THE WEST” OBAN, MULL,
IONA AND THE ISLE OF SKYE £599
Oban, the unofficial capital of the Western Highlands
and acclaimed as the “Gateway to the Isles”, was once
described by Queen Victoria as “one of the finest spots
we have ever seen”. The mountains, lochs and islands are
just as striking now as they were hundreds of years ago.
9 DAYS
The Isle of Skye which has a long association with the adventures of
Bonnie Prince Charlie, is a volcanic fantasy. Rugged and rich in natural
beauty and ancient heritage it is the largest of the Inner Hebrides. The
indented coastline offers fantastic seascapes, dominated by the rising
peaks of the Cuillin Mountains.
YOUR HOTEL The Royal Hotel, Oban
This traditional family-run 3* hotel is beautifully situated in Provencalstyle gardens. Each of the comfortable rooms is en-suite, with TV and
hair-dryer. There is a lift. The restaurant leads out onto a terrace and has
a Mediterranean feel; there is also a bar, outdoor pool and tennis courts.
YOUR HOTEL Kings Arms Hotel, Kyleakin, Isle of Skye
Ideally situated close to the Skye Bridge with panoramic views across
the Kyle of Lochalsh to mainland Scotland, our hotel has retained
many traditional features, which are now combined with modern home
from home comforts. All rooms are en suite, with tea & coffee making
facilities, TV, and hairdryer. The restaurant is renowned for its excellent
cuisine using the finest local produce whenever possible.
ITINERARY
TUESDAY We leave the West Country, and make our way north, with
comfort stops en route, to our overnight accommodation, in Carlisle, arriving
with time to freshen up before dinner.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey north, over the
border into Scotland, stopping at the visitors centre at Loch Lomond for
coffee. We continue on over the stunning scenery of the Rest & be Thankful Pass to Inveraray for lunch and time to visit the famous jail. We then
complete our journey to our hotel in Oban, our base for 3 nights, with time
to settle in before dinner.
THURSDAY The whole day is free for you to explore Oban; a busy working
town with fishing and pleasure craft rubbing shoulders in the harbour.
You may like to visit McCaig’s Tower, a coliseum-style monument built by
a wealthy banker to alleviate unemployment 100 years ago… if you have
the energy to climb to the top, you will be rewarded with outstanding views
across Oban Bay to the isles of Kerrera, Mull and Lismore. There are also
some lovely shops and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch and as our hotel
is located in the centre of Oban, you can spend as much or as little time
exploring as you wish.
FRIDAY This morning our coach will take you on the ferry from Oban
to Craignure on the beautiful island of Mull. We then travel to Fionnphort, the centre village of a fairly scattered community situated at the
far western end of the Ross of Mull where we join another boat for the
short crossing to Iona, also a beautiful island, to explore on foot (cars not
allowed). There are many craft producers on Iona either with their own
outlets or with work available in the various craft and gift shops. Iona
is also the burial place for many early Scottish kings and in more recent
times, the late leader of the Labour Party, John Smith, is buried on the island. We later return to the mainland of Mull and travel back to Craignure
to meet the return ferry to Oban.
SATURDAY After breakfast, we leave Oban, make our way further north,
following the picturesque banks of Loch Linnhe to Fort William, the largest
town in the Highlands and beautifully situated at the foot of Ben Nevis,
for coffee and time to browse the shops. We then journey west, again
through more stunning scenery to Mallaig, to catch the ferry for the 30
minute crossing to Armadale, on the southern part of the Isle of Skye.
We complete our journey to Kyle of Lochalsh, crossing the bridge which
links Skye to the mainland, arriving with time to settle in and familiarise
yourself with your new surroundings before dinner.
SUNDAY A full day excursion, returning over the bridge, to Skye. Passing
some stunning scenery, we travel to Portree for coffee. We continue our
circular tour as we pass Kilt Rock Waterfall before visiting the Museum of
Island Life, an interesting museum of seven thatched cottages, depicting
the lifestyle of a crofting community a century or so ago. We return to our
hotel by way of Uig and more stunning scenery, with stops for lunch and
photographs as we travel.
MONDAY A more leisurely day today as we make our way by the banks
of Loch Carron to Strathcarron and through the Glenshieldaig Forest to
Shieldaig. We continue on through Torridon to Kinlochewe for lunch.
Whilst there we take in the lower end of Loch Maree before returning
to our hotel via Achnasheen and Strathcarron with time to explore Kyle
before dinner.
TUESDAY Sadly this morning we leave the Isle of Skye, and begin our
journey south, with regular comfort stops, including Callander for lunch.
We complete our journey back over the border into England, and to our
overnight hotel in Carlisle.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we continue our return journey, stopping
for coffee and lunch en route and reaching the West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
Return ferry crossings to Isle of Mull & Iona
Ferry crossing from Mallaig to Armadale, Skye
Entrance to the Museum of Island
SUPPLEMENTS:
Life on Skye
All coach travel
67
Friday 25th – Monday 28th September
Mon 28th September – Fri 2nd October
Monday 28th Sept – Wednesday 7th Oct
NEW
BLACKPOOL
ILLUMINATIONS
TOUR
PRICE
Blackpool – it needs little introduction! The
Illuminations, the famous Tower, Pleasure Beach,
sand, shops, shows and trams… fun, fun fun!
YOUR HOTEL Stuart Hotel, Blackpool
£195
4 DAYS
One of Blackpool’s best-loved hotels and widely known
for its excellent food and hospitality. Each of its comfortable rooms
is ensuite, with TV and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
serves an excellent selection of delicious home-cooked dishes, and
the hotel is ideally situated within easy walking distance of the trams,
buses & taxis. Entertainment is provided on some evenings and the
hotel has a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and journey
north to Blackpool, with stops for coffee and lunch en
route, arriving at our hotel mid-afternoon, allowing you
plenty of time to settle in and begin exploring before
dinner and an evening free to spend as you please.
SATURDAY Join us if you wish for a morning’s
excursion to Fleetwood Market. Selling a wide variety
of gifts, goods and produce you are bound to find
something of interest. The remainder of the day is
then free for you to spend as you please, enjoying all
that Blackpool has to offer… You may like to visit the
Tower Complex, which caters for all ages, with its many
attractions including the world famous ballroom where
organists entertain throughout the day, and you can
dance along to. There is also the Pleasure Beach with
rides and shows for all ages, the Waxworks, the Zoo,
three piers and the shops… to name just a few.
SUNDAY The whole day is free for you to continue
to enjoy some of the many attractions on offer. After
dinner this evening, we have a full tour by coach of
the illuminations.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we begin our
homeward journey, once again stopping for coffee
and lunch en route, and reaching the West Country
early evening.
EASTBOURNE
One of the most elegant of Britain’s resorts, Eastbourne
is sheltered by the South Downs. The flower-decked
promenades stretch for three miles – ideal for a
pleasant stroll! With over 200 acres of gardens and
parks to enjoy, not to mention the pier and shopping
centre, there’s plenty to amuse and delight.
5 DAYS
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and travel to Wilton Village for coffee.
We then continue along the south coast to the cathedral city of Chichester, for
lunch and time to browse the shops before we complete our journey to our
hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner and maybe a stroll along
the prom.
TUESDAY Today we day take a scenic drive via Beachy Head to Brighton,
where there will be plenty of time to explore. The spectacular Royal Pavilion
is well worth a visit; beneath its distinctive onion domes is housed some
impressive works of art and wonderful history about King George IV. As well
as the many High Street shops you may also like the stroll the historic Lanes –
a maze of narrow alleyways lined with antique shops and elegant arcades of
boutiques. Other attractions worth visiting include the Volk’s Electric Railway,
the ‘world’s oldest operating electric railway’ which travels along the seafront,
and The Sea Life Centre. There are numerous places to enjoy coffee and a
leisurely lunch.…Or just sit and watch the world go by!
WEDNESDAY Join us for a full day excursion, travelling through the
seaside resort of Hastings to the old cinque port of Ancient Rye. Here you
will discover a host of unusual shops: antiques, collectors’ books, records and
many art galleries selling the works of local artists and potters, with changing
exhibitions throughout the year. There is also a general market today by the
station and for the energetic, the view from the top of the tower is well worth
the climb! After lunch, we continue on to Battle – an historic town built upon
the site of the 1066 Battle of Hastings. It was once home to the country’s
largest Gunpowder Works, which kept British ships loaded throughout the
Napoleonic Wars and most likely supplied the very powder used in the Guy
Fawkes plot!
THURSDAY The morning is free for you to spend as you please in
Eastbourne. You may like to take a walk along the seafront and admire the
famous flower decked promenades and the pier, or browse the shopping
centre and enjoy a leisurely lunch. Join us this afternoon if you wish as we
drive to the charming market town of Alfriston on the River Cuckmere – a
timeless place, full of tearooms and enchanting old houses – and once the
haunt of smugglers!
FRIDAY This morning we leave Eastbourne and make our way to Salisbury
for lunch and time to visit the cathedral, browse the shops and have lunch.
We complete our journey back to the West country, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Full evening tour of the illuminations
n All coach travel
n All coach travel
68
£299
YOUR HOTEL Best Western York House Hotel,
Eastbourne
One of Blackpool’s best-loved hotels and widely known for its excellent
food and hospitality. Each of its comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV
and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant serves an excellent
selection of delicious home-cooked dishes, and the hotel is ideally
situated within easy walking distance of the trams, buses & taxis.
Entertainment is provided on some evenings and the hotel has a
lift to all floors.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
TOUR
PRICE
SUPPLEMENTS:
LAVENDER & LANDSCAPES
OF PROVENCE
TOUR
PRICE
685
Provence offers a feast for all the senses. From gentle
fields of lavender surrounded by ochre hills and medieval £
villages, amazing Roman remains, and the majesty of
10 DAYS
Avignon, City of the Popes to the wonderful local
markets and fantastic food and drink, the area offers
something to delight everyone from the ‘City of Art & history’.
YOUR HOTEL Best Western Uzès Pont du Gard, Uzès
This traditional family-run 3* hotel is beautifully situated in Provencalstyle gardens. Each of the comfortable rooms is en-suite, with TV and
hair-dryer. There is a lift. The restaurant leads out onto a terrace and has
a Mediterranean feel; there is also a bar, outdoor pool and tennis courts.
ITINERARY
MONDAY After an early departure we journey east to Dover, with
to our first overnight hotel in Lille, arriving in time for the evening meal.
TUESDAY We continue our journey south through France. With stops
for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our second overnight hotel in
Dijon in time for dinner.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we complete our outward journey
to Provence, reaching our hotel in the beautiful medieval market town
of Uzes with plenty of time to settle in before dinner and an evening
at leisure.
THURSDAY This morning we head to the beautiful city of Avignon
on the banks of the Rhone, with dramatic views of its 800-year-old
medieval ramparts surrounding the magnificent Palais des Papes. The
famous Pont d’Avignon of nursery rhyme fame sits majestically halfway
across the Rhone, and the city is filled with cobbled streets, quaint shops
and leafy squares.
FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the Pont du
Gard – an amazing feat of engineering built over 2,000 years ago to
take water to the city of Nimes. The museum and visitor centre give an
interactive insight as to how the aqueduct was made, and of the people
who designed, worked and lived there over the course of its history. We
later continue to the city of Nimes – founded around a spring which
was then fed by the Pont du Gard aqueduct. You may like to visit the
beautiful Jardins de la Fontaine, the Roman amphitheatre (the best-preserved arena in France), or the Maison Carrée – a Roman temple built
around 19BC, still standing proud today, where you can enjoy a film
on the history of the city – or simply browse the many boutiques and
cafés that line the ancient streets.
SATURDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please
exploring Uzes. Today the weekly market takes place on the picturesque Place aux Herbes. The town is well worth a visit with its many
architectural gems including the Duke’s Castle, that was in fact the
‘First Duchy in France’ dating from 1565. Or you may prefer to take
a dip in the hotel’s swimming pool, or just relax over drinks on the
hotel’s terrace.
SUNDAY Join us today as we venture to the heart of Provence and
the village of Les-Baux-de-Provence. Perched atop a rocky outcrop,
and renowned for being one of the most beautiful villages in France,
we have time to wander the tiny streets and visit the Castle ruins. Art
lovers will enjoy a visit to the amazing Carrières de Lumières – where
cavernous stone rooms bring art to life from floor to ceiling with
projections from classical and modern artists. We later continue to
the beautiful village of St-Remy-de-Provence with its 14th Century
walls, where Van Gogh lived and painted Starry Night. Step back in
time through the boulevards and narrow streets, and enjoy lunch in
one of the many cafés and restaurants. Our final stop today is at the
Musée des Arômes, where we learn about the history and uses of the
beautiful lavender that is such a symbol of the Provencal countryside.
MONDAY Sadly, we today begin our homeward journey. With stops
for coffee and lunch en route, we return to our overnight hotel in
Dijon in time for dinner.
TUESDAY We continue our homeward journey, again with
comfort stops en route to our second overnight hotel in Lille in
time for dinner.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we resume our journey to Calais for
the return ferry crossing to Dover. With comfort stops en route,
we reach the West Country mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
Entrance to Site du Pont du Gard
Entrance to Carrieres de Lumieres
Entrance to Musée des Arômes
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
69
Sunday 4th – Tuesday 13th October
Sunday 4th – Monday 12th October
NEW
ITALY...ROME, THE VATICAN
CITY & TIVOLI GARDENS
Rome… the capital of Italy, is one of world’s most
photogenic cities and it’s not surprising when you
consider what’s there…The Vatican City, the Trevi
Fountain, St Peter’s Square, Spanish Steps, Colosseum
and so much more. The Vatican, the papal residence, was
built over the tomb of Saint Peter and is the smallest
state in the world.
A TASTE OF TWO IRELANDS...
COASTS AND CASTLES
TOUR
PRICE
£635
Join us as we travel through stunning scenery, to some
of Northern & Southern Ireland’s most famous sites
including the Glenveagh National Park’s Castle and
Giants Causeway. The beautiful Antrim Coast Road
takes us across to the vibrant regenerated city of Belfast,
known historically for its shipbuilding, where we visit the
famous Titanic Belfast museum.
10 DAYS
SUNDAY After an early departure, we journey east to Dover, with a comfort
stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our
overnight hotel in St Avold arriving in time for the evening meal.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way a little further
south to Montecassino, site of one of the worst battles during World War
II in which some 4,500 Allied troops lost their lives. The beautiful Abbey of
Cassino dominates the hilltop and the Historiale museum in the town depicts
the conflict. After lunch we make our way out to the unspoilt coastline which
stretches between Rome and Naples to Sperlonga, which nestles in its own
lovely bay. A charming resort where the Emperor Tiberius built his villa, the
ruins of which can still be seen today. With time to explore, we complete our
circular tour back to our hotel.
THURSDAY This morning we travel into Rome, the Eternal City full of history,
culture and its unique Roman way of life. We begin with a guided morning tour
of some of the most famous sites the city has to offer including the Colosseum,
the Forum, the Pantheon and the famous Trevi Fountain where you should
throw a coin over your shoulder into the fountain if you wish to return to this
enchanting city. Our tour ends with a visit to the unique Vatican City – the city
within a city and the smallest state in the world. The remainder of the day is free
to continue exploring at your leisure. You may like to marvel at the grandeur of
St Peter’s Basilica, stroll across St Peter’s Square and watch the world go by in a
nearby café or visit the magnificent Vatican Museums, (entrance not included),
home to a wealth of art treasures with works by da Vinci, Giotto, Raphael,
Titian and ultimately Michelangelo’s unforgettable work of the world renowned
Sistine Chapel. Late afternoon we rejoin the coach and return to our hotel.
FRIDAY A leisurely day as take a scenic tour to some of the pretty
towns around the Rome area, known for their castles and villas, including
Grottaferrata, and Arricia, all of which date back to the ancient city of Tuscolo.
After lunch we visit the famous Villa D’Este and the Tivoli Gardens which
is included in the UNESCO world heritage list. The gardens are composed
almost exclusively of water features with fountains of every description, from
the grand ‘Fountain of the Dragons’ and ‘Hundred Fountains’, to a miniature
70
9 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Park Avenue Hotel, Belfast
A modern 4* hotel located in the vibrant Belmont area of the city.
All rooms are en-suite with, TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee
making facilities. The charming restaurant offers a mix of classic and
contemporary dishes, from local producers and suppliers, the Gelston’s
Bar provides a comfortable area to relax and there is a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
TUESDAY This morning we resume our journey through Italy, stopping for
coffee and lunch as we travel, to our hotel in Monte Porzio Catone, our base
for the next five nights. After our first evening dinner, you may like to take an
evening stroll around the spacious parkland and gardens and admire the views.
£535
YOUR HOTEL Central Hotel, Donegal
A superior 3* hotel, ideally located in the centre of town. All rooms are
en-suite with tea/coffee making facilities, TV, telephone and hairdryer,
with most rooms overlooking beautiful Donegal Bay. The restaurant is
renowned for its excellent cuisine, and leisure facilities include an indoor
swimming pool. There is a lift to all floors, and regular Irish evening
entertainment.
YOUR HOTEL Villa Veccia Hotel, Rome
Located in an elevated position in the rolling Frascati hills, this locally
rated 4* hotel boast wonderful views across the city of Rome. All rooms
are tastefully furnished with en suite facilities, air conditioning, satellite
TV, minibar and hairdryer. The elegant restaurant serves high quality
Italian cuisine and there is ample seating in the lounge area. There is
also an outdoor swimming pool, a lift to all floors and a free shuttle bus
operates to the nearby town of Frascati.
MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey through France and
Switzerland and over the border to our second overnight hotel in Northern
Italy, again with regular comfort stops en route, in time for dinner.
TOUR
PRICE
watery reproduction of Rome. The centrepiece, the gigantic Water Organ
Fountain, cascades down a huge drop into quiet, shady pools. With time to
explore and have tea, we return to our hotel with time to relax before our
final evening dinner.
SATURDAY Today you have a choice. You may like to spend the day
relaxing at our hotel in the rolling Frascati Hills, and maybe take the
free shuttle bus into Frascati to explore, OR join us as we travel back to
Rome with the day free to spend as you please to continue exploring
this wonderful city which has so much to offer. You may like to visit some
of the many ancient churches and historical sites and enjoy a lazy lunch
overlooking the River Tiber, or revisit the Vatican and its museums. There are
also the famous Spanish Steps, a popular meeting place for local Romans
and the neighbouring Via dei Condotti, home to some of the most exclusive
shops in Rome with names such as Armani, Prada and Versace jostling for
space… maybe buy a souvenir of your visit.
SUNDAY Sadly, we today begin our journey home. With stops for coffee
and lunch en route, we make our way to our overnight hotel in northern
Italy, arriving in time for the evening meal.
MONDAY After breakfast we continue our homeward journey, through
Switzerland and into France, again with regular stops en route returning to
our second overnight hotel in Metz.
TUESDAY We resume our return journey to Calais for the short ferry
crossing back to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving
mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Welcome drink in Italy
Unlimited wine & water with dinner in Italy
Guided tour of Rome
Entrance to Tivoli Gardens
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way over the St.
David’s bridge, into Wales and on to Pembroke, with comfort stops en route,
for the afternoon crossing to Rosslare. After docking in Ireland, we continue
to our overnight hotel in Wexford for dinner.
MONDAY After a traditional Irish breakfast, we leave Wexford and make
our way north west towards County Donegal, with coffee and lunch en
route. We arrive at our hotel in Donegal, our base for the next three nights,
in time for our evening meal.
TUESDAY The whole day is free to explore the town of Donegal, a bustling
market town overlooked by the ruins of its 15th century castle. You may like
to visit the Abbey, the nearby craft village with exhibits of local artists and
craftsmen, or browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. Why not take a
boat trip around Donegal Bay to view the town from a different perspective.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast we travel to Glenveagh National Park with a
coffee stop en route, to the visitor centre. From here we will take short ride
on the shuttle bus to Glenveagh Castle and Gardens. The 19th century
castle, built in Scottish Baronial style, was a popular retreat for Hollywood
stars such as Marilyn Munroe & Charlie Chaplin. The Victorian gardens
have evolved into a rich display collection of trees and shrubs and a
diverse collection of rhododendrons. We later return to our hotel via
Letterkenny and historical market town of Ballybofey, with time to relax
before dinner.
THURSDAY This morning we leave Donegal and Southern Ireland,
and make our way east. We travel along rugged cliffs, passing the eerie
silhouette of Dunluce Castle on the Causeway coastal route, which fell
into disrepair in 1745 after a fire destroyed it. We continue on to the
famous Giants Causeway, , and on to the World-Heritage listed Giants
Causeway, the result of an ancient volcanic eruption. Beginning with a
short video explaining its origins, at the brand new visitor centre, you will
then have plenty of time to see for yourself, either on foot, or by taking
the shuttle bus. It is estimated that over 40,000 hexagonal columns
surrounded by beautiful coastal scenery exist on or over the Causeway
and there are also some lovely walks along the headland as well as
shops and tea rooms at the Visitors Centre. We re-join the coach and
travel along one of Europe’s finest marine roads, the Antrim Coast Road,
arriving at our hotel in Belfast, our base for the next three nights, in time
for dinner.
FRIDAY This morning we are joined by an experienced local tour guide
for a guided city tour of Belfast, taking in all the major sights incuding
Queen’s University, the Waterfront Hall and the famous leaning Albert
Clock. Close to City Hall and the Belfast Opera House is the Crown Liquor
Saloon, a beautifully preserved Victorian public house with gas lamps
and drinking snugs, owned by the National Trust. We have a break for
lunch before rejoining the coach as we visit the new Titanic Belfast Visitor
Centre located in the heart of the city beside the slipways where RMS
Titanic was built. Here you can re-live the entire Titanic story from her
birth in Belfast to the fateful maiden voyage and her eventual discovery
on the seabed.
SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, join us for a scenic circular tour
around Strangford Lough, a large sea loch in County Down, completely
enclosed by the Ards Peninsula. With coffee and lunch stops en route,
we head south to Downpatrick, the burial place of St Patrick, and on to
Strangford, where we take a ferry to Portaferry. From here we complete
our tour back to Belfast, travelling through Kircubbin and Greyabbey. We
return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner.
SUNDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make the short journey
to the port to board our ferry for the crossing to Cairnryan, on the
south west coast of Scotland. We continue on to our overnight hotel in
Northern England with time to relax before evening dinner.
MONDAY – After breakfast, we leave our hotel and continue our
homeward journey, with a comfort and lunch stops en route, arriving
early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Admission to Glenveagh National Park Visitor Centre
Admission to Glenveagh Castle & Gardens, with castle tour
Admission to Giants Causeway Visitor Experience Centre
Self-guided Audio tour of Giants Causeway
Morning guided coach tour of Belfast
Admission to Titanic Belfast museum
Ferry crossings
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
71
Monday 5th – Friday 9th October
Monday 5th – Friday 9th October
Sunday 11th – Tuesday 20th October
NEW
ISLE OF WIGHT
The Isle of Wight – only 23 miles long by 13 miles wide –
is quite a world of its own, managing to crowd into its
small surface area an entire realm of unspoilt English
TOUR
PRICE
£295
5 DAYS
A warm welcome waits at this 3* hotel, ideally situated
commanding stunning views over Sandown Bay. All rooms
are ensuite, with complimentary toiletries, radio, hairdryer, TV and
tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant has panoramic views
across the bay and is renowned for producing quality food, using fresh
ingredients, often sourced locally on the Isle of Wight. There is a lift to
all floors and leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, spa
and sauna. Entertainment is provided on some evenings.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave our home area and travel to Wilton Village for coffee.
We then make our way to Southampton for the one hour ferry crossing to
East Cowes before continuing on to the picturesque St Mildred’s Church at
Whippingham, which is full of history and has strong links with Osborne
House and especially Queen Victoria. We complete our journey to our hotel
late afternoon, with time to settle in and maybe make use of the hotel
leisure facilities before dinner.
TUESDAY Join us today as we make a wonderful, circular tour of the
island, travelling through Ventnor, and along the picturesque west coast to
Alum Bay. Whilst here, you may like to take the Chair Lift own to the sea for
the best views of the Needles, and maybe make yourself a souvenir from the
multicoloured sands found around the bay. After lunch we make our back to
Shanklin with the remainder of the afternoon free to explore at your leisure.
You may like to visit the Old Village, with its picturesque thatched buildings,
gift shops, and cafe’s. Just past the entrance to The Crab Inn is the start of
Shanklin Chine, a deep gorge carved out by a stream.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Osborne
House, Queen Victoria’s Palace by the Sea. Much more than a Royal
Residence, it was also a family home, and as you walk through the Queen’s
bedroom, the nursery rooms and even the Royal bathrooms, you get an
intimate glimpse into the Royal Family’s life. There are acres of gardens and
grounds to explore, and you can take the horse-drawn cart ride to Swiss
Cottage, the royal play house, enjoy lunch in the restaurant and browse the
shop. This afternoon we visit Ryde, the second largest town on the island,
with time to browse the shops and maybe stroll along the pier, before
returning to Sandown via Bembridge and its famous windmill.
THURSDAY This morning we make our way to Cowes, a famous, yet
picturesque yachting harbour. Here you can browse the shops and enjoy a
leisurely lunch. This afternoon we visit the picturesque village of Godshill
– the most photographed village in Britain where you can spend time
admiring the thatched cottages and 15th Century church, stroll around the
immaculate model village and browse the many gift shops. There are also
some lovely places to enjoy a cream tea or a very large cream cake!
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and travel across the island
to Cowes for the return ferry crossing to Southampton. We continue our
homeward journey, stopping in Salisbury for lunch and arriving earlyevening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
72
Entrance to Osborne House
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
PEAKS & PUDDINGS
Sitting astride the backbone of England, Derbyshire
boasts some of the country’s finest landscapes. The
rocky crags of the Peak District National Park rise from
the rugged moorland heathers and are bisected by lush
pastures and wooded dales.
YOUR HOTEL Palace Hotel, Buxton
SUPPLEMENTS:
£335
5 DAYS
This beautiful 4*country house hotel, located in 5 acres
of landscaped gardens in the spa town of Buxton on the edge of the
Peak District National Park, has retained many of its impressive original
features such as the elaborate painted domed ceiling over the main
grand staircase. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea &
coffee-making facilities. The elegant restaurant serves a delicious menu,
and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, steam room and,
jacuzzi. There is also a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and journey north to our hotel,
making comfort stops en route, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.
TUESDAY This morning you have a choice… either to visit Matlock Bath
where you can take a cable car ride to the Heights of Abraham, and (weather
permitting) and absorb breathtaking views of the village. At the summit there
are two underground show caves, a café and a gift shop. Other attractions
include the mining museum, an aquarium as well as souvenir shops and
cafés to enjoy coffee. OR visit the National Tramway Museum at Crich, the
finest Transport museum of its type, with over 70 vintage steam, electric and
horse-drawn trams from all over the world to ride upon. There is an exhibition
dedicated to the history of the tram, plus a Workshop Viewing Gallery where
you can see the ongoing restoration and repair work. After lunch we return
Buxton, the Cultural Capital of the Peak District, with the afternoon free to
spend as you please. There is the splendid Crescent, ornamental gardens, an
Opera House and the largest unsupported dome in the country as well as
some lovely shops and restaurants to enjoy tea.
WEDNESDAY This morning we make our way to Bakewell, a pretty market
town, with time to browse the shops and maybe enjoy some of the famous
Bakewell Pudding. We continue on to Chatsworth House, home of the Duke
& Duchess of Devonshire. The exquisite house, contains some of the world’s
finest collections of books and drawings. Set in 1000 acres of magnificent
grounds, you can wander through the beautiful gardens and the truly remarkable fountains and water features – including the unique water cascade.
There is also a challenging maze in the garden and a fine restaurant to enjoy
a leisurely lunch and tea.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel through some of the most
stunning scenery the Peak District has to offer. We stop in Castleton for coffee,
before passing Ladybower Reservoir and up the spectacular Snake Pass and
through Glossop. We continue on to the small town of Holmfirth. As well
as numerous arts & craft shops, cafés and antique shops, it is perhaps best
known for as the location for the TV series last of the Summer Wine. You may
like to visit Sid’s café, see Norah Batty’s steps and the exhibition in what was
Compo’s house in the series, containing lots of memorabilia.
FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey, with a
stop in the historic city of Worcester for lunch and time to visit the Porcelain
Museum or the fine Cathedral and browse the shops. We complete our
journey south, arriving back in the West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
TOUR
PRICE
n
n
n
n
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Crich
Tramway Museum
Welcome drink
No single supplement for 3 singles...
£80.00 for subsequent singles
All coach travel
A HOLE IN ONE...GOLFING
HOLIDAY IN PORTUGAL
TOUR
PRICE
Join us for a golfing holiday based in Portugal’s
beautiful Douro Valley.
£785
Ponte de Lima Course A link designed around the
hotel’s grounds… the natural environment provides a
rigorous but pleasant course, the 6000 metres of
championship tees for a par 71 is both enjoyable for
amateurs and demanding for professionals.
10 DAYS
Estela Golf Course This testing link course is situated alongside the
Atlantic. Over 6000 metres, it will test every level of golfer, and is not
a course for those who have difficulty with a driver! All fairways are
narrow in the landing areas, and there is every pressure placed on the
tee shot. The sand dunes will be there for you if you miss the fairways,
but there are very few fairway bunkers as they are not needed. Estela
Golf Course, offers you wonderful views forward over the Atlantic, with
backward views facing the mountains.
Amarente Golf Course This is perhaps the option for those seeking a
golf challenge coupled with some unique views. Precise shots are essential, and the frequent bunker-protected greens and lakes feature on some
holes. A hilly course, up to 600 metres above sea level, with its narrow
fairways make this course a superb challenge, despite its 5000 metres
length, par 68. Please don’t be fooled, because you will be challenged.
YOUR HOTEL Axis Golf Resort Hotel, Ponte de Lima
A modern and comfortable hotel situated on a hilltop with views across
the valley. All rooms are en-suite with TV, air conditioning, telephone and
internet access. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated swimming
pool & Fitness Room, the restaurant serves traditional dishes and the
best of international cooking and there is a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave our home area and make the short journey to
Plymouth, where we board a luxurious ferry for a mid afternoon departure
and overnight sailing to Santander. The ferry boasts a fabulous swimming
pool and leisure area, elegant bars and lounges and a superb choice of
dining – from award-winning cuisine to a wide selection of self-service
menus. There is also live entertainment and dancing until late, two cinemas
showing the latest movies and great shopping in the stylish malls. All cabins
are en suite and air-conditioned.
MONDAY After our ship arrives in Santander around lunchtime, we
disembark and travel along the coast of Northern Spain and then South into
Portugal, making comfort stops en route, to our hotel, our base for the
next 6 nights, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.
TUESDAY This morning join us for 18 holes on the Ponte de Lima Golf
Course in the grounds of our hotel. The rest of the day is free for you to
explore the surroundings or enjoy the hotel’s facilities, before a relaxing
evening meal.
WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we travel to Amarante to enjoy 18 holes
at the Golf course. We later return to our hotel with time to freshen up
and relax before dinner.
THURSDAY This morning we enjoy another round of golf at the Ponte
de Lima Course, with the afternoon free for you to spend at your leisure.
FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to Estela
for 18 holes of Golf. We return to the hotel this afternoon with time to
SATURDAY Today you have a choice… You may wish to enjoy a final
days’ golf in our hotel resort, OR join us for an excursion to experience
the beautiful area surrounding the Douro Valley. We travel to Caminha,
taking the local ferry across the River Minho into Spain. We then journey
to the summit of Monte Tecla to view the stunning coastline, before we
continue along the spectacular coastline to Baiona with time to explore.
We return to Portugal with a stop in the walled border town of Valença,
with its narrow shop lined cobbled alleyways and wrought iron balconies.
We complete our journey back to our hotel in time for dinner.
SUNDAY We say goodbye to our hotel in Ponte de Lima and begin our
homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we travel
into Northern Spain via a coastal route to our Hotel in Santillana del Mar,
MONDAY After breakfast we make the short journey to Santander with
time to explore the town, before boarding our ferry for our mid-afternoon
sailing. We cruise back to Portsmouth overnight giving you more time to
continue to enjoy its many facilities.
TUESDAY We arrive in Portsmouth early afternoon and after
disembarking, rejoin the coach and return to our home area.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2 nights’ ferry accommodation in lower berth inside cabins
2 rounds of 18 Holes at the Ponte de Lima Golf Course
18 Holes at the Amarente Golf Course
18 Holes at the Estela Golf Course
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
Lower-berth outside
All coach travel
cabin £30.00 per person
73
OUR 2015 GRAND TOUR... SICILY
Sunday 11th – Sunday 25th October
Castellammare del Golfo
TOUR
PRICE
Sunday 11th – Thursday 15th October
£1595
15 DAYS
15
DAY
TOUR
Sicily is the largest island in the Mediterranean Sea. Moulded by
the Italian, Greek, Arab, Spanish and French cultures, it offers a charming
mosaic of history, beauty and warmth.
YOUR HOTEL Hotel Al Madarig, Castellammare del Golfo
Standing proud in Castellammare del Golfo’s historic centre, this locallyrated 3* hotel is situated in a square overlooking the sea. Each of the
modern rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone and hairdryer. A lift serves
all floors. The restaurant offers both local and international cuisine with
beautiful views out over the square.
The Palatine Chapel
YOUR HOTEL Hellenia Yachting Hotel, Giardini Naxos
Situated alongside Recanati Beach in Giardini Naxos, this locally-rated 4*
hotel boasts beautiful sea views. Each of the spacious rooms is ensuite,
with TV and hairdryer; some have private balconies. There is a lift. The
restaurant serves a classical Mediterranean menu; there is also a bar, and
leisure facilities include an outdoor pool, sun terrace and private beach.
SUNDAY After an early departure we journey east to Dover, with
continue to our first overnight hotel in Metz arriving in time for the
evening meal.
MONDAY We continue our journey through France and into
Germany. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our
second overnight hotel in Ulm in time for dinner.
TUESDAY This morning we continue south through Switzerland
and into Italy, to Genoa, where we board the ferry for the evening
crossing to Sicily. Whilst we sail you can enjoy dinner on board (not
included) and relax.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we continue our ferry
crossing through the day, giving you time to relax, and enjoy
the scenery and meals on board (not included). We disembark
in Palermo this evening and travel by coach to our hotel in
Castellammare del Golfo, our base for the next three nights.
THURSDAY Join us for a full day’s excursion to Erice. Towering
over western Sicily at 751m above sea level (and often covered in
its own personal cloud), Erice is a wonderfully-preserved medieval
town with breath-taking views. Among the most-visited sites are the
town’s two castles – Pepoli Castle and Venus Castle. The former was
built by the Arabs, while the latter is a Norman construction with
imposing towers. With time to enjoy lunch in one of the piazzettas
and explore the quaint, cobbled streets with some sixty (yes, sixty!)
churches, we later continue to the stunning Greek site of Segesta
Palermo
74
with its Doric temple – perched amid rolling green hills in the heart
of the Sicilian countryside.
FRIDAY Today we are joined by a knowledgeable local guide as
we travel to Palermo – Sicily’s bustling capital. The city’s strategic
position in the middle of the Mediterranean brought wave upon
wave of invaders throughout history; the result of this quilted past
is evident today in the vast array of architectural styles and the
intriguing fusion of ingredients used in many local dishes. We visit
the Palatine Chapel with its striking mosaics, before heading to
Monreale to visit one of the world’s most splendid architectural
treasures: the Duomo. The cathedral’s asymmetrical, twin-towered
façade gives little clue as to the splendour within: the patterned
marble floor with unique Middle-Eastern mosaics supports lines of
granite Corinthian columns with lancet arches and a dazzling
display of art.
SATURDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel in Castellammare
del Golfo and follow the coastal road to Cefalu, which sits serenely
between its natural bay and the towering rocky granite mass of
La Rocca. There will be time to enjoy lunch in one of the excellent
restaurants, before wandering the winding medieval streets flanked
with all manner of shops. We later cut across the centre of the
island to Giardini Naxos and our base for the next four nights,
arriving with time to settle in before dinner.
SUNDAY This morning we head to Taormina – the pearl of the
Mediterranean. Idyllically perched on a rocky promontory high
above the sea, the town has been Sicily’s most popular destination
for several hundred years, ever since it became an integral part of
the Grand Tour. Today, visitors still flock to see its Greek-Roman
theatre, amble along its perfectly-preserved medieval streets
and admire its dramatic views of Mount Etna. Enjoy lunch in a
local restaurant before exploring Corso Umberto I, the town’s
atmospheric main thoroughfare.
MONDAY Join us this morning as we visit Mount Etna – Sicily’s
awe-inspiring active volcano. At 3,340m, it’s the highest volcano
in Europe. We travel by funivia (cable car) to 2,500m, from where
we’re taken by 4x4 bus to the crater (don’t worry; no trekking is
involved!) to witness the power of the UNESCO World Heritage Site
up close. We return to our hotel with the afternoon free to spend
as you please, make use of the hotel’s private beach and excellent
leisure facilities.
TUESDAY Today we journey south to Siracusa and Ortygia, where
we’re joined by a guide for a walking tour of Ortygia’s baroque
peninsular with its fabulous piazzas and churches. The island –
reached by bridge – is packed with over 2,500 years of history,
with Greek and Roman ruins juxtaposing the modern trattorias.
After a leisurely lunch, there will be time to explore, and the
Piazza del Duomo at the heart of Ortygia is a must: the delightful
pedestrianised square is home to a cathedral built on the site of an
ancient Temple of Athena, as well as the church of Santa Lucia, the
town’s patron saint. The archaeological site to the northwest
of town is home to a staggering number of well-preserved Greek
and Roman remains – the Greek theatre dates back to the 5th
Century BC.
WEDNESDAY Sadly, we today begin our homeward journey,
making our way back to Palermo, with a stop for lunch en route, for
the return overnight ferry crossing to Genoa. Enjoy dinner on board
once again (not included) as we sail back to mainland Europe.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we continue our cruise, and
you can continue to make use of the facilities on board and have
lunch. Our ship arrives in Genoa mid evening so after dinner on
board (not included) we disembark and make the short journey
to our overnight hotel
FRIDAY We continue our journey northwards, with stops for coffee
and lunch en route, to our second overnight hotel in Macon, France,
SATURDAY After breakfast, we continue through France,
again with comfort stops en route, to our final overnight hotel in
Laon in time for the evening meal.
SUNDAY After breakfast, we travel to Calais for the return ferry
crossing to Dover. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West
Country mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
NEW
10 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
2 nights bed & buffet breakfasts
2 nights’ ferry accommodation in lower berth inside cabins
Guided Mount Etna cable car & off-road bus ride
Guided tour of Palermo
Entrance to Palatine Chapel
Guided walking tour of Siracusa
Entrance to Monreale Cathedral
Ferry crossings
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
for twin & double rooms
£51.00 for single rooms
THE AUTUMN COLOURS OF
WALES – GARDENS & TRAINS
The heart of Wales deserves its reputation for being one
of Britain’s most remarkable locations. The scenery is
lovely whatever the time of year, but in autumn, the
variety of colour on the leaves on the trees as the
seasons change just adds to the beauty of this area.
TOUR
PRICE
£325
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Metropole Hotel, Llandrindod Wells
We are delighted to return to this 4* hotel, which prides itself on its
attention to detail and warm welcome. All rooms are en suite with TV,
telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to
all floors, and the restaurant serves a delicious menu. Leisure facilities
include an indoor swimming pool, whirlpool, gym and beauty salon.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Sanders
Garden World for coffee, before continuing up the picturesque Wye
Valley to Monmouth for lunch and time to browse the shops. We
complete our journey to our hotel with time to settle in before dinner.
MONDAY Join us today as we make our way a little further north
to the National Trust’s Powis Castle and Garden, beautifully laid out
under the influence of Italian and French styles. This world-famous
garden retains its original lead statues, an orangery and an aviary
on the terraces. Perched on a rock above the garden terraces, the
medieval castle contains one of the finest collections of paintings and
furniture in Wales. There is also restaurant and a nursery.
TUESDAY This morning we travel across to the west coast of
Wales, to the pretty town of Aberystwyth, with its castle, pier and
harbour. You may like to take a ride on the Electric Cliff Railway, the
longest of its kind in Britain, where the summit reveals an amazing
panorama which on a clear day extends as far as the Preseli Hills in
Pembrokeshire to the south and the mountains of Snowdonia to the
North. After lunch we join a narrow gauge steam train, one of the
Great Little Trains of Wales, for an unforgettable 11¾ mile journey
through the spectacular Rheidol Valley, with some spectacular views.
Our destination is Devil’s Bridge, where you can enjoy a cup of tea
before we rejoin the coach and return to our hotel.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we visit the nearby
traditional Welsh town of Rhayader, home of Welsh Royal Crystal
where you can see beautiful pieces being hand crafted and, buy in
the factory shop. We return to Llandrindod Wells via the lovely Welsh
scenery which surrounds the local reservoirs with the remainder
afternoon free to spend as you please and explore the Victorian town
with its shops and tea rooms.
THURSDAY Sadly today we leave our hotel, and make our way
to the picturesque black & white small market town of Hay-onWye. With over 30 book shops and many other shops and cafés
you will have plenty of time to browse and enjoy a leisurely lunch.
We continue our homeward journey, stopping for tea en route and
arriving back to the West Country, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
4 Nights Dinner, Bed & Welsh Breakfast
Entrance to Powis Castle & Garden (Nat Trust)
SUPPLEMENTS:
Train ticket on Rheidol Valley Railway
All coach travel
75
Sunday 11th – Friday 16th October
Thursday 15th – Monday 19th October
Autumn is perhaps the best time of year to visit to the
Lake District, as the already stunning scenery is further
complemented by a wild array of resplendent russets,
reds and ochres as the moors and woods put on their
final show before the onset of winter.
TOUR
PRICE
£385
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Abbot Hall Hotel, Grange-over-Sands
An attractive Christian Guild hotel set in extensive grounds overlooking
Morecambe Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and tea &
coffee-making facilities. The restaurant serves delicious locally sourced
food and leisure facilities include an indoor pool. There is no lift, but
there are ground floor rooms. . The hotel offers 15 minutes of worship
and devotions each morning and evening and light entertainment on
some evenings.
Sunday 18th – Friday 23rd October
NEW
NEW
CHRISTIAN BASED TOUR
THE LAKE DISTRICT &
YORKSHIRE DALES
Friday 16th – Monday 19th October
THE VERY BEST OF
CORNWALL
TOUR
PRICE
Falmouth is Cornwall’s leading south coast resort and
home to maritime heritage, It has been a flourishing
port for over 400 years and it rests at the point where
seven rivers flow onto a long stretch of water and boasts
a beautiful sheltered harbour.
£295
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Membly Hotel, Falmouth
A lovely hotel situated in one of the most picturesque regions of
Cornwall, occupying a sea front position with splendid views. All rooms
are en-suite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, tea & coffee facilities. There
is a lift to all floors and the restaurant offers an excellent choice of
menu, often using Cornish farm produce. Leisure facilities include
sauna and spa and entertainment is provided each evening.
FAWLTY TOWERS MAYHEM!
We bring you a Fawlty Towers themed evening complete
with professional impersonators, bringing this
interactive and fun packed night to life. The evening
meal is all centred around the Fawlty Towers theme,
skilfully played out by the impersonators. Guaranteed
to bring tears rolling down your cheeks … let the
mayhem begin!
TOUR
PRICE
£199
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Orchard Hotel, Nottingham
A superb, modern, 4* contemporary hotel, set in 330 acres of
landscaped parkland, All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, iron,
and the restaurant serves a delicious range of dishes.
THE WONDERFUL AUTUMN
COLOURS OF SCOTLAND
Autumn is perhaps the best time of year to visit Scotland,
as the already stunning scenery is further complemented
by a wild array of resplendent russets, ochres and reds
as the moors and woodlands put on their final show
before the onset of winter.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north,
stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with
ample time to freshen up before dinner and a short time of fellowship.
MONDAY Join us today for some of the most stunning scenery you
will see anywhere in England as we travel up the breathtaking Kirkstone
Pass, along Ullswater to Glenridding, where we board a Steamer for a
cruise the length of Ullswater to Pooley Bridge. We rejoin the coach and
continue to Keswick for lunch, and later return to our hotel through some
wonderful scenery.
TUESDAY This morning as we travel to the Yorkshire Dales and the
thriving market town of Hawes. Today is market day, and as well as the
traditional stalls, there is also a livestock market (sorry… no livestock to
be brought back on the coach!). You can also visit the Dales Countryside
Museum, Rope Makers or the Wensleydale Cheese Factory. After lunch,
we continue our scenic drive to the picturesque Dales village of Ingleton,
with time to browse the shops and have tea.
WEDNESDAY Today we make a circular tour of some of the loveliest
parts the Lake District has to offer, travelling through the lovely village of
Haverthwaite, following part of Coniston Water and Coniston Village to
Ambleside for coffee and time to look around this pretty small town. We
then make our way to the pretty village of Grasmere for lunch and time if
you wish to visit Wordsworth’s museum and also Dove Cottage, his home
from 1799 to 1808, the years of his supreme work as a poet.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Lakeside,
the most southerly part of Lake Windermere where we take a leisurely
cruise, with magnificent views of mountain scenery, secluded bays and
the many wooded islands, to Bowness the ‘heart’ of the Lake District, and
a town with every sort of shop you can imagine as well as many with
cafes and restaurants. We later return to Grange Over Sands with time to
relax and spend as you please before a final evening dinner.
homeward journey, stopping once again for coffee and lunch en route
before returning to the West Country.
THURSDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Lanhydrock, a
magnificent late Victorian country house with extensive servants’ quarters,
gardens and wooded estate. The gardens are just as full of colour in autumn
and the red and yellow begonias in the parterre are stunning. With plenty of
time to explore and have lunch, we complete our journey to our hotel, with
time to settle in before dinner and entertainment.
FRIDAY Join us this morning as we make the short journey to St Ives, a
typical English seaside resort with picturesque harbour and seafront, with
many delightful gift shops. There is also the Barbara Hepworth Museum and
the Tate Gallery, which together celebrate the work of a group of young
painters, potters and sculptors. You will also find some lovely cafes to lunch.
This afternoon we travel through Penzance to Lands End… the most westerly
point in England. Whilst here you may like to walk to the first & last house in
England, or sit in the restaurant, ideally located with spectacular views of the
rugged coastline out to the Atlantic, and enjoy a cup of tea… and a cake!
SATURDAY This morning we make our way to Truro, Cornwall’s capital city.
Whilst here you will have plenty of time to browse the many shops, visit the
Farmer’s Market, offering fresh, quality produce, direct from local producers
to the public. You may also like to visit the impressive triple-spired cathedral.
After lunch we return to Falmouth where you will have the remainder of
the day free to maybe explore the many attractions including the National
Maritime Museum and Pendennis Castle. There is also a charming mix of
shops from specialist outlets to well-known high street names and art
galleries, and many tearooms.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to the beautiful town
of Marazion, set on the shores of Mount’s Bay and thought to be Britain’s
oldest town. Shoppers will be delighted with the variety of gift and craft
shops, while art lovers will find pleasure perusing the many art galleries
showing prominent local artists. Whilst here, you may like to cross to Saint
Michael’s Mount… on foot if the tide is out, or by small boat if not, where
you will fine the castle (Nat Trust), and gardens. We later make our way to the
Lizard – the most southerly point in England. The coastline offers dramatic
scenery and masses of rare wildflowers. It is also home to England’s rarest
breeding bird – the Cornish Chough.
MONDAY Sadly this morning we leave our hotel and make our way to
picturesque Padstow with time to browse the many gift & craft shops, and
enjoy lunch. We continue our homeward journey, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Entrance to Lanhydrock (Nat Trust)
n All coach travel
n Fawlty Towers Dinner & Entertainment
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
n Entrance to Blair Athol Distillery
n All coach travel
ITINERARY
n
n
n
n
76
Boat trip on Lake Ullswater
SUPPLEMENTS:
Boat trip on Lake Windermere
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
£335
6 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Fishers Hotel, Pitlochry
A lovely traditional 3* hotel ideally located in the centre
of Pitlochry. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and
tea & coffee facilities. Overlooking the gardens, the restaurant serves
a delicious freshly prepared menu using local produce. There is a lift to
some floors and Scottish entertainment is provided on 2 evenings.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and travel north, stopping for
coffee en route, to the vibrant city of Nottingham. Whilst here you
may like to visit Nottingham Castle, a magnificent museum and art
gallery housing collections of silver, glass, and paintings, with spectacular views across the city. There is also a large selection of shops
and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We later make the very short journey
to our hotel with with time to settle in before dinner and an evening
at leisure.
SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, make our way into the Peak
District National Park, to Bakewell, a pretty market town, with time
to browse the shops and maybe enjoy some of the famous Bakewell
Pudding. We then travel a little further on the delightful town of
Buxton, the Cultural Capital of the Peak District. Here you will find a
the splendid Crescent, ornamental gardens, an Opera House with the
largest unsupported dome in the country as well as some lovely shops
and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch.
SUNDAY This morning we travel to the small, attractive market town
of Sleaford for coffee. The skyline is dominated by its 144ft stone spire
of St Denys’ church. We continue on to the Cathedral city of Lincoln,
with its narrow streets and quaint old buildings. The cathedral stands
on the crest of a ridge rising high above the plateau occupied by the
lower town and the river Witham. The castle has fine views and is also
well worth a visit. Located in the Cathedral Quarter is the Bailgate,
the place to find specialist shops, trendy boutiques, and souvenir gifts.
We return to our hotel in with time to freshen up before the highlight
of our tour, the evening’s dinner and entertainment, begins. Basil
Fawlty, Sybil & Manuel lead a hilarious programme of events during
the evening meal, as Manuel serves dinner, Basil provides the service
you would expect from a respectable hotelier (without mentioning the
war!) as Sybil wades through a vat of wine. Guaranteed to bring tears
rolling down your cheeks.
MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to
Stratford Upon Avon for lunch. With time if you wish to visit Shakespeare’s birthplace, browse the shops and have lunch, we complete
our journey back to our home area, arriving early evening.
ITINERARY
TOUR
PRICE
SUNDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and make
our way north, with comfort stops en route to Pitlochry arriving with time to
settle in before evening meal.
MONDAY The morning is free to spend as you please in Pitlochry exploring
this delightful town with its spectacular setting under Ben Vrackie (2,760
feet) The town also has lovely Victorian architecture, shops and restaurants to
enjoy an early lunch. This afternoon we make the short journey to Blair Athol
Scotch Whisky Distillery, one of the oldest working distilleries in Scotland.
It wins hearts through its contribution to the Bell’s Blend, the most popular
blended whisky in the UK. Whilst here you will have a guided tour, tasting
and opportunity to purchase in the shop.
TUESDAY Join is for a “Royal” day as we begin with a scenic drive through
the Cairngorm National Park to the spa town of Ballater. A Royal Burgh,
many of the shops here display “By Royal Appointment” notices! You may
like to visit the old Royal Station; used by Queen Victoria and five other
reigning British monarchs. We continue on past Crathie Church, where the
Royal Family attend whilst at Balmoral as we begin our return journey, with a
stop in Braemar, a village in Upper Deeside, famous for the Highland Games,
attended by members of the Royal Family.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short distance to
the lovely city of Perth, once Scotland’s capital, beautifully situated on the
banks of the silvery River Tay. As well as the usual shops in the city centre,
St John’s Kirk, is the perfect place to enjoy coffee n the Café Quarter. For the
afternoon we stop in Dunkeld, with its stately Cathedral, part ruined but still
used as the parish church. Less than a mile away you will find the Beatrix
Potter Garden which celebrates some of her famous characters - recreated
as bronze sculptures within a beautiful landscaped garden. You will also find
many fine shops and restaurants to enjoy afternoon tea.
THURSDAY This morning we make our way further north, through more
stunning autumn scenery, to Aviemore with time to explore the pretty
town. You may also like to travel a short distance further to the Cairngorm
Funicular Railway for an 8-minute ride up the mountainside, from which you
can enjoy the spectacular views in comfort and safety. There is an exhibition
area, restaurant and shop at the summit, in addition to a viewing terrace…
Don’t forget your camera! We return to Pitlochry with the remainder of the
afternoon free to relax before dinner.
FRIDAY This morning we leave Scotland, and begin our journey south,
making regular comfort stops en route, back to the West Country arriving
home mid evening.
SUPPLEMENTS:
77
Monday 19th – Friday 23rd October
THE AUTUMN COLOURS
OF THE COTSWOLDS
TOUR
PRICE
The Cotswolds is an area renowned for its exceptional
natural beauty, but perhaps autumn is one of the best
times to visit one of England’s treasures with its honeycoloured architecture and secluded valleys… a pictureperfect retreat from a hectic lifestyle.
£275
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Four Pillars Hotel, Witney
Located in the peaceful market town of Witney, this modern 4* hotel
prides itself on its warm welcome and beautiful surroundings. All rooms
are en suite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making facilities. The
restaurant serves a wide array of delicious meals prepared with the
finest local ingredients, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, spa
bath, sauna, steam room and gym. Although there is no lift, there are
ground floor rooms.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Sanders Garden
World for coffee, before continuing on to Burford, one of England’s prettiest
small medieval towns with time to browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely
lunch. Later we complete our journey to our hotel in Witney, with time to
settle before dinner.
TUESDAY Our Cotswolds tour continues with a stop at Moreton-in-Marsh
where each Tuesday a Charter market is held with over 300 stalls, one of the
largest open-air markets in the country. With plenty of time to browse and
maybe pick up a bargain, we continue on to Broadway, often referred to as
the ‘Jewel in the Cotswolds’ because of its sheer beauty. It has one of the
longest High Streets in England, and is dominated by a delightful mix of Tudor,
Stuart and Georgian buildings. For the energetic, the Broadway Tower stands
65 feet high on top of a hill overlooking the village, and on a clear day you
can see 13 different counties from its summit. You will also find craft and gift
shops and some lovely restaurants.
WEDNESDAY Today you have a choice, to visit Warwick or Stratford. Warwick, the county town of Warwickshire, has a wealth of history. You may like
to visit the magnificent castle (recommended visiting time 3 hours), the doll
museum or the arcaded Market hall. Stratford is a picturesque town, where
you may like to visit William Shakespeare’s birthplace or take a boat trip along
the river. Both towns also have lovely shopping areas and a wide choice of
places to enjoy coffee and lunch.
THURSDAY This morning we make our way a little further north to Banbury,
a delightful market town, famous for the nursery rhyme ‘Ride a Cock Horse’
and for Banbury cakes. After an early lunch we visit Blenheim Palace, birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill. Whilst here you will have plenty of time to visit
the State Rooms, the Churchill Exhibition, explore the park and gardens with
the lovely autumn colours whilst enjoying afternoon tea and browsing the gift
shops.
FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to Bourton on
the Water – probably the most popular Cotswold village, and often referred
to as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’ because the River Windrush runs through
its centre. The combination of the clear, sparkling water and the attractive low
bridges crossing it creates a charming scene. Whilst here you may like to visit
the Model Railway, Cotswold Motor Museum, the perfumery, Dragonfly Maze
or the pottery. There are also many gift shops to browse and restaurants to
enjoy a leisurely lunch.. We later complete our journey back to our home area,
arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Entrance to Blenheim Palace
n All coach travel
78
SUPPLEMENTS:
Friday 23rd – Monday 26th October
BLACKPOOL
ILLUMINATIONS
TOUR
PRICE
Blackpool – it needs little introduction! The
Illuminations, the famous Tower, Pleasure Beach,
sand, shops, shows and trams… fun, fun fun!
YOUR HOTEL Stuart Hotel, Blackpool
£195
4 DAYS
One of Blackpool’s best-loved hotels and widely known
for its excellent food and hospitality. Each of its comfortable rooms
is ensuite, with TV and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
serves an excellent selection of delicious home-cooked dishes, and
the hotel is ideally situated within easy walking distance of the trams,
buses & taxis. Entertainment is provided on some evenings and the
hotel has a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and journey
north to Blackpool, with stops for coffee and lunch en
route, arriving at our hotel mid-afternoon, allowing you
plenty of time to settle in and begin exploring before
dinner and an evening free to spend as you please.
SATURDAY Join us if you wish for a morning’s
excursion to Fleetwood Market. Selling a wide variety
of gifts, goods and produce you are bound to find
something of interest. The remainder of the day is
then free for you to spend as you please, enjoying all
that Blackpool has to offer… You may like to visit the
Tower Complex, which caters for all ages, with its many
attractions including the world famous ballroom where
organists entertain throughout the day, and you can
dance along to. There is also the Pleasure Beach with
rides and shows for all ages, the Waxworks, the Zoo,
three piers and the shops… to name just a few.
SUNDAY The whole day is free for you to continue
to enjoy some of the many attractions on offer. After
dinner this evening, we have a full tour by coach of
the illuminations.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we begin our
homeward journey, once again stopping for coffee
and lunch en route, and reaching the West Country
early evening.
Friday 23rd – Sunday 25th October
A MYSTERY
WEEKEND
TOUR
PRICE
If you like a pleasant surprise and a little bit of
mystery, why not join us on one of our popular
mystery weekends?
YOUR HOTEL Mystery Hotel, ?????
£139
2 DAYS
Our mystery hotel is of at least 3* standard. Each of its
comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV and tea & coffeemaking facilities (among additional features). The restaurant
offers a choice menu of traditional English cuisine.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We depart our home area… and that’s
all we’re telling you! But there will be plenty of
time for sightseeing and this will be an easy-going
and unhurried short break, with stops for coffee
and lunch.
SATURDAY Join us today for more mystery –
again with stops for coffee and lunch en route –
and time to explore wherever we may be.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we depart
our hotel and make our way back to the West
Country. Calling in at more mystery locations
along the way, we arrive early-evening.
?
Sunday 1st – Monday 2nd November
5* LUXURY IN
LONDON
Have you ever walked past one of London’s posh hotels
and wondered what it would be like to stay a night?
Well here’s your chance! Join us for pure extravagance
in London’s illustrious West End.
SUNDAY We leave the West Country and
make our way to London, stopping for coffee en
route. The remainder of the day is then free for
you to spend as you please; maybe shopping in
Covent Garden or a visit to one of London’s many
attractions. You may also like to see one of the
West End shows which have performances on a
Sunday afternoon. After checking into our hotel,
you also have use of the hotel’s leisure facilities
before choosing a restaurant of your choice to
enjoy a leisurely evening dinner.
MONDAY After an English breakfast the
day is free for you to spend as you please and
to continue to enjoy some of London’s many
attractions, or maybe some early Christmas
shopping. We leave London mid - late afternoon
and make the return journey to the West Country.
With a stop for tea en route, we arrive mid-evening
hoping you will have enjoyed a little bit of luxury!
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n 1 Night Bed & English Breakfast
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
2 DAYS
ITINERARY
n Full evening tour of the illuminations
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
£109
YOUR HOTEL The Hilton Waldorf Hotel, Central London
The exceptional 5* Waldorf is superbly situated in London’s heart, just
five minutes’ walk from Covent Garden. Each of the hotel’s exquisitely
styled rooms is ensuite, with a raindrop shower, satellite TV, hairdryer,
trouser press, safe, tea & coffee facilities, iron and Ironing board,
mini bar, direct dial telephone and clock. The Homage Patisserie and
Champagne Bar serves teas and fine coffee from early in the morning
along with fresh fruit juice drinks, cakes and pastries and the vibrant
Homage Bar is the ideal place to mingle of an evening. The hotel’s
fabulous state-of-the-art health club amenities include Jacuzzi, sauna,
steam rooms and a gym and the highlight is the 13.6 metre swimming
pool surrounded by marble pillars. There is also a lift to all floors and
the hotel serves a delicious buffet breakfast.
PRICE INCLUDES:
TOUR
PRICE
SUPPLEMENTS:
79
Sunday 25th – Saturday 31st October
Monday 2nd – Friday 6th November
Friday 6th – Monday 9th November
NEW
BLACK FOREST –
CHRYSANTHEMUM FESTIVAL
TURKEY & TINSEL,
WORTHING
TOUR
PRICE
385
TOUR
PRICE
Quaint hamlets, seaside resorts and the rolling Downs –
the south coast has it all. And as the meeting place of
an award-winning shoreline and the beautiful South
Downs, Worthing is a delight.
Each year the historic town of Lahr comes alive with a
£
sea of colour during the unique Black Forest
Chrysanthemum Festival. Intense shades of autumnal
7 DAYS
orange, yellow, purple and red flowers from thousands
of chrysanthemums are worked into artistic and creative
arrangements throughout the town, cascading from halftimbered houses and displayed in dazzling garden and float themes. It is
an unforgettable event that attracts thousands of visitors each year.
£279
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Chatsworth Hotel, Worthing
We are delighted to return to this 3* grade II-listed hotel superbly
situated overlooking Steyne Gardens near the seafront. Each of its
classically furnished rooms is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, trouser press
and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the
recently refurbished Michelin-rated restaurant offers a delicious range
of dishes. There is also an in-house bar, lounge and games room and
entertainment is provided on 2 evenings.
YOUR HOTEL Hotel Baeren, Oberharmersbach
A warm welcome awaits you at this traditional family-run, locally rated
3* hotel, situated in the heart of the pretty village. All rooms are ensuite,
with TV and a hairdryer. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant
serves a variety of freshly prepared quality meals.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
SUNDAY After an early departure, we journey east to Dover, with
continue to our overnight hotel in Liege, arriving with time to
freshen up before evening dinner.
MONDAY We continue our journey through France, stopping for
coffee and lunch en route, and reaching our hotel in Oberharmersbach, just over the German border, our base for the next four nights,
with time to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure.
TUESDAY Join us if you wish this morning for guided walking tour
of Oberharmersbach, to explore this authentic Black Forest village.
Our tour includes a visit to the local museum to discover village life
over 100 years ago. With free time to explore at your leisure and
have lunch, this afternoon we make a short journey through the
Harmersbach Valley on the “Little Train” railway to historic Zell Am
Harmersbach, where ther will be time to explore the quaint village’s
landmarks such as the stork tower (medieval gate tower) and the
beautiful Kanzleiplatz Square with its baroque style buildings, and
an old creek that runs through the heart of the village.
WEDNESDAY Today we make the short journey to the historic
town of Lahr to experience the colourful annual chrysanthemum
festival. Whilst here stroll around the town to view the amazing
creative floral displays, and dazzling garden designs created with
thousands of chrysanthemums, which transform this picturesque
town into a floral masterpiece. Marvel at the cascading floral
blooms from the town’s half-timber framed houses, and highly
decorative floats. The festival also boasts a programme of cultural
events that take place throughout each day.
THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we take a circular tour of
the beautiful Black Forest – stopping first in Freiburg, the capital
of the Black Forest. A magnificent Gothic cathedral, one of the
oldest and most beautiful in Europe, dominates the town square,
where colourful markets offering handcrafted goods and local
produce are held. Whilst here you will have plenty of time to enjoy
a leisurely lunch and wander the cobbled streets before we travel
on, past Lake Titisee, to Triberg. Here you will find the world’s
biggest cuckoo clock. Measuring four metres and weighing about
six tons, it took five years to complete.
FRIDAY Sadly it’s time to say a fond farewell to our hotel, and
begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en route,
we return to our overnight hotel in Liege with time to freshen up
before dinner.
SATURDAY After breakfast, we resume our homeward journey
to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to
the West Country, arriving mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
80
Guided Walking tour of Oberharmersbach
Entry to Oberharmersbach Museum
Return journey on the Little Train to Zell am Harmersbach
Ferry crossings
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
LEEDS CASTLE FIREWORKS
EXTRAVAGANZA
Each year on the Saturday nearest to 5th November,
Leeds Castle hosts what is hailed as one of the finest
fireworks displays in the county. A perfect way to
celebrate Guy Fawkes Night, enjoy stunning fireworks,
lights and music, all set against the historic backdrop
of the beautiful 900 year old castle.
ITINERARY
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n
n
n
SUPPLEMENTS:
£215
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Mercure Great Danes Hotel, Maidstone
A superb 4* hotel, set in extensive grounds next to Leeds Castle,
offering all the modern comforts you expect. All rooms are ensuite, with
TV, hairdryer, telephone, hospitality tray, radio and trouser press. A lift
serves most floors floors, and the restaurant serves a generous buffet
breakfast and a buffet 3 course dinner. Leisure facilities include an
indoor pool, Jacuzzi spa bath, sauna and solarium and gymnasium.
MONDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our way
east to Wilton Village for coffee, before continuing to Chichester for lunch
with time to visit the cathedral and browse the shops. We complete our
journey to our hotel, arriving with ample time to settle in before delicious
three course meal in our restaurant followed by an evening of musical
entertainment.
TUESDAY (Christmas Day) After breakfast and a visit from Santa bearing
gifts for all who been good this year, we travel to Brighton, The spectacular Royal Pavilion is well worth a visit; beneath its distinctive onion domes
is housed some impressive works of art and wonderful history about
King George IV. As well as the many High Street shops you may also like
the stroll the historic Lanes with its antique shops and elegant arcades
of boutiques. There are numerous places to enjoy a leisurely lunch. This
evening a Sherry Reception will be followed by a traditional four course
Christmas Dinner and evening of festive fun.
WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) The morning is free for you to spend as you
please in Worthing… You may enjoy a stroll along the promenade after
browsing the shops, or perhaps you’d prefer to relax at the hotel and
have coffee overlooking the sea. Join us this afternoon if you wish as we
take a scenic drive along the coast to Littlehampton for tea. This evening
spoil yourself with a Boxing Day Gala dinner, followed by more music and
dancing.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Day) This morning we make the short journey
to Portsmouth’s celebrated dockyard, home to HMS Victory and the Mary
Rose You may like to visit the Royal Naval and D-Day Museums or Gunwharf Quay, a modern waterfront shopping, eating and entertainment
centre, or the Spinnaker Tower, which rises 170m and offers wonderful
views across to the Isle of Wight (weather permitting). This evening we
have a fabulous dinner and entertainment to welcome in the ‘New Year’
with a glass of Bucks Fizz and a chorus of Auld Lang Syne!
FRIDAY Sadly its time to leave our hotel after breakfast and journey
back to the West Country, stopping in Winchester, the former capital of
Wessex for lunch and time if you wish to browse the shops and visit the
cathedral. We later continue our homeward journey back to the West
Country arriving early-evening.
TOUR
PRICE
FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way east,
stopping at Sanders Garden World for coffee and Guildford for
lunch and time to browse the shops. We then continue our journey
to our hotel with time to settle in and maybe make use of the
hotel leisure facilities before dinner.
SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel the short
distance north to the historic city of Rochester, where you will find
a wonderful blend of ancient & modern, dominated by its fine
Norman Castle, and cathedral. There is also a wide selection of
speciality shops and lovely places to have lunch. We then return
to our hotel with time to collect hats, scarves and gloves, before
arriving at Leeds Castle to enjoy all the afternoon events including
musical entertainment and a flying display. The gardens are also
open and there will be a wide range of refreshments available. At
5.30pm, the spectacular fireworks will begin… 30 minutes of a
pyrotechnic spectacular set to themed music. We then make the
very short journey back to our hotel for dinner and an evening at
leisure.
SUNDAY Today we travel into Central London where you will
have the day free to spend as you please; maybe do a spot of
early Christmas shopping in Covent Garden or Oxford Street, or
a visit to one of London’s many attractions. There are numerous
cafés and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We return to our hotel for
dinner and the evening at leisure.
MONDAY Sadly, we leave our hotel and begin our homeward
journey. We stop in Windsor, with time to browse the shops and
enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later continue our journey home to
the West Country, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early/
mid-evening.
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Leeds Castle
Entrance to attractions in London
Fireworks Spectacular
All coach travel
81
Saturday 7th – Sunday 8th November
Monday 9th – Friday 13th November
NEW
TURKEY & TINSEL,
WEYMOUTH
TOUR
PRICE
Located at the heart of the 95-mile stretch of World
Heritage Coast, the popular resort of Weymouth is
widely renowned for its beautiful bay and golden sands.
The pretty 17th Century harbour complements the
Georgian Seafront with its picturesque fishing boats
and pleasure yachts.
£189
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Russell Hotel, Weymouth
Ideally situated on Weymouth’s Victorian Esplanade with uninterrupted
views across the Bay, our hotel prides itself on its warm welcome.
All rooms are en suite, with TV and tea & coffee-making facilities.
There is a lift to all floors, and the restaurant serves a traditional menu.
Excellent entertainment is provided each evening in the comfortable
lounge bar.
LONDON THEATRE
WEEKEND
TOUR
PRICE
Take your pick from one of six top West End shows…
Miss Saigon, Matilda, Les Miserables, Phantom of the
Opera, The Commitments or Jersey Boys.
YOUR HOTEL Hilton Metropole Hotel, London
£199
2 DAYS
Allow yourself to feel special at this top class 4* hotel,
ideally situated a few minutes from Marble Arch and Oxford Street,
and close to underground stations, buses and taxis. All rooms are en
suite with tea & coffee making facilities, mini-bar, telephone, safe,
trouser press and hairdryer. The Living Well Health Club has many
facilities, including a swimming pool and a gymnasium. There is a lift
to all floors and the restaurant offers a wonderful buffet breakfast.
ITINERARY
REMEMBRANCE WEEKEND
IN LONDON
TOUR
PRICE
Remembrance Sunday, the second Sunday in November,
is the day traditionally put aside to remember all those
who have given their lives for the peace and freedom
we enjoy today. On this day people across the nation
pause to reflect on the sacrifices made by our brave
Service men and women.
£125
2 DAYS
Allow yourself to feel special at this top class 4* hotel, ideally situated
a few minutes from Marble Arch and Oxford Street, and close to
underground stations, buses and taxis. All rooms are en suite with tea
& coffee making facilities, mini-bar, telephone, safe, trouser press and
hairdryer. The Living Well Health Club has many facilities, including a
swimming pool and a gymnasium. There is a lift to all floors and the
restaurant offers a wonderful buffet breakfast.
TURKEY & TINSEL, ALVASTON
HALL...WARNER BREAK
On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it
means to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation,
delicious food, great things to do and fantastic festive
entertainment each evening. Set in wonderfully mature
landscaped gardens,
MONDAY Back to reality! We leave our hotel and make our
way along the coast to Otter Nurseries with time to browse the
wonderful Christmas displays and enjoy a warming lunch. We
complete our journey, arriving home early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n 1 Night Bed & Buffet English Breakfast
n All coach travel
n 1 Night Bed & Buffet English Breakfast
n All coach travel
n Turkey & Tinsel entertainment programme
n All coach travel
FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our
way to Bridport for lunch and time to browse the shops. We continue on following the pretty west Dorset coast road to our hotel
in Weymouth, giving you plenty of time to settle in before dinner
and bingo followed by live musical entertainment.
SATURDAY (Christmas Day) After a leisurely breakfast we make
the short journey to Dorchester. Birthplace of hanging Judge
George Jeffreys there is a wealth of history to explore and some
lovely shops to browse. After lunch we return to Weymouth with
the afternoon free to spend as you please; maybe take a stroll
along the harbour or have tea and enjoy the lovely views. This
evening a Christmas Dinner with all the trimmings will be served,
with a visit from Santa with presents for all who have been good!
The evening’s festivities begins with bingo followed by great night
of live entertainment.
SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) Join us this morning as we make out
way to the lovely town of Poole, where you will have the opportunity to visit the shopping centre, or wander along the old town
and the scenic harbour, the second largest natural harbour in the
world. After lunch, we return to Weymouth with time to relax and
put your glad rags on… it’s party night! Dinner this evening will
be followed by your last chance to win at bingo, before our final
evening of live entertainment to take us into the ‘New Year’ with a
memorable rendition of Auld Lang Syne!
SUPPLEMENTS:
82
SUPPLEMENTS:
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our
way to London, stopping for coffee en route. We arrive
at our hotel where, after checking in, you will then have
the remainder of the day free to spend as you please;
shopping, visiting one of London’s many attractions and
enjoying lunch & dinner at a restaurant of your choice.
You may like to book tickets to see an evening show.
SUNDAY After breakfast, you may like to attend The
National Service of Remembrance at the Cenotaph in
Whitehall, a unique expression of national homage
devoted to the remembrance of those who have given
their lives in war. The wreath laid by The Queen and the
other tributes placed on the Cenotaph are dedicated
to all who have suffered or died in war. Members of
the Cabinet, Opposition Party leaders, former Prime
Ministers and certain other Ministers and the Mayor
of London are invited to attend the ceremony, along
with representatives of the Armed Forces, Merchant
Air and Navy and Fishing Fleets, and members of faith
communities. High Commissioners from Commonwealth
countries also attend the ceremony and lay wreaths at
the Cenotaph. You may also prefer to continue to shop
or sightsee. We leave London mid-late afternoon and
make our homeward journey, with a comfort stop en
route, arriving back in the West Country mid evening.
SUPPLEMENTS:
£299
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Alvaston Hall Hotel, Nantwich, Cheshire
A beautiful 3* half-timbered Victorian country hotel having recently
undergone major refurbishment. All rooms are en-suite, with TV, radio,
telephone, hairdryer, lounge chairs and tea & coffee-making facilities.
Enjoy dinner in the splendid Cabaret Restaurant before sitting back to
take in the fantastic dancing and live entertainment Excellent leisure
facilities include an indoor swimming pool, spa pool, sauna, steam room
and gym. Sports facilities include, archery, croquet, darts and snooker.
SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our
way to London, stopping for coffee en route. You will
then have time for lunch before enjoying the afternoon
performance of the show of your choice. We then travel
to our hotel with time to settle in and enjoy dinner at a
restaurant of your choice and an evening free to spend
as you please.
SUNDAY After breakfast, you may like to attend The
National Service of Remembrance at the Cenotaph in
Whitehall, a unique expression of national homage
devoted to the remembrance of those who have given
their lives in war. The wreath laid by The Queen and the
other tributes placed on the Cenotaph are dedicated
to all who have suffered or died in war. Members of
the Cabinet, Opposition Party leaders, former Prime
Ministers and certain other Ministers and the Mayor
of London are invited to attend the ceremony, along
with representatives of the Armed Forces, Merchant
Air and Navy and Fishing Fleets, and members
of faith communities. High Commissioners from
Commonwealth countries also attend the ceremony
and lay wreaths at the Cenotaph. You may also prefer
to continue to shop or sightsee. We leave London
mid-late afternoon and make our homeward journey,
with a comfort stop en route, arriving back in the
West Country mid evening.
ITINERARY
TOUR
PRICE
ITINERARY
MONDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave the West Country and begin our
journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at
our hotel to a festive welcome and time to settle in and begin exploring
the many facilities. Dinner this evening will be followed by live music &
entertainment.
TUESDAY (Christmas Day) The morning is free for you to familiarise
yourself with your new surroundings, and enjoy some of the many
facilities available in the hotel… look out as Santa may be out & about!.
Join us if you wish for an afternoon excursion to Shrewsbury, arguably
the finest Tudor town in England, with its many half-timbered buildings,
so typical of the Welsh marches and an impressive Abbey, still a place of
worship today. With time to explore and have tea we return to our hotel
in time for a traditional Christmas Dinner followed once again by festive
entertainment.
WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) Join us today for a full day excursion to
the historic city of Chester, the most complete walled city in Britain, with
The ‘Rows’; black & white half timbered buildings above street level. The
famous city walls are fully walkable and offer a leisurely 2-mile stroll with
a bird’s eye view of both the city centre and the distant Welsh mountains.
There is also the 10th Century cathedral and several museums. You may
like to browse the extensive shopping area and enjoy a leisurely lunch.
We return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner and top class
Boxing Day entertainment.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we make the
short journey into the old salt town of Nantwich, one of the most attractive and historic towns in Cheshire. Today is market day, and you will
have plenty of with time to browse the stalls and maybe visit the museum
in the centre of the town which tells the story of Nantwich through the
ages. After lunch we return to the hotel for you to enjoy the facilities and
relax before a New Year’s Eve celebration dinner, entertainment and Auld
Lang Syne to ‘See in the New Year’
FRIDAY Sadly this morning we leave our hotel and begin our journey
south, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving back in the
SUPPLEMENTS:
No single supplement...
max 4 only
83
Monday 9th – Thursday 12th November
NEW
THURSFORD CHRISTMAS
SPECTACULAR
TOUR
PRICE
Thursford Christmas Spectacular is the largest Christmas
production in England. A cast of choirs, orchestras, pipers,
military bands and professional dancers perform a show
depicting all aspects of the season, in a beautifully
decorated Christmas setting. A very popular event…
so please book early!
£249
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Quality Hotel, King’s Lynn
A modern, 3* hotel located on the outskirts of the old port town of
King’s Lynn. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hair dryer, trouser press and
tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant offers excellent cuisine;
there is also an in-house bar and lounge.
ITINERARY
MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to
Stratford upon Avon, with a stop for coffee en route. With time to
browse the shops and enjoy lunch, we then continue our journey
to Kings Lynn, and our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before
dinner.
TUESDAY This morning we make our way to Bury St.Edmunds
a beautiful and busy market town with plenty of time if you wish
to visit the Cathedral, browse the shops and enjoy lunch. We
continue our circular tour to Ely, a lovely small city, full of charm
and beauty and home to one of the most magnificent cathedrals
in England, for tea before returning to our hotel.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way
to the centre of King’s Lynn, with plenty of time to explore and
enjoy lunch. You may like to visit the Green Quay, where you
can get closer to wildlife from the Wash before stopping off in
the Tudor coffeehouse, or Greyfriars Tower, which was recently
featured on the BBC series ‘Restoration’. Depending on our
allocation of tickets we will either travel to Thursford for the
afternoon performance and return to the hotel for dinner, or have
an early dinner and travel to the evening show of the Christmas
Spectacular… – a show seen by over 90,000 people each year!
You really will be amazed.
THURSDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to Royal
Windsor where you will have ample time to explore this
picturesque town full of so much history. You may like to visit the
Castle, the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world and the
Official Residence of Her Majesty The Queen, or take a bus trip
around Windsor & Eton where a guided commentary will explain
some of the fascinating history. There are also some lovely shops
and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We later continue our homeward
journey, with a stop for tea en route, arriving back in the West
Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Thursford Christmas Spectacular ticket
n All coach travel
84
TURKEY & TINSEL,
TENBY
TOUR
PRICE
Carmarthen Bay. Once a prosperous port, Georgian
£189
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Clarence Hotel, Tenby
Owned by the same family for nearly seventy years and one of
our favourite hotels’ it boasts an excellent central position on the
facilities and some rooms have spectacular sea views. There is a lift to
all floors, and the restaurant serves highly recommended cuisine with
a choice of menu. Entertainment is provided each evening in addition
to Happy Hour and a free in-house bar (on selected drinks) for two
hours each evening.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY – (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and
travel over the St. David’s Bridge to Cardiff, with time for
lunch and maybe a spot of Christmas shopping. We then
continue to our hotel in Tenby, arriving with time to settle in
before a sherry and mince pie reception followed by dinner
and live entertainment.
SATURDAY – (Christmas Day & New Year’s Eve) Join us
this morning as we make the short journey to the market
town of Carmarthen, with time to browse the shops, have
coffee and enjoy the scenery. We later return to our hotel
with time to relax and spend as you please before a festive
punch reception, Christmas Dinner with all the trimmings
and a visit from Father Christmas himself! The evening’s live
entertainment is rounded off with Auld Lang Syne.
SUNDAY – (New Year’s Day) After a leisurely breakfast,
join us if you wish for a gentle coastal drive through some
of Pembrokeshire’s prettiest villages. OR you may like to
stay in Tenby and maybe take a stroll along the esplanade.
A light lunch will be served in the hotel before an afternoon
of fun followed by a complimentary ‘cream’ tea. Following
Happy Hour and evening dinner, enjoy a final evening of
entertainment
MONDAY – Back to reality! We leave Tenby after breakfast
and make our way east and back over the border into
England, stopping in the pretty Welsh town of Abergavenny
for lunch en route. We later continue our homeward journey,
arriving early evening, hoping that you will have had a
memorable early Christmas.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
Sherry and Punch receptions
Light lunch and cream tea on Sunday
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
TURKEY & TINSEL,
ISLE OF WIGHT
TOUR
PRICE
The Isle of Wight – only 23 miles long by 13 miles wide
– is quite a world of its own, managing to crowd onto
its small surface area an entire realm of unspoilt English
£189
4 DAYS
A warm welcome waits at this 3* hotel, ideally situated commanding
stunning views over Sandown Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with,
hairdryer, TV and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant has
panoramic views across the bay and is renowned for producing
quality food, using fresh ingredients, often sourced locally on the
Isle of Wight. There is a lift to all floors and leisure facilities include
an indoor swimming pool, spa and sauna. Entertainment is provided
each evenings.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and travel to
Wilton Village for coffee. We then make our way to Southampton for
the one hour ferry crossing to East Cowes. We then make our way to
Shanklin and our hotel where tea & mince pies will be served while
your cases are delivered to your room. Time to settle in and relax
before dinner is served in the Starlite Room followed by an evening of
entertainment and dancing
SATURDAY (Christmas Day) This morning you have a choice.
To join the coach for a morning excursion to the county town of
Newport, with time to enjoy coffee and browse the shops, OR enjoy
a morning treasure hunt organised by the hotel and a gentle stroll
along the cliffs. We all return to the hotel for carols and a sherry
reception before a traditional Christmas lunch with all the trimmings.
The afternoon is free for you to spend as you please relaxing or
joining in bingo… or maybe take a stroll along the promenade. This
evening a buffet dinner will once gain be followed by an evening of
entertainment
SUNDAY Join us this morning for an excursion around the island,
through some stunning scenery (weather permitting!), with stops for
coffee and lunch en route. We return to our hotel for an afternoon of
games and quizzes in the lounge with an afternoon tea. This evening
we enjoy a farewell candlelit dinner and dance with fancy dress
(optional).
MONDAY Back to reality! We leave our hotel after breakfast and
travel across the island to Cowes for the return ferry crossing to
Southampton. We continue our homeward journey, stopping in
Salisbury for lunch. We complete our homeward journey, arriving early
evening, hoping you will have had a memorable early Christmas.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Afternoon tea & mince pies on arrival
Sherry reception
Traditional Christmas lunch
Afternoon tea on Sunday
All ferry crossings
All coach travel
IRISH COUNTRY
MUSIC WEEKEND
TOUR
PRICE
Join us for an exciting weekend of Irish Country Music,
brought to you by a full variety of fantastic performers,
and compered by one of Ireland’s favourite comedians,
Big O.
£249
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Hilton Hotel, Blackpool
A 4* star luxury hotel with views over the famous Promenade.
All rooms are en-suite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making
facilities. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and spa treatments.
The restaurant serves a hearty breakfast and traditional evening
meals, whilst the stylish lounge offers a restful area to enjoy a drink.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY We leave the West Country and journey north to Blackpool, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel
mid-afternoon, allowing you plenty of time to settle in and begin
exploring before dinner and our first night of Irish entertainment
with Barry Doyle & his band, followed by Stephen Smyth & his
band to entertain you with their superb vocal harmonies.
SATURDAY Today we travel north to the beautiful Lake District.
We stop in Kendal, the southern gateway to the Lake District, for
coffee, with its selection of shops and historic buildings, before
continuing on to Bowness, on Windermere, described as the
“heart” of the Lake District. With time to visit the nearby World
Of Beatrix Potter where the 23 tales are magically brought to
life, browse the shops and enjoy lunch, we return to our hotel
where dinner will be followed by a second night of Irish Musical
entertainment with Farmer Dan & his band, followed by Caitlin &
The Hot Country Band, with special guest Jason McGilligan… all
are sure to have you swinging and singing along!
SUNDAY Join us if you wish this morning as we make the
short journey to the popular seaside resort of Southport, with its
unspoilt coastline, stunning architecture and one of the oldest
piers in the UK. It is rumoured that Napoleon remodelled parts
of Paris on Southport after his visit to the town in the mid-19th
century. Enjoy an early lunch before we return to our hotel for
this afternoon’s Irish entertainment as Barry Doyle and Big O lead
the singing. Dinner this evening will be followed by our final
evening of traditional Irish Music as Susan McCann, the first lady
of Irish Music, & her band take to the stage, to mark the end of a
wonderful weekend.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we begin our homeward
journey, once again stopping for coffee and lunch en route, and
reaching the West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n Irish Country Music on 3 nights and 1 afternoon
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
85
Tuesday 17th – Saturday 21st November
HOLLY & MISTLETOE,
NORTH WALES
TOUR
PRICE
Llandudno – North Wales’ premier resort – is set along
a wide, curving bay overlooking the Atlantic Ocean,
with the magnificent mountains of Snowdonia as its
backcloth.
£279
5 DAYS
We’re delighted to return to this warm and welcoming 3* hotel, located
along the central promenade with views out over the bandstand and
sea. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone and
hairdryer. There is a lift to all floors and the hotel’s restaurant serves a
fabulous full Welsh breakfast and choice evening menu. There is live
entertainment each evening.
ITINERARY
TUESDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and travel over the
border into Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. On reaching
our hotel, Santa’s Little Helpers will take your luggage to your rooms
while you relax with afternoon tea and hot mince pies. A festive sherry
reception with delicious canapés will later be served before a 4 course
dinner, cabaret entertainment and a late-night buffet!
Friday 20th – Monday 23rd November
TURKEY & TINSEL,
FALMOUTH
TOUR
PRICE
Falmouth rests at the point where seven rivers flow
onto a long stretch of water and boasts a beautiful
sheltered harbour. Pendennis Castle (built by Henry VIII)
and the National Maritime Museum are just two of
Falmouth’s many major attractions, and lovely coastal
walks and town shops abound.
£189
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Membly Hotel, Falmouth
Situated in one of the most picturesque regions of Cornwall, occupying
a sea front position with splendid views. All rooms are en-suite, with TV,
telephone, hairdryer, tea & coffee making facilities and there is a lift to
all floors. The restaurant, offers an excellent choice of menu, often using
Cornish farm produce. Leisure facilities include sauna, spa pool and
jacuzzi and entertainment is provided each evening.
ITINERARY
Friday 20th – Monday 23rd November
A MYSTERY
TURKEY & TINSEL
TOUR
PRICE
A mystery tour and a Turkey & Tinsel...if you enjoy
both, please join us and have some fun!
YOUR HOTEL Mystery Hotel, ??????
£189
4 DAYS
A modern 3* hotel with wonderful views which are
enjoyed from the restaurant, lounge area and many of
the rooms. All rooms are ensuite with tea & coffee making facilities,
hairdryer, TV’ & telephone. The restaurant serves a delicious menu
using fresh local produce and a generous buffet breakfast. Leisure
facilities include an indoor swimming pool, Jacuzzi and sauna and
entertainment is provided each evening.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our way
north.. or south… or east… or west! We will stop for coffee and
lunch en route to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in and relax
before dinner and evening entertainment.
SATURDAY (Christmas Day) Join us today as
we travel somewhere where you can browse the shops and enjoy
coffee and a leisurely lunch. Tonight a traditional Christmas dinner
with all the trimmings will be served, followed by a visit from Santa
with treats for everyone and live entertainment in the ballroom.
SUNDAY (Boxing Day) Join us today for more mystery, again with
stops for coffee and lunch en route, and time to explore wherever we
may be. We arrive back at our hotel for a Boxing Day evening dinner,
followed by more live entertainment in the cabaret bar.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we leave
our hotel and make our way back to our home area, stopping once
again for coffee and lunch, and arriving early evening.
Saturday 21st – Sunday 22nd November
BLENHEIM PALACE
CHRISTMAS FESTIVAL &
GLOUCESTER QUAYS
VICTORIAN CHRISTMAS
MARKET
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n All coach travel
n
n
n
FRIDAY (New Year’s Eve) The morning is free for you to spend as you
please in Llandudno with its fine pier, – over 700 metres long, gardens,
shops and restaurants. You may like to purchase a light lunch in the
hotel and guess the weight of the haggis. Later, afternoon tea is served
followed by the Haggis rolling competition!. This evening the pleasure of
your company is requested at the fabulous New Year’s Eve Celebration
dinner, followed by a final evening of great entertainment, fancy dress
parade (optional) results of competitions, and the singing of Auld Lang
Syne… and of course a finger buffet!
n
n
n
n
86
4 Nights Dinner, Bed & Welsh Breakfast
Afternoon tea on three days
Welsh Highland Railway ticket
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
SUPPLEMENTS:
?
2 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Mercure Bowden Hall Hotel, Gloucester
A delightful 17th century 4* hotel, set in 12 acres of parkland, situated
on the outskirts of Gloucester. Each of the hotel’s comfortable rooms is
ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities.
The restaurant offers a delicious choice of dishes, and an extensive
buffet breakfast
SATURDAY Back to reality! We leave our hotel after breakfast and begin
our homeward journey to the West Country. With comfort stops en route,
we reach our home area early-evening.
THURSDAY (Boxing Day) This morning we travel to Porthmadog with
time to browse this lovely Welsh town and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We
then join the Welsh Highland Railway for a train journey, travelling
through the outstanding natural beauty of Snowdonia with breathtaking
views to Beddgelert where we rejoin the coach for a picturesque journey
back to our hotel. Dinner this evening takes the form of the Tynedale’s
famous Gala Buffet… remember to bring your camera! Cash bingo and
entertainment with another late-night finger buffet complete the day.
£95
Join us as we visit Blenheim Palace at a very special
time as the Palace is beautifully decorated for Christmas.
The Great Hall is adorned with grand Christmas trees
decorated in candles, baubles, lanterns in traditional
colours. The grand dining table is set for a Christmas
feast and the fireplaces in the State Rooms and the library provide
a warm welcome to the Palace, each beautifully decorated by floral
specialists. Also this weekend the courtyards of Blenheim Palace will be
turned into a veritable winter wonderland for the ever-popular annual
Christmas Craft Fair.
FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make
our way to the National Trust’s Lanhydrock (no entrance
charge). Whilst here you will have ample time to enjoy lunch,
wander through the gardens and browse the shop full of
Christmas gifts. We later continue to Falmouth and our hotel,
arriving with time to settle in before a sherry reception and
evening dinner, followed by a Day at the Races with prizes for
the winners!
SATURDAY (Christmas Day) After a leisurely breakfast and a
visit form Father Christmas we make the short journey to Truro
– Cornwall’s capital city. Here you may like to indulge in a spot
of Christmas shopping, or perhaps just browse the excellent
farmers’ market. Another worthwhile sight is the triple-spired
cathedral, and there are plenty of cafés in which to enjoy a
leisurely lunch. We return to Falmouth with the afternoon free
to spend as you please… maybe take a stroll into the town or
along the seafront, visit one of the attractions or relax in the
hotel and make use of the hotel leisure facilities. Dinner this
evening will be followed by musical entertainment.
SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) This morning we take a coastal
drive, through Penzance to St Ives, with a stop for lunch
and time to browse the quaint gift shops. Time then to relax
before evening dinner followed by entertainment and dancing
including a complimentary glass of bubbly to ‘See in the
New Year.’
MONDAY Back to reality! This morning we leave our
hotel and begin our homeward journey, stopping for lunch
at Endsleigh Garden Centre, also full of great Christmas
inspiration! We complete our homeward journey, arriving
early-evening.
WEDNESDAY (Christmas Day) After a leisurely breakfast
we travel to Caernarfon, with time to visit the castle,
browse the shops and enjoy coffee. We then continue to
Anglesey and the James Pringle Weaver Woollen Mill and at
Llanfairpwllgwngllgogerychyrndrobwillantysiliogogogch returning to our
hotel in time for afternoon tea, and Christmas carols. Christmas dinner
will be served with all the trimmings and a complimentary glass of wine,
followed by a visit from Santa, a second evening’s entertainment and
another late-night finger buffet.
TOUR
PRICE
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave our home area and make our way to
Blenheim Palace, where you will have plenty of time to enjoy all the
delights of the Palace and the Craft Fair. As well as taking a tour
around the rooms beautifully decorated for Christmas admiring the
decorations, you can also shop in style at the craft fair, where over
130 British designer-makers will be showcasing high quality, contemporary craft, with plenty of ideas to help choose perfect presents
for all the family, from individual gifts and special commissions to
simple stocking fillers; ceramics, millinery, toys, fashions, designer
jewellery, hand-made soaps, studio glass, decorations, wreaths and
many more. Late afternoon we travel to our hotel for dinner at an
evening to relax.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make the short journey
to Gloucester Quay’s Victorian Christmas Market. Here you will
find around 150 stalls selling artisan crafts, fine food and drink
and unique Christmas gifts, while a huge cast of larger than life
Victorian characters enthrall, entertain and amuse with their antics.
Soak up the atmosphere of the Quays and historic Victorian Docks
while being entertained by brass bands, choirs, street performers,
steam, engines, a beautiful traditional carousel and lots more.
There are also many outlet stores, numerous places to eat and the
Antiques Centre to explore. We leave late afternoon, completing
our homeward journey and arriving early evening.
SUPPLEMENTS:
Entrance to Blenheim Palace &
Christmas Craft Fair
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
87
Monday 23rd – Friday 27th November
Tuesday 24th – Thursday 26th November
Tuesday 24th – Thursday 26th November
Friday 27th – Sunday 29th November
NEW
TURKEY & TINSEL,
EASTBOURNE
TOUR
PRICE
What better way to beat the winter blues than to visit
Eastbourne, one of the most elegant of British resorts.
Eastbourne is sheltered by the South Downs, and has a
reputation for quality. Whether you want to stroll along
the prom or an amble through the town centre in search
of a bargain, there is something especially for you.
£279
5 DAYS
THURSFORD CHRISTMAS
SPECTACULAR
TOUR
PRICE
£199
3 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Best Western York House Hotel, Eastbourne
An elegant, Victorian, 3* hotel with a stunning seafront position,
situated close to the pier, beach and town centre. All rooms are ensuite
with TV, radio, iron and tea & coffee-making facilities. The Verandah
Restaurant serves a delicious seasonal menu using locally sourced
ingredients where possible. The hotel also has an indoor pool and a lift
to all floors.
ITINERARY
MONDAY (Christmas Eve) Leaving the West Country, we make our way
to Wilton Village for coffee. We then continue along the South Coast to
Chichester with time to enjoy a warming lunch and browse the shops. We
complete our journey to Eastbourne, arriving at our hotel for afternoon
tea and time to freshen up before dinner and evening entertainment.
TUESDAY (Christmas Day) Join us this morning if you wish as we
travel to the charming market town of Alfriston on the River Cuckmere
with its delightful gift and craft shops, once the haunt of smugglers!
We return to Eastbourne with the remainder of the day free to spend as
you please… you may like to shop for Christmas gifts or simply take in
the air along the seafront. Relax with afternoon tea & Christmas cake in
the hotel and later, a traditional Christmas Dinner with all the trimmings
and a special gift from Father Christmas will be served, followed by
cabaret entertainment.
WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) This morning we take an excursion,
through the seaside resort of Hastings, to the old cinque port of Ancient
Rye. Here you will discover a host of unusual shops: antiques, collectors’
books, records and many art galleries selling the works of local artists
and potters, with exhibitions rotating regularly throughout the year.
Today there is also a farmers’ market on Strand Quay – well worth a
browse. We return to our hotel in time for afternoon tea & mince pies,
before dinner and musical entertainment.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we make our
way west, via Beachy Head, with some stunning views, to Brighton,
with plenty of time to explore a wealth of attractions… The spectacular
Royal Pavilion is well worth a visit; beneath its distinctive onion domes
is housed some impressive works of art and history. As well as all the
High Street shops, there is also the Lanes – Brighton’s historic quarter;
a maze of narrow alleyways lined with independent boutiques, antique
shops and elegant arcades. Dinner this evening will once again be
followed by entertainment.
FRIDAY Back to reality! Sadly, we today say goodbye to Eastbourne,
and begin our homeward journey, stopping in Salisbury for lunch, and
arriving back in the West Country early evening.
TUESDAY We leave the West Country and make our
way to Stratford upon Avon, with a stop for coffee en
route. With time to browse the shops and enjoy lunch,
we then continue our journey to Kings Lynn, and our
hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make
our way to the centre of King’s Lynn, with plenty of time
to explore and enjoy lunch. You may like to visit the
Green Quay, where you can get closer to wildlife from
the Wash before stopping off in the Tudor coffeehouse,
or Greyfriars Tower, which was recently featured on the
BBC series ‘Restoration’. Depending on our allocation of
tickets we will either travel to Thursford for the afternoon
performance and return to the hotel for dinner, or have
an early dinner and travel to the evening show of the
Christmas Spectacular… – a show seen by over 90,000
people each year! You really will be amazed.
THURSDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to
Royal Windsor where you will have ample time to explore
this picturesque town full of so much history. You may
like to visit the Castle, the oldest and largest occupied
castle in the world and the Official Residence of Her
Majesty The Queen, or take a bus trip around Windsor &
Eton where a guided commentary will explain some of
the fascinating history. There are also some lovely shops
and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We later continue our
homeward journey, with a stop for tea en route, arriving
back in the West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
88
ITINERARY
SUPPLEMENTS:
CHRISTMAS DECORATIONS AT
WADDESDON MANOR
TOUR
PRICE
179
Built in the late 19th century by Baron Ferdinand de
Rothschild, this magnificent stately home near Aylesbury £
in Buckinghamshire, masquerades as a 16th century
3 DAYS
French Chateau. It was created by Rothschild to house
his collection of 18th century French art and to entertain
his fashionable friends. The rooms combine the highest
quality French furniture and decorative arts from the 18th century with
superb English portraits and Dutch Old Masters. The Victorian garden
is considered one of the finest in Britain with its parterre, seasonal
displays, fountains and statuary. Each year one wing of the manor is
beautifully decorated with themed Christmas decorations arranged by
Waddesdon’s in-house design team.
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Aylesbury
A modern 3* hotel located on the outskirts of Aylesbury. Each of its
comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, and tea &
coffee making facilities. The restaurant offers a delicious range of dishes
and there is also a lovely bar & lounge. The hotel does not have a lift
but does have ground floor rooms. The hotel’s leisure facilities include
an indoor pool, sauna, steam room, and gym.
LUDLOW MEDIEVAL
CHRISTMAS FAYRE &
WORCESTER VICTORIAN
CHRISTMAS MARKET
TOUR
PRICE
£145
Historical Christmas is brought to life in these timesgone-by themed markets. Ludlow Medieval Christmas
Fayre, set in the stunning grounds of Ludlow Castle offers
entertainment and gift stalls with knights, jesters and
story-tellers, whilst Worcester offers a Victorian Christmas
experience in the heart of the city with traditional sights
and smells of a by-gone era.
3 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Green Dragon Hotel, Hereford
You are assured of a warm welcome at this historic 3* hotel, ideally
situated at the heart of the city, close to the Cathedral. All rooms are
en-suite with tea & coffee making facilities, TV and hairdryer. There is
a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves a delicious choice menu of
national and international dishes.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
TUESDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Oxford,
stopping for coffee en route with plenty of time to explore this wonderful city of Dreaming Spires. You may like to visit one of the many
historic buildings, colleges, museums or art galleries, or simply browse
the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We then complete our journey
to our hotel with time to relax and freshen up before evening dinner.
You may also like to make use of the hotel leisure facilities before
evening dinner.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey
to the centre of Aylesbury. Today is market day, and here you will have
time to browse the shops and enjoy an early lunch. We continue to
nearby Waddesdon Manor where will have plenty of time to enjoy the
wonderfully, festively decorated rooms. As well as admiring the interior design, the decor, and the decorations, it is also the perfect place
to do your Christmas shopping! The Manor Shop has exclusive ranges
created just for Waddesdon making unique gifts for friends and family
as well as Rothschild wines, speciality foods, fabulous jewellery, bags,
gardening gifts and much more. There is also a restaurant to have
tea and weather permitting you can wander through the wonderful
grounds.
THURSDAY This morning we leave our hotel and make our way
west to Cheltenham with time for some Christmas shopping and a
leisurely lunch. There are two shopping centres; Regent Arcade and
Beechwood, both in the centre of town and complimenting one another with their different shops. We complete our journey back to the
West Country with a stop for tea en route, arriving early evening.
Sanders Garden World for coffee before continuing our journey
north through the Wye Valley, on to our hotel in Hereford. After
checking in, the remainder of the afternoon is free for you spend
in Hereford, maybe do a little Christmas shopping, or stroll
through Hereford’s ancient cobbled streets, with half-timbered
buildings and visit impressive Cathedral. As our hotel is located
in the centre of Hereford, you can do as much or as little
sightseeing as you wish before enjoying diner and an evening at
the hotel.
SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short
journey to the grounds of Ludlow Castle, the splendid setting for
this wonderful Medieval Christmas Fayre. With over 100 stalls
with lots of stocking fillers, Christmas gift ideas, sweet treats,
and hand crafted goods, immerse yourself in days-gone-by
with knights, story-tellers, historical re-enactments and jesters
providing medieval entertainment for everyone. You may also like
to explore the castle itself, or enjoy some Christmas shopping in
Ludlow’s town centre.
SUNDAY We leave our hotel and travel to Worcester for the
Victorian Christmas Market. Worcester’s centre comes alive
with the colours, sounds and aromas of a by-gone era, with
joyful choirs, Juggling stilt walkers and Victorian carousels. Enjoy
traditional roasted chestnuts and delicious mulled wine, whilst
Christmas shopping in Worcester’s high street shops. We re-join
the coach, and, with comfort stop en route, arrive back in the
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Entrance to Waddesdon Manor (NT)
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
Admission to Ludlow Medieval
Christmas Fayre & Castle
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
89
TURKEY & TINSEL,
NORTH WALES
TOUR
PRICE
Situated on the coast at the edge of the Snowdonia
National Park, and known as the Pearl of Northwest
Wales, Criccieth is an unspoilt seaside town with views
to rival those found anywhere in the world.
£189
4 DAYS
CHRISTMAS SHOPPING
WEEKEND
TOUR
PRICE
An opportunity for the organised to finish their
Christmas shopping, and for the disorganised to begin!
Join us for a festive weekend, without the hassle of
driving, parking or cooking dinner at the end of the day!
£79
2 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Lion Hotel, Criccieth
This 3* hotel dominates Criccieth’s pleasant Village Green and
commands excellent views of Cardigan Bay. It prides itself on its
personal service, where each of its rooms is ensuite, with TV, radio,
direct-dial telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There
is a lift to all floors, and the elegant Pink Restaurant serves a mouthwatering selection of freshly prepared dishes, complemented by an
extensive wine list. Entertainment is provided each evening.
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Winchester
Nestled on the outskirts of the stunning South Downs National Park,
the 4* Holiday Inn offers every contemporary comfort. Each of the
spacious rooms is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making
facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The award-winning restaurant offers
a modern menu made with seasonal produce, and the hotel’s leisure
facilities include a gym.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave our home area and make
our way to Winchester. Recognised as one of
the best in Europe, and inspired by traditional
German Christmas markets, the pretty wooden
chalets are situated in the Cathedral’s historic
Close surrounding an open-air real ice rink.
Here you will find an abundance of wonderful
Christmas gifts, decorations and festive foods.
There are also many of the usual High Street
shops and restaurants to enjoy coffee and a
warming lunch. Late afternoon we travel the
short distance to our hotel for dinner at an
evening to relax.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave
our hotel and travel to Oxford, known as the
city of Dreaming Spires. You will then have the
remainder of the day free to shop ‘til you drop!
Here you will find a large variety of shops, from
all the usual High Street names, to the more
individual shops and boutiques offering that
gift with a difference. We leave Oxford late
afternoon, completing our homeward journey
and arriving early evening.
FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and
travel over the St. David’s Bridge into Wales, stopping for
coffee en route. We continue on to the pretty Welsh town of
Bluith Wells for lunch, before completing our journey to our
hotel with time to settle in before dinner and our Christmas
Eve entertainment.
SATURDAY (Christmas Day) The morning is free for you
to spend as you please in Criccieth. You may like to visit the
castle and enjoy its splendid views, or maybe take a stroll
around the town and browse the shops. After an early lunch,
we take a gentle drive through the heart of the Snowdonia
National Park to the pretty village of Betws-y-Coed, with its
wonderful gift shops and tearooms. We return to our hotel
in time for a visit from You Know Who! A festive dinner will
then be served before the Christmas Cracker party night.
SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast, join
us as we take a leisurely drive through the scenic Llanberis
Pass to Caernarfon for lunch, before crossing the bridge
to Anglesey and James Pringle Weaver’s Woollen Mill and
gift shop at Llanfairpwllgwngllgogerychyrndrobwillantysiliogogogch. We return to our hotel with time to relax before
a final evening dinner followed by New Year celebrations,
including live entertainment to dance the night away.
MONDAY Back to reality! We leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey to the West Country,
with stops for coffee and lunch en route, and returning to
our home area early-evening, hoping you’ll have enjoyed
your early Christmas!
ITINERARY
COLOGNE & VALKENBURG
CHRISTMAS MARKETS
The city of Cologne offers eight Christmas Markets in
total. Among them are four big Christmas Markets,
located: at the Cologne Cathedral, on the Alter Markt,
on the Neumarkt and on the Rudolfplatz In Valkenburg,
go underground for a traditional taste of Christmas –
the caves that once provided shelter for soldiers are
transformed into a Christmas Market at this festive time.
TOUR
PRICE
£259
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Ramada Hotel, Hürth, Cologne
A modern, locally rated 4* hotel situated on the outskirts of Cologne.
All rooms are en suite with TV, telephone and hairdryer. The restaurant
serves a varied buffet dinner and a generous buffet breakfast. There
is a lift to all floors and leisure facilities include sauna, steam room,
whirlpool, solarium and small fitness room.
ITINERARY
FRIDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country
and journey east, with comfort stops en route, to Dover for
the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our hotel in
Cologne, arriving in time for evening dinner
SATURDAY This morning we make the short journey into
the centre of Cologne for a full day at all Christmas Markets.
The Market at the Cologne Cathedral is the most impressive
due to the huge backdrop of the imposing Cathedral. Beneath
it is the largest Christmas tree in the Rhineland where you will
find well over 160 festively designed wooden pavilions. Here
you can watch artisans at work, enjoy original “Christmas
Mulled Wine”, out of festively decorated Christmas mugs
or choose from an unlimited choice of sweets and local
delicacies. Shadowed by beautiful narrow-gabled houses
and half-timbered stalls, the Christmas Market on the Alter
Markt attracts people to Cologne from all over the world
and conveys a very romantic and idyllic feel. The Neumarkt
Christmas Market is Cologne’s oldest Christmas market
and is curiously located on the “New Market” amidst
the backdrop of St.Aposteln’s Church and Cologne’s
main shopping area and the Christmas Market on the
Rudolfplatz takes you to a world of brother’s Grimm fairy
tales. Large fairy tale figures and festive illuminations
provide a special eye-catcher, especially for children… of
all ages! We return to our hotel with time to relax before
dinner and an evening at leisure.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel over the
border into Holland, to Valkenburg, where you will have
the whole day free to enjoy the very different type of
Christmas market here… all within the underground caves.
There are several different caves – the town cave being
the oldest and largest in Europe. The candlelit corridors are
filled with decorated stalls selling a vast selection of gift,
including many handmade arts and crafts. You may like to
partake of the famous Dutch Christmas drink, “gluhwein”
(hot sparkling wine), whilst enjoying the entertainment
as you shop. We return to our hotel late afternoon for our
final evening dinner.
MONDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel and make
our way back to Calais, stopping for coffee en route for
the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to our
home area, arriving mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
n All coach travel
n 3 Nights Buffet Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
n Ferry crossings
SUPPLEMENTS:
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
90
SUPPLEMENTS:
91
Monday 30th – Friday 4th December
TURKEY & TINSEL,
FOLKESTONE & BRUGES
TOUR
PRICE
An opportunity to combine a Turkey & Tinsel tour with
great entertainment with a day via the Eurotunnel, to
Bruges. A very picturesque town often referred to as the
Venice of the North, the cobbled streets and brightly
coloured buildings are full of shops selling gifts including
chocolates and lace... Don’t forget your passport!
£195
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Grand Burstin Hotel, Folkestone
Overlooking Folkestone harbour, this hotel has a well-earned reputation
as one of the UK’s great entertainment hotels. All rooms are en suite,
with TV, telephone, and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
serves a choice buffet menu and there is a lift to all floors. For a
nominal charge, you can enjoy the hotel’s Leisure Club, complete with
pool, sauna and solarium. Each evening you’ll be entertained as the
hotel’s resident team put on a glitz and glamour cabaret spectacular.
ITINERARY
MONDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our way
east, stopping for coffee & lunch en route to our hotel. Time to settle in
and maybe make use of the hotel leisure facilities before dinner and top
class live entertainment.
Tuesday 1st – Thursday 3rd December
THURSFORD CHRISTMAS
SPECTACULAR
TOUR
PRICE
£199
3 DAYS
ITINERARY
TUESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way
to Stratford upon Avon, with a stop for coffee en route. With
time to browse the shops and enjoy lunch, we then continue
our journey to Kings Lynn, and our hotel, arriving with time
to settle in before dinner.
Friday 4th – Monday 7th December
TURKEY & TINSEL
BOURNEMOUTH
TOUR
PRICE
As one of Britain’s world-class resorts, Bournemouth
has everything you need for an enjoyable holiday –
whatever the time of year and whatever your age.
There is the sea, the shops, the many picturesque walks
and an abundance of places to eat.
£189
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Piccadilly Hotel, Bournemouth
A lovely 3* hotel offering a warm, welcoming atmosphere,
ideally situated close to the town centre and a short walk from
Bournemouth’s award winning beaches & gardens. Each of the
comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea &
coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant
offers a delicious choice of dishes. The hotel’s bar is the perfect place
to relax with a drink at the end of the day and entertainment &
dancing is provided each evening.
ITINERARY
DURHAM CHRISTMAS
FESTIVAL & BEAMISH
AT CHRISTMAS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Gosforth Park,
Newcastle upon Tyne
A modern 3* hotel set in 18 acres of grounds. Each of its comfortable
rooms is ensuite, with TV, , hairdryer, and tea & coffee making
facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious choice menu and there is
bar & lounge to relax in the evening. The hotel does not have a lift
but does have ground floor rooms. The hotel’s leisure facilities include
an indoor pool, sauna and steam room.
FRIDAY Back to reality! This morning we leave our hotel and begin our
homeward journey with a stop in Windsor, with time to browse the shops
and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We complete our journey home to the West
Country, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early/mid-evening.
THURSDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to
Royal Windsor where you will have ample time to explore
this picturesque town full of so much history. You may like to
visit the Castle, the oldest and largest occupied castle in the
world and the Official Residence of Her Majesty The Queen,
or take a bus trip around Windsor & Eton where a guided
commentary will explain some of the fascinating history.
There are also some lovely shops and restaurants to enjoy
lunch. We later continue our homeward journey, with a
stop for tea en route, arriving back in the West Country
early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n All coach travel
n All coach travel
n Entrance to the Beamish Museum
n All coach travel
WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) After a leisurely breakfast we travel on to
the historic city of Rochester, where you will find a wonderful blend of
ancient & modern, dominated by its fine Norman Castle, and cathedral.
There is also a wide selection of speciality shops and lovely places to enjoy a leisurely warming lunch. We return to Folkestone via the coast Road.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) This morning we visit the medieval
cathedral city of Canterbury. Whilst here you will have plenty time to visit
the cathedral, a world Heritage site, seat of the Archbishop of Canterbury
and scene of the murder of Thomas A Beckett in 1170. There are also
many shops and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We later return to Folkestone
with time then to relax and maybe make use of the hotel leisure facilities
before a Gala Hogmanay Buffet Dinner followed by our final evening’s
entertainment.
n Return Eurotunnel crossing to Bruges
n All coach travel
92
SUPPLEMENTS:
1st 3 singles...£60.00 for
subsequent singles
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way
to the centre of King’s Lynn, with plenty of time to explore
and enjoy lunch. You may like to visit the Green Quay, where
you can get closer to wildlife from the Wash before stopping
off in the Tudor coffeehouse, or Greyfriars Tower, which was
recently featured on the BBC series ‘Restoration’. Depending
on our allocation of tickets we will either travel to Thursford
for the afternoon performance and return to the hotel for
dinner, or have an early dinner and travel to the evening
show of the Christmas Spectacular… – a show seen by over
90,000 people each year! You really will be amazed.
SUPPLEMENTS:
SUPPLEMENTS:
No single supplement...max 5
£215
Each year Durham City Christmas Festival shows off this
4 DAYS
beautiful City to its best - cobbled streets, with the
sound of entertainers, reindeer in the Market Place,
childrens lantern procession, craft stalls and carols for
all in the Cathedral. Beamish is a giant open-air museum
which re creates an authentic picture of family, working
and community life in the north-east before World War I… but with
the added touch of Christmas as you can experience what the festive
season was like in 1913 and immerse yourself in the sights, sounds
and smells of a traditional Edwardian Christmas.
FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and journey
east, stopping in Dorchester for lunch and a chance to browse
the shops. We then continue to our hotel in Bournemouth in
time for a welcome cup of tea and mince pies and time to
settle in before evening dinner followed by live entertainment
and dancing.
SATURDAY (Christmas Day) Following a Merry Christmas
breakfast, we make the short journey to Poole with time for
Christmas shopping and lunch. We later travel through some
lovely Dorset scenery, including Wareham and Corfe Castle,
returning, to our hotel with time to relax before a traditional
Christmas dinner with all the trimmings, followed once again
by evening entertainment including a visit from Santa… and a
small pressie!
SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) Join us if you wish this morning for
a gentle drive through some of the New Forest’s most picturesque villages, stopping in the lovely small town of Lyndhurst
for coffee and an opportunity to browse the gift shops. We
then return to Bournemouth, where you will have the remainder of the day free to relax and spend as you please. You may
like to browse the shops and do a spot of Christmas shopping,
take a stroll along the prom or relax and purchase a light lunch
or afternoon tea from the hotel bar menu. Tonight a Gala
dinner will be served followed by New Year’s Eve entertainment
to dance the night away!
MONDAY Back to reality! After a leisurely breakfast, we
leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey, stopping in
Salisbury for lunch, and arriving back in the West Country
early evening.
TUESDAY (Christmas Day) After an early breakfast, for those who wish
we travel via the Eurotunnel to Calais, and on into Belgium to Bruges
with plenty of time to explore this picturesque town. Life in Bruges
centres on the market square and T’Zand Square where the streets
are old and cobbled but bursting with life. There are plenty of shops to
browse, many selling lace, chocolates, gifts and crafts and numerous
cafés to enjoy coffee and a leisurely lunch. Late afternoon we return to
Folkestone, again via the Eurotunnel in time for a traditional Christmas
dinner with all the trimmings followed by more excellent entertainment. If
you do not wish to travel to Bruges, the day is free to spend as you please
in Folkestone, or maybe catch a bus to one of the nearby resorts.
TOUR
PRICE
ITINERARY
FRIDAY After a fairly early start, we leave the West Country and make
our way north, with comfort stops en route, to our hotel, arriving with
time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.
SATURDAY Join us this morning as we make the short journey to Durham where you will have the whole day to enjoy all that the Christmas
Festival has to offer. You will find 190 quality craft, gift and gourmet
food stalls in a huge marquee on Palace Green offering that extra special
something as a Christmas gift. In the Cathedral Cloisters, a Local Food
Producers Market featuring another 30+ traders will operate each day.
There are also plenty of places to sample the Christmas food and drink on
offer and enjoy a leisurely lunch. You may also like to visit the impressive
cathedral, widely considered to be the finest example of Norman Architecture as well as the Victorian market and the usual High Street shops.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to
Beamish. Whilst here you can experience what the festive season was like
in 1913. The Pit Village will be a winter wonderland with seasonal fare,
handcrafted gifts, magic lantern shows, mulled wine and more. In the
1913 Town, the homes will be decked with traditional decorations and
seasonal greenery, the shop windows will have their Christmas displays
and on sale inside, Christmas treats from the times. You can also take a
carriage ride on decorated trams and the cosy miner’s cottages, village
school and Methodist chapel will take on a festive feel. There will be
carol singing and folk music and plenty of places to enjoy a festive lunch.
In the Edwardian market stalls in the Town, you’ll find fresh bread, mulled
wine, roasted chestnuts, cakes and chutney among other traditional treats
and gifts.
MONDAY This morning we begin our homeward journey south, making
comfort stops en route and arriving early – mid evening.
SUPPLEMENTS:
93
Saturday 5th – Sunday 6th December
Sunday 6th – Tuesday 8th December
NEW
NEW
BLISTS HILL
VICTORIAN CHRISTMAS
& CADBURY WORLD
TOUR
PRICE
£95
Blists Hill is a recreated outdoor Victorian Town set over
2 DAYS
52 acres which gives a fascinating insight into Victorian
life as characters go about their daily lives in their
cottages, shops and work at you step back in time. At
Christmas, the Victorian Town is transformed into a magical by-gone
era of traditional seasonal celebrations. Cadbury World is a chocoholic’s
delight. Enter a world of chocolate as you experience the history of
Cadbury, see the chocolate factory and enjoy hours of fun in the
interactive exhibitions most important of all … visit the biggest
Cadbury chocolate shop in the world!
YOUR HOTEL Novotel Hotel, Wolverhampton
A 3* modern hotel close to the city centre. All rooms are en-suite with
TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee making facilities. The contemporary
restaurant serves freshly prepared dishes; there is an adjoining bar
area and there is a lift to all floors.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north
to Birmingham, stopping for coffee en route. We then continue
to Cadbury World with free time for you to explore and enjoy this
chocolate delight. You may like to experience the Cadbury story
told in an interactive exhibition, or watch chocolate being made
in the factory area, and packaged in your favourite bright designs.
Or maybe take a fun ride on the “Beanmobile” with a gentle
journey through a magical world of Cadbury characters. Any tour
would not be complete without a visit to the biggest Cadbury
shop in the world to choose a delicious memento or two. We
re-join the coach and make our way to our hotel in time for
dinner… (if you have room after all that chocolate!)
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and
make the short journey to Blists Hill at Ironbridge, to visit the
recreated Victorian Town specially decorated for a traditional
Victorian Christmas experience. Wander through the historic
streets and experience the sights, aromas and sounds of a
treasured by-gone era. You may like to do a little Christmas
shopping in the Victorian shops all offering unique gifts, or explore
the interactive exhibitions, cottages and workshops to learn more
about Victorian life. Listen to Carol Songs with brass bands and
choirs as you enjoy the traditional atmosphere in this wonderful
Victoriana setting. Children too, have plenty of activities to enjoy
including a Punch & Judy show, Christmas card making, paper
chain decorating and a visit to Santa’s grotto. There are plenty
of restaurants or cafes to enjoy coffee and a warming lunch,. We
leave Ironbridge mid-afternoon and return to the West Country,
again with a comfort stop en route, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
94
1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfast
Admission to Cadbury World
Admission to Blists Hill Victorian Town
All coach travel
LONGLEAT WINTER
WONDERLAND &
WINCHESTER CHRISTMAS
MARKET
TOUR
PRICE
£99
Get into the swing of the festive season with a trip to
Longleat’s magical Christmas Winterwonderland. Grab
your woolly hat and glide around the outdoor ice rink;
ride the Santa Train to Santa’s log cabin in the enchanted,
snow-covered woods; and see your favourite Christmas
characters come to life in the house itself – transformed
for the season into a veritable winter wonderland.
2 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Winchester
Nestled on the outskirts of the stunning South Downs National Park,
the 4* Holiday Inn offers every contemporary comfort. Each of the
spacious rooms is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making
facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The award-winning restaurant offers
a modern menu made with seasonal produce, and the hotel’s leisure
facilities include a gym.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave our home area and make our way
to Longleat, and begin with a coach tour around the safari
park. You then have the remainder of the day to enjoy all
the attractions, The historic house itself is transformed into
a magical Christmas wonderland, and if you’re looking for
festive decorations, stocking filler gifts or tasty treats, look
no further than the Christmas Fayre. We have also included
a ride on the Santa Train to the enchanted, snow-covered
woods, where Father Christmas waits in his log cabin to
welcome every child with a special present! Grab your woolly
hat an experience the thrill of outdoor skating on real ice and
marvel at the giant, dazzling, musical Christmas tree; and see
pantomime characters come to life! Late afternoon we travel
to our hotel for dinner at an evening to relax.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel
and make the short distance into the centre of Winchester.
Recognised as one of the best in Europe, and inspired by
traditional German Christmas markets, the pretty wooden
chalets are situated in the Cathedral’s historic Close
surrounding an open-air real ice rink. Here you will find an
abundance of wonderful Christmas gifts, decorations and
festive foods. There are also many of the usual High Street
shops and restaurants to enjoy a warming lunch. We later
complete our homeward journey, arriving early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
n
1 Night Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast
Entrance to Christmas at Longleat
Gift from Santa for every child
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
FESTIVE BIG BAND &
CHRISTMAS DECORATIONS
AT CHATSWORTH HOUSE
TOUR
PRICE
£175
Festive Big Band is presented by Mike James and his
3 DAYS
21 piece professional swing big-band orchestra who
kick start the Christmas Season with music from the
1950’s and 1960’s, combined with Christmas themed
songs and carols for a festive evening of foot-tapping,
singing and dancing … Join us for a night to remember!
Chatsworth House opens its doors and welcomes visitors to view the
uniquely themed festive decorations and garlanded interior rooms,
bringing a magical wonderland indoors to life.
YOUR HOTEL Orchard Hotel, Nottingham
A superb, modern, 4* contemporary hotel, set in 330 acres of
landscaped parkland, All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, iron,
and the restaurant serves a delicious range of dishes.
ITINERARY
SUNDAY We leave the West Country, with a comfort stop en route,
and make our way north to the charming market town of Warwick.
Here you can enjoy a relaxing lunch, browse the shops, maybe
partake in a little Christmas shopping, before we complete our
journey to our hotel in Nottingham, with time to settle before dinner
and this evening’s festive big band entertainment. Dance the night
away to Mike James’ 21 piece professional swing band and
sing along to popular Christmas hits and carols.
MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to
Bakewell, a pretty market town, with time to browse the shops and
maybe enjoy some famous Bakewell pudding. We continue on to
Chatsworth House, set in the heart of the Peak District National Park.
Each year the Duke and Duchess of Devonshire welcome visitors to
view their unique themed decorated lower floor rooms which are
transformed into a Christmas wonderland. As well as viewing the
beautiful interiors, you may like to buy some unusual Christmas gifts
for the shop, or visit the farm shop with local Derbyshire produce.
Weather permitting, you may also like to wander through the 1000
acres of magnificent grounds landscaped by Capability Brown, with
remarkable fountains and water features. We return to our hotel with
time to relax before dinner, and an entertaining quiz evening for those
wishing to join in.
TUESDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast, and make our way
to the beautiful and cultural city of Oxford, with time to browse
the shops for Christmas gifts and enjoy a warming lunch. We later
complete our journey, arriving back in the West Country early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
Festive Big Band entertainment
Entertaining Quiz Night
Christmas Decorations
All coach travel
CHRISTMAS CAROL CONCERT
ROYAL ALBERT HALL
TOUR
PRICE
169
With London beautifully lit up, why not combine a one
£
night Christmas Shopping trip with a Christmas Singalong carol concert at the Royal Albert Hall, part of
2 DAYS
Raymond Gubbay’s annual Christmas Festival, which
offers a perfect mix of seasonal and festive songs… a
wonderful way to start your Christmas celebrations.
The Royal Albert Hall will not confirm timings of the concert until
June 2014, so he concert may take place on Saturday evening or
Sunday afternoon.
Allow yourself to feel special at this top class 4* hotel, ideally situated
a few minutes from Marble Arch and Oxford Street, and close to
underground stations, buses and taxis. All rooms are en suite with tea
& coffee making facilities, mini-bar, telephone, safe, trouser press and
hairdryer. The Living Well Health Club has many facilities, including a
swimming pool and a gymnasium. There is a lift to all floors and the
restaurant offers a wonderful buffet breakfast.
ITINERARY
SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make
our way to London, stopping for coffee en route. The
afternoon is then free for you to spend as you please…
maybe some Christmas shopping or visit one of London’s
many attractions. If the concert is on Saturday, we later
make the short journey to the Royal Albert Hall for the
Christmas Carol sing-along. After the concert we return to
our hotel with the evening at leisure to enjoy dinner at a
restaurant of your choice.
SUNDAY After a leisurely English breakfast, depending
on the time of the concert, you will either have the day
free to spend as you please; maybe shopping in Oxford
Street, or Covent Garden, or a visit to one of London’s
many attractions. There is also a Winter Wonderland
Christmas Fair in Hyde Park with a 200 ft high observation
wheel, stacks of festive fairground rides for young and
old, a German Christmas Market and a variety of cafes,
bars and continental food and drink stalls. OR if the
concert is early afternoon today, the morning free. We
leave London mid-late afternoon and make our homeward
journey, with a comfort stop en route, arriving back in the
West Country mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
SUPPLEMENTS:
n
n
n
1 Night Bed & Buffet English Breakfast
Ticket to Christmas Carol Concert at
the Royal Albert Hall
All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Evening Dinner
95
NEW
GERMAN CHRISTMAS
MARKETS...
MONSCHAU & AACHEN
Monschau Christmas Market is beautiful, and has
received awards for being one of the most attractive
Christmas Markets in Germany. In Aachen, enjoy a glass
of mulled wine as you browse for bargains amid the
bright lights of the typically German Christmas stalls.
KEUKENHOF CASTLE
CHRISTMAS MARKET &
AMSTERDAM’S FESTIVAL
OF LIGHT
TOUR
PRICE
£269
4 DAYS
4 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Tulip Inn, Riverside, Amsterdam
A modern 3* hotel located in quiet area along the banks of the Gaasp
River on outskirts of Amsterdam. All rooms are ensuite with flat screen
TV, and free wifi facility. There is a lift to all floors and a trendy lounge
and bar area to relax in after a buffet style dinner served in the hotel’s
restaurant. A peaceful river walkway is located around the edge of the
hotel grounds.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
hear in the Castle court. As our is located in the centre of
Monschau, you are free to spend as much or as little time as
you wish at the market. After dinner this evening you may like
to join in an evening of bowling, and take advantage of the
happy hour.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to
Aachen where its brightly lit Christmas market is set around
the cathedral and town hall. Every year the squares and streets
around the Aachen Town Hall are transformed into a paradise
of lights and colours, festive sounds and seductive smells. The
glorious fair in the Christmas City, which has been erected
with great care and sentiment, fascinates both the young and
the old. The lovingly decorated “Christmas village” on the
market square has everything your heart could desire. One
local specialty recommended is the Aachen Printen, a kind
of gingerbread. There are also many other stalls and cafés to
enjoy a warming lunch. We return to our hotel with time to
MONDAY After breakfast, we leave our hotel and journey
back to Calais, again with comfort stops en route, for
the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete our
homeward drive to the West Country, arriving mid evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
96
£259
Experience a magical Christmas market at Keukenhof’s
17th century castle, where over 100 stalls will tempt
you with Christmas gift ideas, crafts and sweet treats.
Explore the vibrant city of Amsterdam which comes to life in the
annual Festival of Light, where you will experience the magnificent
light sculptures and illuminated buildings and bridges along River
Amstel’s canals.
YOUR HOTEL The Carat Hotel, Monschau
We are delighted to return to this attractive, locally rated 3* hotel,
which benefits from a quiet location beside a pretty stream, yet is only
300 metres from the town centre. All rooms are ensuite, with satellite
TV, radio, telephone and hairdryer. There is a lift to all floors. The
restaurant is the perfect setting in which to enjoy the excellent cuisine,
and the hotel’s leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool,
sauna and solarium.
FRIDAY After an early departure, we make our way east, with
a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais.
We then continue our journey to our hotel in Monschau to a
welcome drink of Gluhwein before evening dinner.
SATURDAY The whole day is free for you to explore the
Christmas Market. Wooden stalls embellished with twinkling
lights and lovely gifts fill the romantic market square where there
is a large and beautifully decorated Christmas tree. The streets
are lined with illuminated trees as the town welcomes visitors
for pre-Christmas enchantment. There are also numerous stalls
and cafés serving wonderful dishes and mulled wine to keep you
warm…and you should keep a sharp eye out for Santa! There
will also be lots of musical entertainment and true to tradition,
the living Nativity Scene will be performed for all to see and
TOUR
PRICE
Welcome glass of gluhwein on arrival
Happy hour, 8-9pm, 30-50% off selected drinks
Bowling on 1 night, in hotel
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
FRIDAY After an early departure, we make our way east, with a
comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We
then continue our journey to our hotel with the evening free to settle
in and enjoy a buffet style dinner in the hotel’s restaurant.
SATURDAY Today we make our way to Lisse, to Keukenhof Castle,
one of Holland’s largest Christmas Markets. Located in the grounds
of the 17th century Dutch castle, the Christmas market offers over
100 stalls with hand-made traditional crafts, Christmas gift ideas
and delicious festive treats for you to enjoy. Sample a warming mug
of hot chocolate or fragrant hot mulled wine, or why not take a
stroll around the Winter Wonderland in the castle grounds, or explore the gardens and castle itself. We return to our hotel for
our evening meal.
SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make the short journey to
the centre of Amsterdam to enjoy a full day in this vibrant city with
its rich history from the Golden Age. Whist here, you can discover
some of the famous highlights that Amsterdam has to offer
including its delightful canals, bridges and 17th century merchant
houses, or maybe you would like to visit Anne Frank’s house, or
the Rijksmuseum. After choosing an early dinner in a restaurant
of your choice, we take an evening canal boat cruise to enjoy the
wonderful light sculptures and beautifully illuminated bridges
and buildings as we meander through the narrow waterways to
experience the city from a different perspective, as the “boulevard
of light” comes alive with thousands of fairy lights.
MONDAY This morning we leave our hotel and travel back to
Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete
our homeward journey to the West Country, arriving mid-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
1 Night Bed & Breakfast
Entrance to Keukenhof Castle Christmas Market
Evening Canal Boat Cruise in Amsterdam
SUPPLEMENTS:
All coach travel
97
Monday 21st – Monday 28th December
CHRISTMAS IN THE
AUSTRIAN TYROL
There are few sights to rival the invigorating beauty of
the snow-capped Austrian Alps… with such a wealth
of spectacular scenery, where better to spend Christmas
and escape the grey British winter.
TOUR
PRICE
CHRISTMAS IN
STRATFORD UPON AVON
£545
YOUR HOTEL Sonne Hotel, Landeck
A warm welcome is guaranteed at this locally rated 3* hotel, family
owned since 1862, and ideally situated with wonderful views across
Landeck and down the valley. All rooms are en suite with TV and
hairdryer. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves a delicious
menu. There is a large bar and lounge area to relax in the evening and a
9 pin bowling alley.
FRIDAY (Christmas Day) Happy Christmas! This morning we have a
horse drawn sleigh ride through some beautiful scenery (or carriage
on wheels, depending on the weather), returning to our hotel where
a traditional Christmas lunch of Roast Turkey, with all the trimmings,
and Christmas Pudding & Devon clotted cream will be served. The
remainder of the day is free for you to relax and spend as you please,
opening gifts, or maybe take a stroll around Landeck and admire the
beautiful Austrian countryside… and make room for a Christmas
buffet dinner, followed by a 9 pin bowling evening, with prizes for the
winners.
SATURDAY (Boxing Day) Join us if you wish for a scenic excursion
to the nearby town of St Anton. A wonderful resort, with a pedestrianised centre and a wealth of shops and cafés to explore, and
sample the local cuisine. There may be an opportunity to take a cable
car ride into the mountains and meadows where you can spot some
of the famous Tyrolean cows, and enjoy the stunning views of the
surrounding mountains, which are simply breathtaking. We return to
our hotel with time to relax before dinner and a traditional Austrian
evening with music.
SUNDAY Sadly it’s now time to say a fond farewell to our hotel
as we begin our journey back through Europe, again with regular
comfort stops, to our overnight accommodation in Liege, arriving
in time for dinner.
MONDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the
return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country,
arriving mid/late-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
98
Traditional Roast Turkey Christmas Lunch
Welcome drink in Austria
9 pin bowling evening with prizes
Torchlit guided walk in Landek
Traditional Austrian evening with music
Decorating Christmas tree with host
Horse-drwan sleigh (or cart) ride
SUPPLEMENTS:
Ferry crossings
All coach travel
Wednesday 23rd – Sunday
27th December
TOUR
PRICE
Best known as the birthplace of Shakespeare, the author
of romance, Stratford-upon-Avon is a beautiful Tudor
town on the River Avon, packed with half-timbered
architecture.
8 DAYS
ITINERARY
MONDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with
evening meal.
TUESDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey into Austria, with
regular comfort stops en route, to our hotel in Landeck, arriving to a
welcome drink before dinner.
WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to Innsbruck, the region’s capital with time to visit the Christmas Market in the
Old Town on Landhausplatz, full of Advent tradition and atmosphere.
Whilst here, you can browse the stalls for that last minute gift or buy
souvenir of your visit and enjoy a warming lunch. We later make our
way back to our hotel, where you may like to help decorate the hotel
Christmas Tree. After dinner this evening, for those who wish, there will
be a guided torchlight walk around Landeck
THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) This morning we visit the picturesque
medieval town of Feldkirch with its history stretching back over 700
years. There are some lovely small alleys and arcades to wander and a
romantic old quarter to enjoy lunch. After dinner this evening, there will
be an opportunity for those who would like to attend Midnight Mass.
Wednesday 23rd – Sunday
27th December
£485
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Stratford Upon Avon
A modern 4* hotel ideally located next to the River Avon, in the centre
of Stratford, but set in beautifully landscaped private gardens. All rooms
are en-suite with TV, radio, wireless Internet access, telephone, safe,
hairdryer, mini bar and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant
offers a traditional carvery-style menu, a generous buffet breakfast and
the hotel’s lounge is ideal for morning coffee or afternoon tea. There is
a lift to all floors and leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool,
Jacuzzi, sauna, steam room, gym and beauty salon.
CHRISTMAS ALONG THE
SOUTH COAST
TOUR
PRICE
Quaint hamlets, seaside resorts and the rolling Downs
– the south coast has it all. And as the meeting place of
an award-winning shoreline and the beautiful South
Downs, Worthing is a delight anytime of the year.
£485
5 DAYS
YOUR HOTEL The Chatsworth Hotel, Worthing
Superbly situated overlooking Steyne Gardens near the seafront, each
of the 3* grade II-listed hotel’s classically furnished rooms is ensuite,
with TV, hairdryer, trouser press and tea & coffee-making facilities. There
is a lift to all floors. The recently refurbished Michelin-rated restaurant
offers a delicious range of dishes; there is also an in-house bar, lounge
and games room and entertainment is included each evening as part of
the Christmas Package.
SUNDAY Sadly, it’s time to leave our hotel, and begin our homeward
journey, with a stop in Cheltenham for lunch and time to browse the sales
for a bargain! We continue our journey back to the West Country, with a
stop for tea en route, arriving early evening.
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and travel to Wilton Village
for coffee. We then continue along the south coast to Chichester with
time for lunch and a browse. Rejoining the coach, we complete our journey to our hotel in Worthing to be met with a cup of tea and a mince pie
whilst your luggage is taken to your room. Time to settle in and relax before evening dinner followed by our first evening of live entertainment.
THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) After a leisurely breakfast join us if you
wish for a morning excursion along the coast to Brighton, with time
to browse the shops for any last minute gifts, stroll along the pier
and enjoy coffee. We return to our hotel in time for a delicious lunch
followed by an afternoon quiz and a film, or time to relax and spend
as you please and maybe take a stroll along the seafront. The evening’s
festivities begin with a drinks reception followed by dinner and evening
entertainment. For those wishing to attend midnight mass, tea & coffee
will be served on return.
FRIDAY (Christmas Day) Happy Christmas! The day is free to spend as
you please. After breakfast and a visit from Father Christmas you may
like to spend the morning exchanging presents, attend a local church
service or take part in the hotel’s leisure activities, to work up an appetite for a delicious traditional Christmas lunch with all the trimmings
and a visit from Santa! Spend the afternoon having a nap, watching
the Queen’s speech on the TV, or maybe take a stroll along the seafront.
Afternoon tea & Christmas cake will be served followed later by dinner
and live entertainment.
SATURDAY (Boxing Day) Join us this morning if you wish for a scenic
drive, returning to our hotel in time for lunch. There will also be activities
in the hotel throughout the day and this afternoon we make the short
journey to the theatre to the pantomime… Oh yes we do! Having had
a jolly good time, we return to our hotel for a spectacular Boxing Day
buffet followed by a final evening of live entertainment.
SUNDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our journey
west, with a stop in Salisbury for lunch and time to visit the cathedral
or shop for a bargain in the sales. We complete our homeward journey,
arriving very early evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Sanders
Garden World for coffee and on to the historic town of Tewkesbury for
lunch and time to browse the shops. We complete our journey to our
hotel in Stratford, arriving in time for afternoon tea while your cases are
delivered to your room. Time to settle in and freshen up before a welcome
drinks reception followed by dinner and a first night of entertainment.
THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) Join us if you wish this morning as we
make the short journey to Warwick with time to shop for that last minute
gift and soak up the Christmas atmosphere. We return to our hotel in
time for lunch and an afternoon free to spend as you please; maybe take
a stroll around Stratford or make use of the hotel leisure facilities. Afternoon tea will be served in the lounge, and later a carvery dinner followed
by another evening of entertainment.
FRIDAY (Christmas Day) Happy Christmas! The day is free to spend
as you please. You may like to spend the morning exchanging presents,
attend a local church service or take a stroll around the town to work
up an appetite for a delicious traditional Christmas lunch with all the
trimmings. Spend the afternoon having a nap, watching the Queen’s
speech or taking a swim in the pool, before afternoon tea & Christmas
cake. This evening a carvery dinner will be served followed once again by
entertainment.
SATURDAY (Boxing Day) After a leisurely breakfast we take a scenic
drive to Bourton on the Water for coffee. Probably the most popular
Cotswold village, it is often referred to as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’
because the River Windrush runs through its centre. We once again
return to our hotel in time for lunch and an afternoon free to spend as
you please. A Boxing Day dinner will be followed by our final evening of
entertainment
n 4 Nights full board accommodation
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
n 4 Nights full board accommodation
n Pantomime ticket
n All coach travel
SUPPLEMENTS:
99
Wednesday 30th December 2015 –
Saturday 2nd January 2016
NEW YEAR IN PARIS
TOUR
PRICE
Paris is unique for its blend of the traditional and modern,
chic and romantic. From the popular tourist attractions
£
such as the splendid Arc De Triomphe and magnificent
Eiffel Tower, to the humble local market stalls and
4 DAYS
vivacious cafés and restaurants, with delicious pastries
and full-bodied coffees, Paris has it all.
245
NEW YEAR IN SHROPSHIRE
If you love unspoilt countryside, visiting historic towns
and experiencing a sense of the past, then Shropshire is
or you. Join us on what has become one of our most
popular tours.
TOUR
PRICE
£295
NEW YEAR IN WALES
The heart of Wales deserves its reputation for being one
of Britain’s most remarkable locations. The scenery is
lovely whatever the time of year.
TOUR
PRICE
£295
NEW YEAR IN CORNWALL
A picturesque village on the northern coast of Cornwall,
St. Agnes is steeped in tin-mining history and retains to
this day a traditionally welcoming Cornish atmosphere.
TOUR
PRICE
£295
YOUR HOTEL The Metropole Hotel,
4 DAYS
Llandrindod Wells
We are delighted to return to this 4* hotel, which prides
itself on its attention to detail and warm welcome. All rooms are en
suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities.
There is a lift to all floors, and the restaurant serves a delicious menu.
Leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, whirlpool, gym and
beauty salon.
YOUR HOTEL The Rosemundy House Hotel,
4 DAYS
St. Agnes
Once an elegant 18th Century Queen Anne residence,
now a delightful, family-run 3* hotel. Each of its comfortable rooms is
ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities.
The restaurant offers an excellent range of dishes made with locally
sourced produce. There are quiet lounges to relax in and entertainment
is provided each evening.
ITINERARY
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to
Sanders Garden World for coffee, before continuing over the St.
David’s bridge to Abergavenny for lunch and time to browse the
shops. We complete our journey to our hotel with time to settle in
and maybe make use of the hotel leisure facilities before dinner
and live musical entertainment.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we
make our way to Chester, the most complete walled city in Britain,
where The ‘Rows’, black & white half timbered buildings above
street level and covered walkways take pride of place. With time
to browse the shops, maybe visit the cathedral and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we return to our hotel with time to relax before a festive
reception of champagne and canapés, followed by a four course
dinner and evening entertainment to dance the night away to, and
the traditional singing of Auld Lang Syne at midnight to ‘see in the
New Year.’
FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) Happy New Year. After leisurely
brunch join us if you wish for leisurely drive to the nearby town
of Shrewsbury, with time to take a winter stroll along the river,
browse the shops and have a warming lunch. We return to our hotel where you may like to make use of the leisure facilities before
our final evening dinner.
SATURDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our
way south, to the historic city of Worcester, with time if you wish
to visit the Porcelain Museum with the world’s largest collection
of Worcester Porcelain, or the fine Cathedral, which overlooks
the River Severn, where you will find the tomb of King John. After
lunch, we complete our journey back to the West Country, arriving
early evening.
WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and make our
way to Sanders Garden World for coffee, before continuing
over the St. David’s bridge to Abergavenny for lunch and
time to browse the shops. We continue on to our hotel, with
time to settle in and freshen up before a delicious 3 course
evening dinner followed by entertainmant.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely Welsh
breakfast we travel across to the west coast of Wales, to the
pretty town of Aberystwyth, with its castle, pier and harbour.
With time to take a stroll, browse the shops and enjoy a
leisurely lunch, we later return to our hotel with time to relax
before the celebrations begin with a drinks reception and a
fantastic five-course Gala dinner followed by an evening of
music and dancing and the traditional singing of Auld Lang
Syne at midnight and a complimentary glass of champagne.
FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) Happy New Year! After a
well-earned lie-in, a brunch is served at your leisure. The
remainder of the day free for you to spend as you please.
You may like to take a stroll around Llandrindod Wells and
do a spot of window shopping, or make use of the wonderful
leisure facilities in the hotel. The Spencers Bar & Brasserie
serves light meals throughout the day.
SATURDAY Sadly, we today leave our hotel and make our
way back into over the border into England, to Gloucester
Docks for lunch and time to browse the many shops in the
outlet centre. We complete our homeward journey, arriving
early evening.
WEDNESDAY We leave our home area and, with a
coffee stop en route, make our way to the picturesque
fishing village of Padstow, with time to browse the gift &
craft shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later complete
our journey to St Agnes and our hotel, arriving in time to
freshen up before a sherry reception followed by dinner
and live musical entertainment.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) Join us this morning as
we travel to Truro, Cornwall’s capital city, where you will
have time to browse shops. You may also like to visit the
impressive triple-spired cathedral. After lunch, we return
to our hotel with the afternoon free for you to spend as
you please… maybe take a walk down to the beach or
relax before a Champagne Gala Dinner followed by Party
night to see the New Year in.
FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) Happy New Year. After a very
leisurely breakfast join us as we take a scenic drive along
the picturesque North Cornwall Coast Road, with a stop
for lunch at Lands End with time for the energetic to walk
to the first & last house. We return to our hotel with time
to relax before dinner and evening entertainment.
SATURDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast
and make our way to Plymouth for lunch and time if you
wish to maybe pick up a bargain in the January Sales! We
complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
PRICE INCLUDES:
n Ferry crossings
n All coach travel
n 3 Nights Dinner. Bed & Breakfast
n All coach travel
n All coach travel
n All coach travel
YOUR HOTEL Ibis Hotel, La Defence, Paris
A stylish modern hotel situated in a quiet area on the outskirts of the
Peripherique. All rooms are en suite with TV, telephone and hairdryer.
There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves a generous buffet
breakfast. There is also a bar to relax in.
ITINERARY
WEDNESDAY After an early departure, we make our way east, with
a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We
then continue on to Paris, stopping for dinner en route to our hotel
where you will have the remainder of the evening free to spend as
you please.
THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) After breakfast, join us as travel into
the heart of Paris, beginning with a sightseeing tour of the major
attractions in the centre. You will then have free time to explore some
of these sites … maybe visit the Eifel Tower, take a boat trip along
the Seine, or chose one of the city’s four bus tours, with on-board
audio guide, and hop-on, hop-off as you please.
We return to our hotel late afternoon, for you to freshen up before
New Year’s Eve celebrations take shape. You may like to return to
Paris on the Underground Metro… the nearest Metro station is a 5
minute walk from the hotel, and enjoy dinner in a restaurant of your
choice or take an evening river cruise and experience Paris by night.
As 31st December 2015 ticks over into 1st January 2016 the Eiffel
Tower explodes into a sparkling dance of lasers and lights. For those
of you wishing for a more tranquil New Year’s Eve, you can book a
table in the hotel restaurant (please book on the first day of arrival)
and see the New Year in from the comfort of the hotel, watching the
Parisian skyline at midnight.
FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) Happy New Year! After breakfast we make
our way back into central Paris, to the Sacré-Cœur, a beautiful five
onion-domed Roman Catholic Church which stands of Montmartre
Hill, the highest natural point in Paris. With time to explore, we later
return to the centre with the remainder of the day to continue to
enjoy the sights, and an early dinner at a restaurant of your choice,
before we travel back to our hotel.
SATURDAY This morning we leave our hotel and travel back to
Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete our
homeward journey with comfort stops en route, to the West Country,
100
SUPPLEMENTS:
Evening dinner
YOUR HOTEL Holiday Inn, Telford
4 DAYS
We are delighted to return to this modern 3* hotel
situated within walking distance of Telford town centre but with its
own landscaped gardens. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone,
hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making facilities. Leisure facilities include
indoor pool, steam room, and spa, and the Olive Tree Restaurant
provides freshly prepared food. There is a lift to all floors and
entertainment will be on two evenings.
ITINERARY
SUPPLEMENTS:
SUPPLEMENTS:
SUPPLEMENTS:
101
Bonded Coach Holiday Group – Trading Charter
Blakes Coaches Limited of East Anstey, Tiverton, Devon, EX16 9JJ.
OUR TRADING CHARTER WITH YOU
1. Why should I read this page?
Because it is very important. Our Trading Charter forms a key part of our agreement with you and
forms the basis of a legally binding contract between you as the lead name making the booking,
anyone else in your party and us. When you make this booking as the lead name you undertake
that you have the authority to accept, and do accept, on behalf of your party the terms of these
booking conditions. This contract is made subject to the terms of these booking conditions, which
are governed by English Law, and the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts. These
contract terms and financial guarantees will not apply to any holiday involving any type of flight.
Instead, you will be supplied with the full booking conditions of the ATOL holder arranging your
holiday. Your booking agent will have a copy or alternatively you can request one prior to booking
your holiday from Blakes Coaches Limited, East Anstey, Tiverton, Devon, EX16 9JJ. If you did not
see this trading charter before you made your booking and you are not happy to proceed with the
booking now that you have seen it, please return all documentation to us or the travel agent whom
you booked within 7 days of receiving this charter. Your booking will be cancelled and your monies
will be returned in full, provided you have not commenced your travel.
2. How and when do I make this contract with you?
We welcome you making contact with us in a number of ways. You can write to us, phone us, use
a nominated travel agent, e-mail or visit our website. Whichever way you contact us the contract
is made when your booking is entered on to our reservation system and we issue a confirmation
of booking, upon receipt of a fully completed and signed booking form. We will send you, or
your agent the confirmation of your booking within seven working days of receipt. Please check
this confirmation very carefully to ensure all the information is correct and tell us, or your agent,
immediately of any errors.
3. How is my holiday money protected?
We subscribe to the Code of Conduct of the Bonded Coach Holidays Group (“BCHG”) of the
Confederation of Passenger Transport UK. BCHG requires a bond to be taken out to provide
protection for your holiday money in the unlikely event that a Member cannot, for financial
reasons, carry out their obligations to their passengers.
4. BCHG Consumer Guarantee
The Bonded Coach Holiday Group guarantees to bona fide customers that in the event of failure
of a bona fide Member, it will:
(1) wherever possible, arrange for a holiday or tour to be completed;
(2) where failure occurs after a holiday has begun, arrange for customers to be returned by an appropriate means of transport to their UK area of departure;
(3) if the holiday or tour cannot be completed as planned, the reimbursement of payments made by the customer to the BCHG Member. other than payments made by credit card.
5. When do I need to pay for my holiday and how much?
At the time of booking you will need to pay a deposit for each person named on the booking. The
balance must be paid before the dates listed below. Where you use an agent they may require you
to pay them earlier than this date and will advise you separately of their balance due date. If you
book within our balance due period you will need to pay the total holiday cost at the time of your
booking. If you do not pay the outstanding balance for your holiday on or before the date when
it is due we may cancel your booking and you will be required to pay the cancellation charges
detailed below. The date of cancellation will normally be the date you confirm in writing that you
intend to cancel or 15 days after the balance due date, whichever comes first.
• Deposit £50.00 per person;
• Your balance is due 6 weeks prior to departure.
Where optional items are purchased as part of the tour package these are payable on the balance
due date except where items, such as theatre tickets, have been specifically purchased for you.
In this case the cost will be payable at a separate date notified to you and will not normally be
refundable unless we obtain a refund from the supplier we use.
6. If I use an agent who does my money belong to?
Your agent will hold your deposit on your behalf until we issue a confirmation of your booking.
The agent then holds this money on our behalf. The agent holds any balance you pay on
your behalf until the date the balance is due. The agent will then hold this balance payment
on our behalf.
7. Can you change the price of my holiday after you have issued the booking confirmation?
Yes we can, but only in very limited circumstances. The price of your holiday is subject to change
for an increase or decrease in any of the following costs:
• Transportation costs such as fuel (including fuel tax), ferry operator fares and tolls, embarkation or disembarkation fees at terminals;
• Exchange rates applied to the particular holiday booked;
• Dues and taxes (including the rate of VAT).
Even in this case, we will absorb an amount equivalent to 2% of the holiday price, which excludes
any insurance premium, and any amendment charges. Only amounts in excess of this 2% will be
surcharged, but where a surcharge is payable there will be an administration charge of £1 per
person together with a separate amount to cover your agent’s commission.
If this means paying more than an extra 10% on the holiday price, you will be entitled to cancel
your holiday with a full refund of all money paid. Should you decide to cancel because of this,
you must exercise your right to do so within 14 days from the issue date printed on the revised
invoice. Alternatively, you may prefer to take a comparable alternative holiday, if available, details
of which will be provided with the revised invoice. We will not surcharge you after the date that
your balance is due unless the change relates to any amount set by or payable to a Government
of a country forming part of the holiday and even then no surcharge will be imposed less than 30
days pre-departure.
In addition to sterling we use the following currencies in calculating our holiday prices. Below
are the equivalent exchange rates to £1 sterling from the Currency Converter web site dated
October 2014. Please note that some apparent changes may not affect the price of your
holiday due to contractual protection, which we have in place.
Currency
Euro
Swiss Franc
Norwegian Krone
Danish Krone
Exchange rate
1.26
1.54
10.66
9.42
11. Scale of Cancellation Charges
Period before departure within which
written cancellation of holiday price is received
More than 42 days
28 - 42 days
14 - 27 days
7 - 13 days
0 - 6 days
Amount of cancellation
charge as a %
Deposit
30%
45%
60%
100%
Departure day or later including voluntary
termination whilst on holiday
Total holiday cost
9. Can I transfer my booking to someone else?
You can transfer your booking to someone else provided you give us reasonable notice. This person
must be able to satisfy all the conditions for the holiday and a change cannot normally be made
later than seven days for prior to departure. We will make an administration charge of £10.00 per
person for every transfer we make plus any reasonable additional costs caused by the transfer. You
will remain responsible for ensuring that the holiday is paid for by the balance due date. Travel
insurance is not transferable.
17. Children’s reduction
On all centred holidays there may be a reduction in the cost of the holiday when the child shares a
room with two full fare paying passengers.
18. Coach seating
There is a seating plan of the coach for each holiday, but it is possible that on occasions operational
reasons will require a coach with a different configuration to be used. We therefore reserve the right
to alter a coach-seating plan and allocate seats other than those you have booked. Requests for
particular seats can be made on most holidays when booking but because allocations are made on a
“first come, first served” basis you are recommended to book early. When your booking is confirmed
you will be offered the best seats that are available at that time. If you know someone who may want
to book later but sit near you please discuss this with the booking clerk at the time you make your
booking. Specific seats will not be allocated on coaches which operate on feeder services between
joining points and main holiday departure points, on coaches which carry out transfers on our behalf.
regret we are unable to accept wheelchairs which are more than 20 Kg in weight. This means we
cannot carry battery powered wheelchairs or scooters that need to be taken apart for storage. We
MUST be advised at the time of booking that a folding wheelchair is being taken on the trip, as we
have also to consider the luggage capacity of the coach.
Our drivers and Escorts will be happy to provide general assistance to passengers but will not be
expected to:
• Provide assistance that extends to the bodily lifting and carrying of any customers on and off the coach;
• Undertake any action that may put their health, safety, welfare or the legal
requirements for a break in duty at risk;
• Act as carers for customers at departure, during the journey or on arrival at destination.
But whether you are planning a holiday overseas or in the UK, please notify us before you book if you
or any member of your party has special needs or suffers from any disability.
We are keen to plan arrangements for your holiday so that special needs and requests can be
accommodated as far as possible. If you will need assistance or special facilities in the hotel, or may
have difficulties in taking part in excursions or boarding and travelling on the coach or other means
of transport you must let us know in advance. Not all the holidays in this brochure may be suitable for
you. We want you to enjoy your holiday and will try to help you select an appropriate trip. If you need
advice or further information either you or your booking agent should contact Blakes Coaches Limited.
29. Special requests
If you will require a special diet please tell us before booking or as soon as you are medically advised
and send us a copy of the diet. We will notify the hotel or hotels on your holiday but please note
that some hotels may not have facilities to cope with special diets and we cannot be held liable
for their failure to do so. Where we think this is likely to happen we will tell you prior to your
booking confirmation being issued so that you can exercise your right to cancel your holiday booking
without charge. Any extra costs incurred must be paid to the hotel by you prior to departure from
the hotel. You should also detail any other requests, for example, low floor rooms, particular rooms
or locations on the special requests section of the booking form. We will pass your request to the
relevant supplier but this does not necessarily mean that your request will be fulfilled. If a request
can be fulfilled you may incur an extra charge payable either to us or direct to the hotel. Please note
that requests cannot be guaranteed unless we confirm on your booking confirmation that this is a
guaranteed requirement.
If, after booking and before departure, we make a significant change to your holiday you will have
the option of withdrawing from the holiday without penalty or alternatively you may transfer to
another holiday without paying an administration fee. In either case we will pay you compensation
according to the scale set out below. A significant change would involve a change in departure
date or departure point, location of resort or quality of hotel, (excluding single overnight hotels
on touring holidays).
19. Health & Safety on holiday
In some foreign countries, standards of infrastructure, safety and hygiene may be lower than those
to which we are accustomed in the UK. You should therefore exercise greater care for your own
protection. Further information can be obtained from your GP or from your travel agent who can
provide you with the leaflet “Health Advice for Travellers” published by the Department of Health.
Some people may be at risk from discomfort or deep vein thrombosis (DVT) if they remain immobile
on a journey for a long period of time. If you are planning to undertake a bus or coach journey of
more than 3 hours you should consult your doctor if you have ever had DVT or pulmonary embolism,
a family history of clotting conditions, cancer or treatment for cancer, a stroke, heart or lung disease
or if you have had major surgery in the past 3 months. We reserve the right to refuse any booking
in the absence of a doctor’s certificate confirming that you are fit to travel. During the journey we
will provide comfort stops as frequently as possible. During these stops you are encouraged to get
off the coach and walk around. Exercise reduces any discomfort, which may be caused by periods of
immobility. During comfort stops on any journey you should drink alcohol only in moderation as it
leads to dehydration (refer to Section 22c).
If you withdraw from the holiday because we have made a significant change or if we have
to cancel your holiday for any reason other than non-payment by you we will offer you
the choice of:
• a comparable replacement holiday if available;
or:
• a replacement holiday of lower quality together with a refund of the price difference;
or:
• a full refund of the money you have paid.
When we have notified you of the changes and options available, you must tell us your decision
as soon as possible and within any time-scale we may need to set bearing in mind the need to
safeguard the holiday arrangements of other customers. If we have to cancel your holiday at any
time, Blakes Coaches Limited is only liable for monies you may have paid to Blakes Coaches Limited
at the time of cancellation and for the compensation payments as detailed in the scale below.
20. Passenger behaviour
We want all our customers to have a happy and carefree holiday. But you must remember that
you are responsible for your behaviour and the effect it may have on others. If you or any member
of your party is abusive or disruptive or behaves in a way which, in our reasonable opinion, could
cause damage or injury to others or affect their enjoyment of their holiday, or which could damage
property, we have the right, after reasonable consideration, to terminate your contract with us. If
this happens we will have no further obligations or liability to you. The coach driver/tour escort,
ship’s captain, or authorised official of other means of transport is entitled to refuse you boarding
if in their reasonable opinion you are unacceptably under the influence of drink or drugs or you are
being violent or disruptive. If you are refused boarding on the outward journey we will regard it as a
cancellation by you and we will apply cancellation charges according to the scale in section 11. If the
refusal is on the return journey we have the right to terminate the contract and will have no further
obligations or liability to you.
31. Entertainment
Some of our hotels arrange additional entertainment. Where this is part of the holiday details are
given on the respective brochure page. Where it is not specified it may still be available but is at the
discretion of the hotel and is not guaranteed. It may be withdrawn if there is a lack of demand or
for operational reasons.
13. Scale of Compensation
We will pay you compensation for significant changes on the following scale:
Period before departure in which significant
change is notified to you or your agent
Amount per person
More than 42 days
Nil
29 to 42 days
£10
15 to 28 days
£15
8 to 14 days
£20
0 to 7 days
£25
21. No smoking policy
We operate a strict no smoking policy on all our coaches. We appreciate the co-operation of smokers
and remind them that frequent journey breaks are made and bookings are taken on this
understanding.
33. Disabilities and medical problems
Should you or a member of your party have any medical condition or disability that may affect your/
their holiday or that of other passengers, you must provide full written details to us at the time of
booking so that we can advise you of the suitability of the holiday. This applies whether the booking
is made online, in person, in writing, or by telephone. If a particular issue is identified, we reserve the
right to request a doctor’s certificate confirming that the passenger is fit for travel and reserve the
right to refuse any booking in the absence of such doctor’s certificate being produced upon request.
Payment of compensation according to the scale set out above will not affect your statutory right
to claim further compensation if, in all the circumstances, you remain dissatisfied. Compensation
will not be paid where the change is made as a result of events beyond our control including war
or threat of war, riot, civil strife, terrorist activity, industrial disputes, fire, quarantine, epidemic
or health risks, natural or nuclear disasters, port and terminal closures and/or adverse weather or
traffic conditions.
23. Pets
We do not allow pets to be taken on our holidays. Registered Assistance Dogs will normally be
accommodated on UK holidays but not on overseas holidays.
12. What happens if you change my holiday?
The arrangements for your holiday will usually have been made many months in advance.
Sometimes changes are unavoidable and we reserve the right to make them. Most of these changes
are likely to be minor and we will do our best to keep you informed.
If, after departure, we need to make a change to a significant proportion of your holiday we
will do our best to make suitable alternative arrangements at no extra cost to you. If it proves
impossible to make suitable alternative arrangements, or if you have reasonable grounds for
refusing the alternative offered, we will arrange transport back to your point of departure,
or to an alternative location that we agree to.
14. What is the extent of your liability?
We accept responsibility if you or any member of your party is killed or injured as a result of
an activity forming part of your holiday arrangements which you booked with us before your
departure; or if any part of your holiday arrangements, booked with us in the UK, is not as described
in the brochure or not of a reasonable standard; if the failure in your holiday arrangements or any
death or personal injury is due to any fault on our part or that of our agents or suppliers whilst
acting in the course of their employment. We do not accept responsibility if the failure, death or
personal injury is not caused by any fault of ours or of our agents or suppliers or is caused by you or
someone not connected with your holiday arrangements; or if the failure, death or personal injury
is due to unusual or unforeseen circumstances which, even with all due care, we, or our agents or
suppliers, could not have anticipated or avoided.
For claims which do not involve personal injury, illness or death, the most we will have to pay if
we are liable to you is twice the price the person affected paid for their holiday (not including
insurance premiums and amendment charges). We will only have to pay this maximum amount
if everything has gone wrong and you have received no benefit from your holiday. If you or any
member of your party is killed, injured or becomes ill as a result of transport by ship, train or coach,
any liability which we may have to pay compensation is limited in line with the Athens Convention
(applies to transport by ship), the Berne Convention (applies to transport by rail) and the Geneva
Convention (applies to transport by road). You can get copies of the relevant conventions from us
if you ask. You should also note that these conventions may limit or remove the carrier’s liability to
you and the amount which the carrier has to pay you.
If we make any payment to you or any member of your party for death, personal injury or illness,
you will be asked to assign to us or our insurers the rights you may have to take action against the
person or organisation responsible for causing the death, personal injury or illness.
8. Can I change my holiday arrangements?
After we have issued our booking confirmation we will do our best to accommodate any changes
you may want to make but we cannot guarantee to do so. Any changes must be notified to us
in writing and signed by the person who signed the booking form. If we are able to make the
changes an amendment fee of £10.00 per booking will be payable plus any additional charge for
the facilities requested. Any significant alteration after the balance due date will be treated as a
cancellation of the original booking and will be subject to the cancellation charges detailed below.
A significant alteration would include a change of departure date, holiday or hotel, or number of
people travelling.
102
10. How can I cancel my holiday?
You, or any member of your party, may cancel at any time provided that the cancellation is made
by the person who signed the booking form and is communicated to us in writing via the office
at which you made your original booking. You will have to pay cancellation charges set out in the
scale below to cover our estimated loss resulting from the cancellation. If you are insured against
cancellation you may be able to recover the charges from your insurers. Your cancellation will take
effect from the date when either the travel agent or we receive your written confirmation of your
cancellation. You must also return any tickets or vouchers that you have received. A reduction
in room occupancy may increase the charges for the remaining passengers by the application of
supplements for low occupancy of rooms. Where tickets have been pre-paid by the company, your
confirmation will state the additional charges to be incurred if you should cancel from the tour.
16. If I do not agree with your decision can I request arbitration?
Yes you can. If we cannot resolve your complaint amicably you may request that the dispute is referred
to an independent arbitration scheme established by the Confederation of Passenger Transport UK
(CPT). Full details of this scheme will be provided on request or you can obtain a copy from CPT. This
arbitration scheme provides a simple and inexpensive method of arbitration on documents alone
with restricted liability on the customer in respect of costs. This scheme does not apply to claims
for an amount greater than £1500 per person. There is also a limit of £7500 per booking. Normally
there is a time limit of 9 months from the date of return from your holiday within which to request
arbitration but in exceptional circumstances the scheme can be used beyond this date. This scheme
does not apply to claims that arise mainly in respect of physical injury or illness or the consequences
of any illness or injury.
Our suppliers (such as accommodation or transport providers) have their own booking conditions
or conditions of carriage, and these conditions are binding between you and the supplier. Some of
these conditions may limit or remove the relevant transport provider’s or other supplier’s liability to
you. You can get copies of such conditions from our offices, or the offices of the relevant supplier.
15. What do I need to do if I have to complain?
If you have a complaint during your holiday you should tell the driver/tour escort or supplier at the
earliest opportunity so that they can do their utmost to resolve the problem immediately. If you
remain dissatisfied you should write within 28 days of the return of the tour to Mrs Janet Blake,
Blakes Coaches Limited, East Anstey, Tiverton, Devon, EX16 9JJ.
In your letter you will need to quote your booking reference number, holiday number and
departure date. If you do not tell us at the earliest opportunity about a problem giving rise to your
complaint we cannot take steps to investigate and rectify it. In deciding how to respond to your
complaint we will take into account the date you first drew the problem to the attention of our
driver/tour escort or supplier.
22. Other Restrictions:
You may not:
• Use mobile phones on the coach unless in the case of extreme emergency;
• Play a radio or a cassette player on the coach;
• Consume alcohol on the coach.
24. Pick up point, itineraries, travel documents and passport
You are responsible for ensuring that you are at the correct departure point, at the correct time,
with the correct documents and we cannot be held liable for any loss or expense suffered by you or
your party because of an incorrect passport or late arrival at the departure point. If you are a British
citizen travelling outside the United Kingdom you must have a full UK passport valid for a minimum
of three months after your scheduled date of return. Non-UK citizens must seek passport and visa
advice from the consulates of the countries you plan to visit prior to making a booking for one of
our holidays. The name on the passport must match the name on the ticket. If someone in your party
changes name after the booking is made, you must tell us immediately so that we can issue the ticket
in the new name.
When you have paid the balance we will send you or your booking agent all the necessary labels
so that you receive them in good time for your holiday. Certain travel documents may have to be
retained by us and your driver/tour escort will then issue them to you at the relevant time. If you lose
a travel document after it has been issued to you we will require you to meet the direct cost charged
by the carrier/supplier for the issue of a duplicate or replacement. Blakes Coaches Limited reserve the
right to modify itineraries to conform with requests from the competent authorities in the United
Kingdom and any other sovereign state through which the tour will operate. Included excursions are
detailed on the relevant brochure page and refunds will not be made for any excursion not taken.
Optional excursions may be booked and paid for in resort but these will not form part of the package
booked with us.
Admission fees to buildings, grounds etc. are not included in the price of the holiday unless otherwise
stated on the relevant brochure page.
25. What happens if I am delayed?
Your travel insurance may cover you for some delays. In addition where you are delayed for more
than six hours in any one day we will seek to minimise any discomfort and where possible, arrange
for refreshments and meals.
26. Do I need to take out travel insurance?
We strongly advise all our customers to take out travel insurance to cover medical and repatriation
costs, personal injury, loss of baggage and cancellation charges. You do not need to take out our
travel insurance but you should have insurance, which is at least as good or better than the insurance
we offer. If you do not have adequate insurance and require our assistance whilst on holiday, we
reserve the right to reclaim from you any medical repatriation or other expenses which we may incur
on your behalf which would otherwise have been met by insurers. Once you have signed a booking
form and a contract is made, you will be required to take our insurance or provide details of your
alternative cover, along with your assistance company details in case of accident or illness.
27. What assistance will you give me if things go wrong when it is not your fault?
If you, or any member of your party, suffer death, illness or injury whilst overseas arising out of an
activity which does not form part of your package travel arrangements or an excursion arranged
through us in the UK, we shall at our discretion, offer advice, guidance and assistance. Where legal
action is contemplated and you want our assistance, you must obtain our written consent prior to
commencement of proceedings. Our consent will be given subject to you undertaking to assign any
costs, benefits received under any relevant insurance policy to ourselves. We limit the cost of our
assistance to you and any member of your party to £5000 per party.
28. Special needs
Unfortunately, many hotels overseas do not provide adequate facilities for guests with mobility
problems or who suffer from other disabilities. We will accept lightweight wheelchairs for travel,
subject to them being able to be folded and stowed away in the luggage hold of the coach. We
30. Single Occupancy
Single occupancy of rooms when available may be subject to a supplementary charge and this will
be shown on the brochure page. Although some tours featured in this brochure have no single
supplement, spaces are limited and therefore sell quickly. However, additional single rooms may be
requested but will be subject to availability and a charge made by the hotel.
32. Lost Property
Luggage and personal belongings are carried at the owner’s risk and we shall not be responsible for
any property or equipment left on the coach whether the coach is unattended or the coach driver
is present. Any item of lost property will be held for a period of 1 month following the date of
the tour in accordance with the minimum regulation laid down by the Road Traffic Act 1960 & the
Public Services Vehicles (Lost Property) Regulations 1995. There will be a minimum charge of £2.00 on
collection from our offices in East Anstey. Postage & Packing will be charged extra.
If a passenger requires personal assistance (for example but not limited to assistance with feeding/
dressing/toileting/mobilising) then this passenger must travel with an able bodied companion/carer
and written confirmation that such assistance will be provided for the entirety of the holiday is
required at the time of booking. Coach drivers/tour managers are unable to offer such assistance.
Whilst we will make every reasonable adjustment to do so, if we are unable to accommodate the
needs of a passenger or believe that the medical condition or disability of a passenger is likely to
adversely affect other passengers, we reserve the right to decline the booking. We also reserve the
right to cancel any holiday and impose cancellation charges if we are not fully advised of any relevant
disability or medical condition at the time the booking is made and subsequently decide that we
are unable to accommodate this passenger. This applies whether we advise that we are unable to
accommodate a passenger either before departure or during the holiday and if this occurs during the
holiday then we will seek additional costs of returning the passenger home.
34. Force majeure
Except where otherwise expressly stated in these booking conditions we will not be liable or pay
you compensation where the performance of our contractual obligations is prevented or affected
(for example but not limited to delay, cancellations, change of itinerary, change of accommodation,
change of transport) by “Force Majeure”.
Force Majeure means an event which we or the supplier(s) of the service(s) in question could not,
even with all due care, foresee or avoid and is therefore an event beyond our or the supplier’s
reasonable control. These events include but are not limited to strikes, riots, political/civil unrest,
government acts, hostilities, war, threat of war, terrorist activity or threat of terrorist activity,
industrial disputes, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, flood, tornadoes, hurricanes, transportation
problems, airport closures and severe weather conditions. We suggest that you take out adequate
travel insurance to cover such eventualities.
(In the unlikely event that the performance of our contractual obligations are prevented or affected
due to Force Majeure after departure, we regret we will be unable to make any refunds (unless we
obtain any from our suppliers)).
Advice from the Foreign Office to avoid or leave a particular country may constitute Force Majeure.
We will follow the advice given by the Foreign Office.
35. Data Protection Act
In order to process your booking and to ensure that your travel arrangements run smoothly and
meet your requirements we, and your travel agent, need to use the information you provide such as
name, address, any special needs/dietary requirements etc. We take full responsibility for ensuring
that proper measures are in place to protect your information. We must pass the information on
to the relevant suppliers of your travel arrangements such as hotels, transport companies etc. The
information may also be supplied to security or credit checking companies, public authorities such
as customs/immigration if required by them, or as required by law. Additionally, where your holiday
is outside the European Economic Area (EEA), controls on data protection in your destination may
not be as strong as the legal requirements in this country. However, we will not pass information
on to any person not responsible for part of your travel arrangements. This applies to any sensitive
information that you give to us such as details of any disabilities or dietary/religious requirements.
If we cannot pass this information to the relevant suppliers, whether in the EEA or not, we cannot
provide your booking. In making this booking, you consent to this information being passed on to
the relevant persons. Please note that where information is held by your travel agent, this is subject
to your agent’s own data protection policy. Your data controller is Mrs Janet Blake. You are entitled
to a copy of your information held by us. If you would like to see this, please contact us. We retain
your full contact details and other information in secure files and electronic storage facilities. We
may use this information to contact you by mail, telephone or electronic means. We will provide you
with details of other goods and services including those of selected third parties. If you do not wish
to receive the further information about products and services please write to the data controller.
36. Publication date and details
This brochure was printed in the United Kingdom by Blakes Coaches Limited, East Anstey, Tiverton,
Devon, EX16 9JJ - October 2014.
103
Great holidays start here!
Please phone for a copy of our other holiday brochures
Book today – it couldn’t be simpler
Just call our friendly staff on
01398 341160
www.blakescoaches.co.uk
Email: [email protected]
Blakes Coaches Ltd, East Anstey, Tiverton, Devon EX16 9JJ
Tel: 01398 341160

Travel with Blakes... travel with friends

Transcription

Similar documents

46 places to get away from it all

Weekend Breaks and Holidays

(Microsoft PowerPoint

expose - Mallorca Immobilien 24

Hotel Le toiny - Fabulous Homes International

nirula`s hotel,noida(1988)

PDF - Hotel Molika Bitola

Mount Abu Tour

Thursday Arrive in the Big Apple, New York, NY!